Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part III. Khanda-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1890
Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996
NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.
These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.
ANNOTATED VERSION
STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n(n),n.n = Saṃyutta-Nikāya_division.GLOBAL SN-book number(INTERNAL book number in THIS division of the SN),chapter.section
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
Saṃyutta-Nikāya Vol. 3
[page 001]
1
Saṃyutta-Nikāya
DIVISION III Khandha-vaggo
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
BOOK I KHANDA-SAṂYUTTAṂ (XXII)
SECTION I MŪLAPAÑÑĀSA
CHAPTER I Nakulapitā-vaggo pathamo
SN_3,22(1).1 (1) Nakulapitā
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Bhaggesu
viharati Suṃsumāragire Bhesakaḷāvane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Aham asmi bhante jiṇṇo vuddho
mahallako addhagato vayo anuppatto āturakāyo abhikkha-
ṇātaṅko || aniccadassāvī1 kho panāham bhante Bhagavato
manobhāvanīyānaṃ ca bhikkhūnaṃ || ovadatu mam bhante
Bhagavā anusāsatu mam bhante Bhagavā yam mama assa
dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyāti || ||
4 Evam etaṃ gahapati evam etaṃ gahapati āturo te2
gahapati kāyo addhabhūto3 pariyonaddho || Yo hi gahapati
imaṃ kāyam pariharanto muhuttam pi ārogyam paṭijā-
neyya kim aññatra bālyā || || Tasmātiha te gahapati evaṃ
sikkhitabbaṃ || āturakāyassa me sato cittam anāturam
bhavissatīti || Evaṃ hi te gahapati sikkhitabban ti || ||
5 Atha kho Nakulapitā gahapati Bhagavato bhāsitam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 adhicca- always
2 B hāyam always
3 B aṇḍa- always
[page 002]
2 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 1. 6
abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Nakulapitaraṃ gahapatim
āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho te gaha-
pati indriyāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || alattha1
no ajja Bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanā-
yāti || ||
Kiṃ hi2 no siyā bhante idānāham bhante Bhagavatā
dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto ti || ||
Yathā katham pana tvaṃ gahapati Bhagavatā dhammiyā
kathāya amatena abhisitto ti || ||
7 Idhāham bhante yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ ||
upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
nisīdiṃ || ekam antaṃ nisinno kho ham bhante Bhaga-
vantam etad avocaṃ || ||
Aham asmi bhante jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato
vayo anuppatto āturakāyo abhikkhaṇātaṅko || aniccadassāvī
panāham bhante Bhagavato manobhāvanīyānaṃ ca bhik-
khūnam || ovadatu maṃ bhante Bhagavā anusāsatu mam
bhante Bhagavā yam mama assa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhā-
yāti || ||
Evaṃ vutte mam bhante Bhagavā etad avoca || || Evam
etaṃ gahapati evam etaṃ gahapati || āturo yaṃ gahapati
kāyo addhabhūto pariyonaddho || yo hi gahapati imaṃ
kāyam pariharanto muhuttam pi ārogyam paṭijāneyya
kim aññatra bālyā || || Tasmātiha te gahapati evaṃ sikkhi-
tabbaṃ || āturakāyassa me sato cittam anāturam bhavissa-
tīti || Evaṃ hi te gahapati sikkhitabbanti || ||
Evaṃ khvāhaṃ bhante Bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya
amatena abhisitto ti || ||
8 Na hi pana taṃ3 gahapati paṭibhāsi4 Bhagavantam
uttariṃ paṭipucchituṃ || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante ātura-
kāyo ceva hoti āturacitto ca || Kittāvatā ca pana āturakāyo
hi kho hoti no ca āturacitto ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 alatthaṃ
2 B kañhi
3 B tvaṃ
4 B inserts taṃ
[page 003]
XXII. 1. 15] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 3
9 Dūrato pi kho mayam bhante āgaccheyyāma āyasmato
Sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa attham aññātum ||
sādhu vatāyasmantaṃ yeva Sāriputtam paṭibhātu etassa
bhāsitassa attho ti || ||
10 Tena hi gahapati suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasi karohi
bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho Nakulapitā gahapati āyasmato
Sāriputtassa paccassosi || ||
11 Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || ||
Kathaṃ ca gahapati āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacitto
ca || ||
12 Idha gahapati assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisā-
nam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantam
vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ Ahaṃ
rūpam mama rūpan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Aham
rūpam mama rūpan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ rūpam pari-
ṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā
uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
13 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantam vā
attānam attani vā vedanam vedanāya vā attānam Aham
vedanā mama vedanā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ
vedanā mama vedanā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā vedanā
vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāpariṇāmañña-
thābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupā-
yāsā || ||
14 Saññam attato samanupassati || saññāvantam vā
attānam attani vā saññaṃ saññāya vā attānam Ahaṃ
saññā mama saññā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa Ahaṃ
saññā mama saññā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā saññā vipari-
ṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa saññāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā
uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
15 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || saṅkhāravantam vā
attānam attani vā saṅkhāre saṅkhāresu vā attānam Ahaṃ
saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa
Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārāti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino te
saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti || tassa saṅkhāra-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 004]
4 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 1. 16
vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhado-
manassupāyāsā || ||
16 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam
Ahaṃ viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Ahaṃ viññāṇam mama viññāṇanti pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino
taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇam
vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhado-
manassupāyāsā || ||
17 Evaṃ kho gahapati āturakāyo ceva hoti āturacit-
to ca || ||
18 Kathañca gahapati āturakāyo pi1 kho hoti no ca
āturacitto ||
19 Idha gahapati sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisā-
naṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme
suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantam
vā2 attānaṃ na attani vā2 rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā2 attānaṃ
Ahaṃ rūpam mama rūpan ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Aham rūpam mama rūpanti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ
rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpa vipariṇā-
maññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanus-
supāyāsā || ||
20 Na vedanam attato samanupassati na vedanāvantaṃ
vā attānaṃ na attani vā vedanaṃ na vedanāya vā attānam
Aham vedanā mama vedanā ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti ||
tassa Aham vedanā mama vedanāti apariyuṭṭhatthāyino sā
vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇā-
maññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanas-
supāyāsā ||
21 Na saññam attato samanupassati || na saññāvantaṃ
vā attānaṃ na attani vā saññaṃ na saññāya vā attānam
Ahaṃ saññā mama saññā ti na pariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || tassa
Ahaṃ saññā mama saññāti apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino sā saññā
vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa saññā vipariṇāmaññathā-
bhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupḥyāsā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B hi
2 S1-3 omit these vā and the following ones
[page 005]
XXII. 2. 3] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 5
22 Na saṅkhāre attato samanupassati na saṅkhāravan-
tam vā attānaṃ na attani vā saṅkhāre na saṅkhāresu vā
attānam Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti na pariyuṭ-
ṭhaṭṭhāyī hoti || || tassa Ahaṃ saṅkhārā mama saṅkhārā ti
apariyuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā
honti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
23 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati na viññānavan-
tam vā attānaṃ na attani vā viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā
attānam Aham viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti na pariyuṭṭhat-
thāyī hoti || tassa Aham viññāṇam mama viññāṇan ti apari-
yuṭṭhaṭṭhāyino taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti ||
tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti soka-
paridevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
24 Evam kho gahapati āturakāyo1 hoti no ca āturacitto
ti || ||
25 Idam avoca āyasmā Sāriputto || attamano Nakulapitā
gahapati āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).2 (2) Devadaha
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu2
viharati Devadahannāma Sakyānam nigamo3 || ||
2 Atha kho sambahulā pacchābhūmagāmikā bhikkhū
yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Icchāma mayam bhante pacchābhūmaṃ
janapadaṃ gantuṃ pacchābhūme janapade nivāsaṃ kap-
petun ti || ||
Apalokito pana vo bhikkhave Sāriputto ti || ||
Na kho no bhante apalokito āyasmā Sariputto ti || ||
Apaloketha bhikkhave Sāriputtam || Sāriputto bhikkhave4
paṇḍito bhikkhūnam5 anuggāhako sabrahmacārīnan ti ||6 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts hikho
2 B sakyesu
3 S3 nigame
4 S1-3 omit Sāri- bhi-
5 S1-3 bhikkhu
6 sa is missing in B
[page 006]
6 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 2. 4
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
4 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāriputto Bhagavato
avidūre aññatarasmiṃ eḷagalāgumbe1 nisinno hoti || ||
5 Atha kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinan-
ditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅka-
miṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Sāriputtena saddhiṃ
sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisā-
retvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
6 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ
Sāriputtam etad avocuṃ || || Icchāma mayam āvuso Sāri-
putta pacchābhūmam janapadaṃ gantum pacchābhūme
janapade nivāsaṃ kappetuṃ ||2 apalokito no satthā ti || ||
7 Santi hāvuso nānāverajjagatam bhikkhum pañham
pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā pi gaha-
patipaṇḍitā pi samaṇapaṇḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā
vīmaṃsakā kiṃvādāyasmantānam satthā kim akkhāyīti || ||
Kacci vo3 āyasmantānam dhammā sussutā sugahitā
sumanasikatā supadhāritā [suppaṭividdhā paññāya4] ||
yathā vyākaramānā āyasmanto vuttavādino ceva Bhagavato
assatha || na ca5 Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyā-
tha ||6 dhammassa cānudhammam vyākareyyātha na ca
koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo7 gārayhaṃ ṭhānam
āgaccheyyāti || ||
8 Dūrato pi kho mayam āvuso āgaccheyyāma āyasmato
Sāriputtassa santike etassa bhāsitassa attham aññātuṃ ||
sādhu vatāyasmantaṃ yeva Sāriputtam paṭibhātu etassa
bhāsitassa attho ti || ||
9 Tena hāvuso suṇātha sādhukam manasi karotha
bhāsissāmīti || ||
Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Sāriputtassa
paccassosuṃ || ||
Āyasmā Sāriputto etad avoca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B eḷakāla-
2 S1-3 kappetunti
3 S1 te; S3 no
4 In B only
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 S3 has ācikkhe-
7 S1 -vato; S3 -pāto
[page 007]
XXII. 2. 12] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 7
10 Santi hāvuso nānāverajjagatam bhikkhum pañham
pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi || la || paṇḍitā hāvuso
manussā vīmaṃsakā kiṃvādā1 panāyasmantānam satthā
kim akkhāyīti || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evaṃ vyākarey-
yātha || || Chandarāgavinayakkhāyī kho no āvuso satthā
ti || ||
11 Evam vyākate pi kho āvuso assu yeva2 uttariṃ
pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitāpi || la || samaṇapaṇḍi-
tāpi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kismim panā-
yasmantānaṃ chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || || Evam
puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyātha || || Rūpe kho
āvuso chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || Vedanāya || Sañ-
ñāya || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī
satthā ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vyākate pi kho āvuso assu yeva uttariṃ
pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi || la || samaṇapaṇ-
ḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kim
panāyasmantānam ādīnavaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavina-
yakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe
chandarāgavinayakkhāyi satthā ti || || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe
āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyātha || Rūpe kho āvuso avigatarā-
gassa3 avigatachandassa āvigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa
avigatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa4 rūpassa vipari-
ṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadoma-
nassupāyāsā || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu avigata-
rāgassa || la || avigatataṇhassa tesaṃ saṅkhārānam viparinā-
maññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā || Viññāṇe avigatarāgassa avigatachandassa aviga-
tapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigatapariḷāhassa avigata-
taṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā
uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || || Idaṃ
kho no āvuso ādīnavaṃ disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayak-
khāyī satthā ti || || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu ||
viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits vādā
2 S1-3 assuññeva always
3 S1 avīta- here only; S3 always
4 Missing in S3
[page 008]
8 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 2. 13
13 Evam vyākate pi kho1 āvuso assu yeva uttariṃ
pañham pucchitāro khattiyapaṇḍitā pi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitā
pi gahapatipaṇḍitā pi samaṇapaṇḍitā pi || paṇḍitā hāvuso
manussā vīmaṃsakā kim panāyasmantānam ānisaṃsaṃ
disvā rūpe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya ||
saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī
satthā ti || || Evam puṭṭhā tumhe āvuso evam vyākareyyā-
tha || Rūpe kho āvuso vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa
vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigata-
taṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || Vedanāya || Sañ-
ñāya || Saṅkhāresu vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa vigata-
pemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa
tesam saṅkhārānaṃ vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || || Viññāṇe vigata-
rāgassa vigatachandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa
vigatapariḷāhassa vigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipari-
ṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadoma-
nassupāyāsā || || Idaṃ kho no āvuso ānisaṃsaṃ disvā rūpe
chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā || vedanāya || saññāya ||
saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe chandarāgavinayakkhāyī satthā ti || ||
14 Akusale cāvuso dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭ-
ṭheva2 dhamme sukho vihāro abhavissa avighāto anupā-
yāso aparilāho || kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sugati pāṭikaṅkhā || ||3 Nayidam Bhagavā akusalānam
dhammānam pahānaṃ vaṇṇeyya || ||
15 Yasmā ca kho āvuso akusale dhamme upasampajja
viharato diṭṭheva dhamme dukkho vihāro savighāto sa-
upāyāso sapariḷāho || kāyassa ca bhedā paraṃmaraṇā
duggati4 pāṭikaṅkhā || Tasmā Bhagavā akusalānaṃ
dhammānam pahānam vaṇṇeti || ||
16 Kusale cāvuso dhamme upasampajja viharato diṭṭhe
ceva dhamme dukkho vihāro abhavissa savighāto sa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 vyākarote; S3 omits pi kho
2 B diṭṭheceva
3 S1 and B paṭi-
4 S3 sugati, duggati always; B sugatiṃ, duggatiṃ; S1 sugatī,
duggatī, once duggatiṃ
[page 009]
XXII. 3. 4-7 NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 9
upāyāso sapariḷāho || kāyassa ca1 bhedā paraṃmaraṇā
duggati patikaṅkhā || || Nayidam2 Bhagavā kusalānaṃ
dhammānam upasampadaṃ vaṇṇeya || ||
17 Yasmā ca kho āvuso akusale dhamme upasampajja
viharato diṭṭheceva dhamme sukho vihāro avighāto anu-
pāyāso apariḷāho || kāyassa ca bhedā parammaraṇā sugati
pāṭikaṅkhā || Tasmā Bhagavā kusalānaṃ dhammānam
upasampadaṃ vaṇṇetīti || ||
18 Idam avocāyasmā Sāriputto attamanā te bhikkhū
āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).3 (3) Hāliddikāni (1)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno Avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte3 pabbate || ||
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno tenupasaṅkami || Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantam
Mahā-Kaccānam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisidi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati
āyasmantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || || Vuttam idam
bhante Bhagavatā Aṭṭhakavaggike Māgandiya-pañhe4 || ||
Okam pahāya aniketasāri ||
Gāme akubbam5 muni santhavāni6 ||
Kāmehi ritto apurakkharāno ||
Kathaṃ na viggayha janena kayirā ti || ||
Imassa nu kho bhante Bhagavatā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa
kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabo ti || ||
4-7 Rūpadhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || rūpadhā-
turāgavinibaddhañca7 pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuccati || ||
Vedanādhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || vedanādhātu-
rāgavinibaddhañca pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuccati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omits ca
2 S1-3 na kho
3 B kulaghare papāte always
4 B māgaṇṭhiya-
5 B akrubbam always
6 B sandhavā- always
7 B -bandhañca always
[page 010]
10 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 3. 8
Saññādhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || saññādhātu-
rāgavinibaddhañca pana viññānam okasārīti vuccati || ||
Saṅkhāradhātu kho gahapati viññāṇassa oko || saṅkhāra-
dhāturāgavinibaddhañca pana viññāṇam okasārīti vuc-
cati || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati okasārī hoti || ||
8 Kathaṃ ca gahapati anokasārī hoti ||
9 Rupadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinive-
sānusayā || te Tathāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvat-
thukatā anabhāvakatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā
Tathāgato anokasārīti vuccati || ||
10 Vedanādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
11 Saññādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
12 Saṅkhāradhātuyā kho gahapati1 ||
13 Viññāṇadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi- anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato anokasārīti
vuccati || ||
14 Evaṃ kho gahapati anokasārī hoti || ||
15 Kathaṃ ca gahapati niketasārī hoti || ||
Rūpanimittaniketasāravinibandhā2 kho gahapati niketa-
sārī ti vuccati || || Saddanimitta || la || Gandhanimitta ||
Rasanimitta || Phoṭṭhabbanimitta || Dhammanimittaniketa-
sāravinibandhā3 kho gahapati niketasārī ti vuccati || ||
16 Kathaṃ ca gahapati aniketasārī hoti4 || ||
Rūpanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati Ta-
thāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāva-
katā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato
aniketasārī ti vuccati || ||
Saddanimitta || pe || || Gandhanimitta || || Rasanimitta || ||
Phoṭṭhabbanimitta || ||
Dhammanimittaniketasāravinibandhā kho gahapati Ta-
thāgatassa pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāva-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B -niketavisāra always; S3 -niketavihārība here only
3 S1-3 baddhā always
4 This phrase is missing in S1-3
[page 011]
XXII. 3. 23] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 11
katā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā || || Tasmā Tathāgato
aniketasārī ti vuccati || ||
17 Evaṃ kho gahapati aniketasārī hoti || ||
18 Kathaṃ ca gahapati gāme1 santhavajāto hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekacco gihīhi2 saṃsaṭṭho viharati ||
sahanandī sahasokī sukhitesu sukhito dukkhitesu dukkhito
uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu attanā tesu3 yogam āpajjati || ||
Evaṃ kho gahapati gāme1 santhavajāto hoti || ||
19 Kathaṃ ca gahapati gāme na santhavajāto hoti || ||
Idha gahapati bhikkhu gihīhi2 asaṃsaṭṭho viharati || na
sahanandī na sahasokī na sukhitesu sukhito na dukkhitesu
dukkhito uppannesu kiccakaraṇīyesu na attanā tesu yogam
āpajjati || || Evam4 kho gahapati gāme na santhavajāto ti || ||
20 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kāmehi aritto5 hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekacco kāmesu avigatarāgo hoti6 avigata-
chando avigatapemo avigatapipāso avigatapariḷāho avigata-
taṇho || || Evaṃ kho gahapati kāmehi aritto hoti || ||
21 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kāmehi ritto hoti || ||
Idha gahapati ekacco kāmesu vigatarāgo hoti || vigata-
chando vigatapemo vigatapipāso vigatapariḷāho vigata-
taṇho || || Evaṃ kho gahapati kāmehi ritto hoti || ||
22 Kathaṃ ca gahapati purakkharāno hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekaccassa evaṃ hoti || || Evaṃrūpo siyam
anāgatam addhānam evaṃvedano siyam anā- evaṃsañño
siyaṃ || la || evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ anā- evaṃviññāṇo siyam
anāgatam addhānanti || || Evaṃ kho gahapati purakkha-
rāno hoti7 || ||
23 Kathaṃ ca gahapati apurakkharāno hoti ||
Idha gahapati ekaccassa na8 evaṃ hoti || Evaṃrūpo
siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ || la || Evaṃvedano siyaṃ ||
Evaṃsañño siyaṃ || Evaṃsaṅkhāro siyam Evaṃviñ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert na
2 B gihī
3 S1-3 vo always
4 S1-3 add ca
5 S3 ritto
6 As above (p.7 n.3)
7 The paragraph 22 is to be found in B only
8 Omitted by S1-3 who give the negative clause, but without using
the negative word
[page 012]
12 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 3. 24
ñāṇo siyam anāgatam addhānan ti || || Evaṃ kho gahapati
apurakkharāno hoti || ||
24 Kathañca gahapati kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā
hoti || ||
Idha gahapati ekacco evarūpiṃ kathaṃ1 kattā hoti || ||
Na tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayam ājānāsi aham imaṃ
dhammavinayam ājānāmi kiṃ tvaṃ imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ
ājānissasi || micchāpaṭipanno tvam asi aham asmi sammāpa-
ṭipanno || pure vacanīyam pacchā avaca pacchā vacanīyaṃ
pure avaca || sahitam me asahitan te adhiciṇṇan2 te
viparāvattam || āropito3 te vādo caravādappamokkhāya4
niggahīto si nibbeṭhehi5 vā sace pahosīti || || Evaṃ kho
gahapati kathaṃ viggayha janena kattā hoti || ||
25 Kathaṃ ca gahapati kathaṃ na6 viggayha janena
kattā hoti ||
Idha gahapati bhikkhu na evarūpiṃ1 kathaṃ kattā
hoti || || Na tvam imaṃ dhammavinayam ajānāsi || la ||
nibbeṭhehi vā sace pahosī ti || || Evam kho gahapati kathaṃ
na6 viggayha janena kattā hoti || ||
26 Iti kho gahapati yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ Bhagavatā aṭṭha-
kavaggike Māgandiya-{pañhe}7 || ||
Okam pahāya aniketasārī ||
Gāme akubbam muni santhavāni ||
Kāmehi ritto apurakkharāno ||
Katham na viggayha janena kayirā ti || ||
Imassa kho gahapati Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa
evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).4 (4) Hāliddikāni (2)
1 Evam me sutam || ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno Avantīsu viharati kuraraghare pavatte pabbate || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -rūpi-
2 S3 aviciṇṇan
3 S3 further on ārocito
4 S3 has vara- ; further on cara-
5 B nibbedhehi always
6 Omitted by S1-3
7 B Māgaṇḍiya-
[page 013]
XXII. 5. 3] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 13
2 Atha kho Hāliddikāni gahapati yenāyasmā Mahā-
Kaccāno || la ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Hāliddikāni gahapati āyas-
mantam Mahā-Kaccānam etad avoca || ||
4 Vuttam idam bhante Bhagavatā Sakkapañhe || || Ye
te samaṇabrāhmaṇā taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttā || te accanta-
niṭṭhā accantayogakkhemino accantabrahmacārino accanta-
pariyosānā seṭṭhā devamanussānan ti || ||
Imassa nu kho bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa
kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
5 Rūpadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinive-
sānusayā || tesaṃ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā
cittaṃ suvimuttan-ti vuccati || ||
6 Vedanādhātuyā kho gahapati || pe ||
7 Saññādhātuyā kho gahapati ||
8 Saṅkhāradhātuyā kho gahapati ||
9 Viññāṇadhātuyā kho gahapati yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi yā taṇhā ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhini-
vesānusayā || tesaṃ khayā virāgā nirodhā cāgā paṭinissaggā
cittaṃ suvimuttan ti vuccati || ||
10 Iti kho gahapati yan taṃ vuttam Bhagavatā Sak-
kapañhe || || Ye te samaṇabrāhmaṇā taṇhāsaṅkhayavi-
muttā1: te accantaniṭṭhā accantayogakkhemino accanta-
brahmacārino accantapariyosānā seṭṭhā devamanussānan
ti || || Imassa kho gahapati Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhā-
sitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).5 (5) Samādhi
1 Evam me sutaṃ || la || Sāvatthiyam ||
2 Tatra kho || la || etad avoca || || Samādhim bhikkhave
bhāvetha || samāhito bhikkhave bhikkhu yathābhūtam
pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || || Rūpassa samuda-
yañ ca atthagamañ ca || vedanāya samudayañca atthagamañ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -saṅkhaye-
[page 014]
14 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 5. 4
ca || saññāya samudayañca atthagamañ ca || saṅkhārāṇaṃ
samudayañca atthagamañ ca || viññāṇassa samudayañca
atthagamañ ca || ||
4 Ko ca bhikkhave rūpassa samudayo || ko vedanāya
samudayo || ko saññāya samudayo || ko saṅkhārānaṃ samu-
dayo || ko viññāṇassa samudayo || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave abhinandati1 abhivadati ajjhosāya
tiṭṭhati || kiñca abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ||
6 Rūpam abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa rūpam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
uppajjati nandi || || Yā rūpe nandi tad upādānaṃ || tassupā-
dānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipaccayā jarā-
maraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambha-
vanti || || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti ||
7-9 Vedanam abhinandati || la || Saññam abhinandati ||
pe || Saṅkhāre abhinandati2 ||
10 Viññāṇam abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa viññāṇam abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato
uppajjati nandi || || Yā viññāṇe nandi tadupādānaṃ ||
tassupādānapaccayā bhavo || bhavapaccayā jāti || jātipac-
cayā || la || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
samudayo hoti || ||
11 Ayam bhikkhave rūpassa samudayo || -vedanāya
-saññāya || -saṅkhārānaṃ- || ayaṃ viññāṇassa samudayo || ||
12 Ko ca bhikkhave rūpassa atthagamo || ko vedanāya ||
ko saṅkhārānaṃ || ko viññāṇassa atthagamo || ||
Idha bhikkhave nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭ-
hati || || Kiñca nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati || ||
13 Rūpaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati ||
tassa rūpam anabhinandato3 anabhivadato anajjhosāya
tiṭṭhato yā rūpe nandi sā nirujjhati || || Tassa nandinirodhā
upādānanirodho || upādānānirodhā bhavanirodho || la ||2 Evam
etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
14 Vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭ-
ṭhati || tassa vedanam anabhinandato anabhivadato anaj-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -nandanti
2 Complete in S1-3
3 S1-3 -nandito always
[page 015]
XXII. 7. 2] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 15
jhosāya tiṭṭhato yā vedanāya nandi sā nirujjhati || || Tassa
nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā bhavani-
rodho || bhavanirodhā || pe || Evam etassa kevalassa duk-
khakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
15 Saññā nābhinandati || pe ||
16 Saṅkhāre nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭ-
ṭhati || tassa saṅkhāre anabhinandato anabhivadato anaj-
jhosāya tiṭṭhato yā saṅkhāresu nandi sā nirujjhati || ||
Tassa nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || upādānanirodhā || pe ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
17 Viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭ-
ṭhati || tassa viññāṇam anabhinandato anabhivadato anaj-
jhosāya tiṭṭhato yā viññāṇe nandi sā nirujjhati || || Tassa
nandinirodhā upādānanirodho || la || || Evam etassa keva-
lassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti || ||
18 Ayam bhikkhave rūpassa atthagamo || ayam vedanāya
atthagamo || ayaṃ saññāya atthagamo || ayaṃ saṅkhārā-
nam atthagamo || ayaṃ viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).6 (6) Paṭisallāṇā
1 Sāvatthi || Tatra kho || voca || ||
2 Paṭisallāṇe1 bhikkhave yogam āpajjatha paṭisallīno2
bhikkhave bhikkhu yathā bhūtam pajānāti || ||
3 Kiñca yathābhūtam pajānāti || Rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañ ca || Vedanāya samudayañca atthagamañ ca ||
Saṅkhārānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañ ca ||
4 Yathā pathamasutte tathā vitthāretabbo3 || ||
SN_3,22(1).7 (7) Upādāparitassanā
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra kho || voca || ||
2 Upādāparitassanaṃ4 ca vo bhikkhave dessissāmi ||
anupādā-aparitassanaṃ5 ca || || Taṃ suṇātha sādhukam
manasi karotha bhāsissāmīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 sallāṇo
2 S1-3 pati- ; B -sallāno
2 Complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 upādāna- always
5 S3 anupādāna always
[page 016]
16 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 7. 3
Evam bhanteti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
3 Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisā-
nam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ
vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rupasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ1 vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rū-
pavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā2 rūpavipariṇāmānuparivatti3
viññāṇam hoti || tassa4 rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattajā5 pari-
tassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti ||
cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā
ca upādāya ca6 paritassati || ||
5 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā vedanaṃ vedanāya vā attānam || || Tassa
sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa vedanāpari-
ṇāmaññathābhāvā2 vedanāpariṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ
hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā
dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso
pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca apekhavā ca
upādāya ca paritassati || ||
6 Saññam || pe ||
7 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || saṅkhāravantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā saṅkhāre saṅkhāresu vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti || tassa
saṅkhāravipariṇamaññathābhāvā saṅkhāravipariṇāmānu-
parivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmānu-
parivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyā-
dāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā
ca apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
8 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmim vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rūpa
2 S1-3 omit bhāvā
3 S1-3 rūpa-
4 S3 inserts nāma
5 B -parivattijā always
6 S3 upādāyaṃ
[page 017]
XXII. 7. 14] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 17
viññāṇapariṇāmaññāthābhāvā viññāṇavipariṇāmānupari-
vatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa1 viññāṇavipariṇāmānupari-
vattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittam pariyādāya
tiṭṭhanti || cetaso pariyādānā uttāsavā ca hoti vighātavā ca
apekhavā ca upādāya ca paritassati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā2 hoti || ||
10 Kathañ ca bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā hoti || ||
11 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānam dassāvī
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisā-
naṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme
suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ
vā attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rū-
pavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na rūpavipariṇāmānuparivatti
viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa3 rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattajā pari-
tassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti ||
cetaso apariyādānā na ceva4 uttāsavā hoti na vighātavā na
apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritassati || ||
12 Na vedanam attato samanupassati || na vedanāvantam
vā5 attānaṃ na attani vā5 vedanaṃ na vedanāya vā5
attānaṃ || || Tassa sā vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā hoti ||
tassa vedanāvipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na vedanāvipariṇa-
mānuparivattiviññāṇam hoti || tassa vedanāvipariṇāmānu-
parivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na
pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā
hoti ni vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritas-
sati || ||
13 Na saññaṃ6 || pe ||
14 Na saṅkhāre attato samanupassati || na saṅkhāravan-
taṃ vā attānam na attani vā saṅkhāre na saṅkhāresu vā
attānaṃ || tassa te saṅkhārā vipariṇamanti aññathā honti ||
tassa saṅkhāravipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na saṅkhāravipari-
ṇāmānuparivatti viññāṇaṃ hoti || tassa saṅkhāravipariṇā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tasmiṃ
2 S1-3 upādāya-
3 B inserts na omitting it after cittaṃ here and further on
4 S1-3 ca
5 S1-3 omit vā here and further on
6 S1-3 saññāya
[page 018]
18 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 7. 15
mānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ na
pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva uttāsavā
hoti na vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na paritas-
sati || ||
15 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantam
vā attānam || la || Tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati aññathā
hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā na viññāṇavi-
pariṇāmānuparivatti viññānaṃ hoti || tassa1 viññāṇavipari-
ṇāmānuparivattajā paritassanā dhammasamuppādā cittaṃ
na pariyādāya tiṭṭhanti || cetaso apariyādānā na ceva
uttāsavā hoti na vighātavā na apekhavā anupādāya ca na
paritassati ||
16 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā2 hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).8 (8) Upādā-paritassanā (2)
1 Sāvatthi3 ||
2 Upādā-paritassanañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi anu-
pādā-aparitassanañ ca || tam suṇātha || ||
3 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano Rūpam etam mama
eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || Tassa taṃ
rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpapariṇāmañ-
ñathābhāvā4 uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā || ||
5 Vedanam etam mama || la ||
6 Saññam etam mama ||
7 Saṅkhare etam mama ||
8 Viññāṇam etam mama esoham asmi eso me attā ti
samanupassati || tassa taṃ viññāṇaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā
hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
9 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave upādā-paritassanā hoti || ||
10 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave anupādā aparitassanā hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert taṃ; B having na as usual
2 S1-3 anupādāya
3 S1-3 add-tatra--voca--always
4 S1-3 tassa taṃ rupaṃ pariṇāma-
[page 019]
XXII. 10. 2] NAKULAPITA-VAGGO PATHAMO 19
11 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako Rūpaṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassati || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpaṃ vipariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa rūpa-
vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nuppajjanti sokaparidevadukkha-
domanassupāyāsā || ||
12 Vedanaṃ netam mama ||
13 Saññaṃ netam mama ||
14 {Saṅkhārā} netam mama ||
15 Viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attā ti samanupassati || tassa taṃ viññāṇam vipariṇamati
aññathā hoti || tassa viññāṇavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā nup-
pajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā || ||
16 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave anupādā-aparitassanā hotīti ||
SN_3,22(1).9 (9) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (1)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccam atītānāgataṃ || Ko pana
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ
rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
3 Vedanā aniccā || la ||
4 Saññā aniccā || pe ||
5 Saṅkhārā aniccā atītānāgatā || Ko pana vādo paccup-
pannānaṃ || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītesu saṅkhāresu anapekho hoti || anāgate saṅkhāre nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannānam saṅkhārānam nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
6 Viññāṇam aniccam atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccup-
pannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññā-
ṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).10 (10) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (2)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkham atītānagataṃ || ko pana
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 020]
20 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 10. 3
vādo paccuppannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā
ariyasāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ
rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
3 Vedanā dukkhā || pe ||
4 Saññā dukkhā || ||
5 Saṅkhārā dukkhā || ||
6 Viññāṇaṃ dukkham atītānāgataṃ || ko vādo paccup-
pannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññā-
ṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).11 (11) Atītānāgatapaccuppanna (3)
1 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
2 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo
paccuppannassa || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariya-
sāvako atītasmiṃ rūpasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ
rūpaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti ||
3 Vedanā anattā || ||
4 Saññā anattā || ||
5 Saṅkhārā anattā || ||
6 Viññāṇam anattā atītānāgataṃ || ko pana vādo paccup-
pannassa || || Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako
atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmim anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ viññā-
ṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viññāṇassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotī ti || ||
Nakulapituvaggo pathamo1 || ||
Tassuddānam2 || ||
Nakulapitā Devadahā ||
Dve pi3 Hāliddikāni ca ||
Samādhi Patisallāṇā4 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -vaggaṃ paṭhamam
2 S1-3 tatrud-
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S3 -sallānaṃ
[page 021]
XXII. 14. 4] ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO 21
Upādā paritassanā duve1 ||
Atītānāgatapaccuppannā2 ||
Vaggo tena vuccati || ||
CHAPTER II ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO
SN_3,22(1).12 (1) Aniccam
1 Evam me sutaṃ || Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra kho3 || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || pe || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || Sāññā aniccā || Saṅkhārā aniccā ||
Viññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ ||
7 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim
pi nibbindati || Vedanāya pi nibbindati || Saññāya pi
nibbindati || Saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || Viññāṇasmim pi
nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimut-
tasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ
brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).13 (2) Dukkham
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca4 || ||
3-7 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || Vedanā dukkhā ||
Saññā dukkhā || Saṅkhārā dukkhā || Viññāṇaṃ duk-
khaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).14 (3) Anattā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-7 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || Vedanā anattā || Saññā
anattā || Saṅkhārā anattā || Viññāṇam anattā || ||
4 Evam passam bhikkhave || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 dve
2 S1-3 atītānāgataṃ tīni (S1 -ṇi)
3 S1-3 add voca
4 Tatra--voca--is to be found in S1-3 only, always
5 Complete in B
[page 022]
22 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 15. 1
SN_3,22(1).15 (4) Yad anicca (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccam taṃ duk-
khaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Vedanā aniccā || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yam
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ1 yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
5 Saññā aniccā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā aniccā2 || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccam || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso
ham asmi na me so attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).16 (5) Yad anicca (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā ||
yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so
attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭ-
ṭhabbaṃ || ||
4 Vedanā dukkhā2 || ||
5 Saññā dukkhā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā dukkhā || ||
7 Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad
anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || ||
Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).17 (6) Yad anicca (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 evamevataṃ; B evaṃmetaṃ
2 Complete in S1-3
[page 023]
XXII. 19. 6] ANICCAVAGGO DUTIYO 23
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
4-5-6 Vedanā anattā1 || Sañña anattā || Saṅkhārā anat-
tā1 || ||
7 Viññāṇam anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam passam bhikkhave || la || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).18 (7) Hetu (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rūpassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtam bhik-
khave rūpaṃ kuto niccam bhavissāti || ||
4 Vedanā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo vedanāya
uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave vedanā
kuto niccā bhavissati2 || ||
5 Sañña aniccā || pe ||
6 Saṅkhārā aniccā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo saṅkhārā-
nam uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtā bhikkhave
saṅkhārā kuto niccā bhavissanti || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viññā-
ṇassa uppādāya so pi anicco || aniccasambhūtam bhikkhave
viññāṇaṃ kuto niccam bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).19 (8) Hetu (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rūpassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtam bhik-
khave rūpaṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
4 Vedanā dukkhā || pe ||
5 Saññā dukkhā || ||
6 Saṅkhārā dukkhā1 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 bhavissatīti
[page 024]
24 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 19. 7
7 Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viñ-
ñāṇassa uppādāya so pi dukkho || dukkhasambhūtam bhik-
khave viññāṇaṃ kuto sukham bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).20 (9) Hetu (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave ānattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo
rūpassa uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam bhik-
khave rūpam kuto attā bhavissati || ||
4-6 Vedanā anattā ||1 Saññā anattā || Saṅkhārā anattā1 ||
7 Viññāṇam anattā || yo pi hetu yo pi paccayo viññāṇassa
uppādāya so pi anattā || anattasambhūtam bhikkhave
viññāṇaṃ kuto attā bhavissati || ||
8 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).21 (10) Ānanda
1 Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Ānando Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Nirodho nirodho ti bhante vuccati ||
Katamesānaṃ kho bhante dhammānam nirodhā2 nirodho
ti vuccatīti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Ānanda aniccaṃ saṅkhatam paticcasamup-
pannaṃ khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ
nirodhadhammam || tassa nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
5 Vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khaya
dhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā {nirodhadhammā}
tassā nirodhā4 nirodho ti5 vuccati || ||
6-7 Saññā aniccā || Saṅkhārā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B nirodho always
3 S1 virāgu- always
4 S1-3 insert tassa
5 S1-3 nirodhāti
6 S1 pavuccati
[page 025]
XXII. 22. 5] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 25
muppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā
nirodhadhammā tesaṃ nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
8 Viññāṇam aniccam saṅkhatam paṭiccasamuppannaṃ
khayadhammaṃ vayadhammaṃ virāgadhammaṃ niro-
dhadhammam tassa nirodhā nirodho ti vuccati || ||
9 Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam nirodhā nirodho ti
vuccati || ||
Aniccavaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Aniccaṃ Dukkham Anattā ca1 ||
Yad aniccā2 apare tayo ||
Hetunā pi tayo vuttā ||
Ānandena ca te dasā ti3 || ||
CHAPTER III BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).22 (1) Bhāram
1-2 Sāvatthiyaṃ || || Tatra kho || ||
3 Bhāraṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi || bhārahāraṃ4 ca
bhārādānaṃ ca bhāranikkhepanañca || tam suṇātha || ||
4 Katamo bhikkhave bhāro || ||
Pañcupādānakkhandhā tissa vacanīyaṃ || katame pañca || ||
Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhāndho
saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇu-
pādānakkhandho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhāro || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave bhārahāro ||5 Puggalo tissa
vacanīyaṃ || yoyaṃ6 āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto || ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave bhārahāro7 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 ya; omitted by S3
2 S1-3 anattā instead of yadaniccā
3 S1-3 pūrito vaggo instead of catedasāti
4 S1 bhāraṃhāraṃ 5S1 bhārā-, the last ā being erased
6 B svāyaṃ
7 S3 bhārā- corrected to bhara-
[page 026]
26 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 22. 6
6 Katamaṃ ca bhikkhave bhārādānaṃ ||
Yāyam taṇhā ponobhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatra tatrā-
bhinandinī || seyyathīdaṃ kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhava-
taṇhā || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhārādānaṃ || ||
7 Katamañca bhikkhave bhāranikkhepanaṃ ||1 yo tassā-
yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti
anālayo || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhāranikkhepaṇan ti || ||
8 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Bhārā have pañcakkhandhā ||
bhārahāro2 ca puggalo ||
bhārādānaṃ dukkhaṃ loke ||
bhāranikkhepanaṃ sukhaṃ ||1||
Nikkhipitvā garuṃ bhāram ||
aññaṃ bhāram ānādīya3 ||
samūlaṃ taṇham abbhuyha ||
nicchāto parinibbuto ti ||2||
SN_3,22(1).23 (2) Pariñña
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pariññeyye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi pariñ-
ñañca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca4 bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || || Rūpam
bhikkhave pariññeyyo dhammo || vedanā pariññeyyo
dhammo || saññā pariññeyyo dhammo || saṅkhārā pariñ-
ñeyo dhammo || viññāṇam pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime
vuccanti bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā5 || ||
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave pariññā6 || || Yo bhikkhave
rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo || || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave pariññāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).24 (3) Parijānaṃ (or Abhijānaṃ)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 bhārā-
2 S1-3 bhārā-
3 S1 -diya; S3 -diyaṃ
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 omit dhammā
6 S1-3 add ti
[page 027]
XXII. 26. 4] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 27
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anabhijānam aparijānaṃ1 avirā-
jayaṃ appajahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
4 Vedanam anabhijānam || pe ||
5-6 Saññam anabhijānam || Saṅkhāre anabhijānaṃ ||
7 Viññāṇam anabhijānaṃ aparijānaṃ avirājayaṃ appa-
jahaṃ abhabbo dukkhakkhayāya || ||
8 Rūpañca kho bhikkhave abhijānaṃ parijānaṃ virā-
jayaṃ pajaham bhabbo dukkhakkhayāya ||
9-11 Vedanam abhijānaṃ || Saññam ||2 Saṅkhāre2 || ||
12 Viññāṇam abhijānam parijānaṃ virājayaṃ pajaham
bhabbo dukkhakkhayāyāti ||
SN_3,22(1).25 (4) Chandarāga
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpasmiṃ chandarāgo tam pajahatha || ||
Evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālā-
vatthukataṃ anabhāvakataṃ āyatim anuppādadhammaṃ || ||
3 Yo vedanāya chandarāgo tam pajahatha || || Evaṃ sā
vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā
anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
4 Yo saññāya chandarāgo ||
5 Yo saṅkhāresu chandarāgo tam pajahatha || ||3 Evaṃ
te saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthu-
katā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
6 Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo tam pajahatha || || Evaṃ
taṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamūlaṃ tālā-
vatthukataṃ {anabhāvakataṃ} āyatim anuppādadhamman
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).26 (5) Assādo (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pubbe4 me bhikkhave sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa
bodhisattassa sato etad ahosi || ||
4 Ko nu kho rūpassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissara-
ṇaṃ || || Ko vedanāya || || Ko saññāya || || Ko saṅkhārānaṃ ||
Ko viññāṇassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 add abhijānaṃ
3 S1-3 omit yo saṅkhāresu-
4 S3 adds va
[page 028]
28 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 26. 5
5 Tassa mayham bhikkhave etad ahosi || ||
6 Yaṃ kho rūpam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanas-
saṃ || ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || || Yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ duk-
kham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || || Yo
rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ || idaṃ
rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ ||
7 Yaṃ vedanam paṭicca2 || ||
8 Yaṃ saññam paṭicca || ||
9 Yaṃ saṅkhāre paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ||
ayaṃ saṅkhārānam assādo || || Yaṃ2 saṅkhārā aniccā duk-
khā vipariṇāmadhammā || ayaṃ saṅkhārānam ādīnavo || ||
Yo saṅkhāresu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ ||
idaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
10 Yaṃ viññāṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanas-
saṃ || ayaṃ viññāṇassa assādo || || Yaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ
dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || ayaṃ viññāṇassa ādī-
navo || || Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāga-
pahānaṃ || idaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
11 Yāva kīvañcāham3 bhikkhave imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīna-
vañca ādīnavato nissaraṇañ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ
nābhaññāsiṃ ||4 neva tāvāham bhikkhave sadevake loke
samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sa-
devamanussāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambud-
dhoti5 paccaññāsiṃ || ||
12 Yato ca khvāham6 bhikkhave imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam evam assādañ ca assādato ādīnavañ
ca ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam ab-
bhaññāsiṃ || athāham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake
sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanus-
sāya anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhim abhisambuddhoti pac-
caññāsiṃ || ||
13 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me
cetovimutti7 ayam antimā jāti natthidāni punabbhavoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 B yo
3 B kiñcāham always
4 B na-; S1 na a-
5 S1-3 omits ti here and further on
6 S1-3 khoham
7 S1-3 omit ceto here and further on
[page 029]
XXII. 28. 3] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 29
SN_3,22(1).27 (6) Assādo (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam acariṃ || yo
rūpassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || Yāvatā rūpassa assādo
paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
4 Rūpassāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam acariṃ ||
yo rūpassa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamam || yāvatā rūpassa ādī-
navo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
5 Rūpassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanaṃ aca-
riṃ || yaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā
rūpassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭṭhaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanāyāham bhikkhave1 || ||
9-11 Saññāyāham bhikkhave || ||
12-14 Saṅkhārānāham bhikkhave1 || ||
15 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave assādapariyesanam aca-
riṃ || yo viññāṇassa assādo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā viñ-
ñāṇassa assādo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
16 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave ādīnavapariyesanam aca-
riṃ || yo viññāṇassa ādīnavo tad ajjhagamaṃ || yāvatā
viññāṇassa ādīnavo paññāya me so sudiṭṭho || ||
17 Viññāṇassāham bhikkhave nissaraṇapariyesanam
acariṃ || yaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇam tad ajjhagamaṃ ||
yāvatā viññāṇassa nissaraṇam paññāya me taṃ sudiṭ-
ṭhaṃ || ||
18-19 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam assādañca assādato ādīnavañca
ādīnavato nissaraṇañca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nāb-
bhaññāsiṃ || gha || abbhaññāsiṃ || ||
20 Ñāṇañca pana me dassanam udapādi Akuppā me
cetovimutti || ayam antimā jāti || natthidāni punabbhavo
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).28 (7) Assādo (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa assādo abhavissa || na
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
[page 030]
30 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 28.
yidaṃ sattā rūpasmim sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho bhik-
khave atthi rūpassa assādo || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ sāraj-
janti || ||
4 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi rūpassa ādīnavo || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ
nibbindanti || ||
5 No cedam bhikkhave rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ abhavissa ||
nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmā1 nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
bhikkhave atthi rūpassa nissaraṇam || tasmā sattā rūpasmā
nissaranti || ||
6-8 No cedam bhikkhave vedanāya2 || ||
9-11 No cedam bhikkhave saññāya || pe ||
12-14 No cedam bhikkhave {saṅkhārānaṃ} nissaraṇam
abhavissa3 || nayidaṃ sattā saṅkhārehi nissareyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave atthi saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇam || ||
tasmā sattā saṅkhārehi nissaranti || ||
15 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa assādo abhavissa ||
na yidam sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa assādo || tasmā sattā viñ-
ñāṇasmiṃ sārajjanti || ||
16 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa ādīnavo abhavissa ||
na yidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa ādīnavo || tasmā sattā
viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindanti || ||
17 No cedam bhikkhave viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abha-
vissa || na yidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmā nissareyyuṃ || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave atthi viññāṇassa nissaraṇam || tasmā
sattā viññāṇasmā nissaranti || ||
18 Yāva kīvañca bhikkhave imesam pañcannam upādā-
nakkhandhānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca ādīna-
vato nissaranaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtaṃ nābbhaññaṃ-
su || neva tāva4 bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rūpasmiṃ; further on (17) viññānasmiṃ
2 Complete in S1-3
3 So B, perhaps involuntarily; complete in S1-3
4 B tāvāhaṃ
[page 031]
XXII. 30. 3] BHĀRAVAGGO TATIYO 31
sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇipajā sadevamanussā1 nis-
saṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena2 cetasā
vihariṃsu || ||
19 Yato ca kho bhikkhave sattā imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam assādaṃ ca assādato ādīnavaṃ ca
ādīnavato nissaraṇaṃ ca nissaraṇato yathābhūtam abbhañ-
ñaṃsu || atha3 bhikkhave sattā sadevakā lokā samārakā
sabrahmakā sassamaṇabrāhmaṇipajā sadevamanussā nis-
saṭā visaññuttā vippamuttā vimariyādikatena cetasā viha-
rantīti4 || ||
SN_3,22(1).29 (8) Abhinandanam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpam abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhi-
nandati || yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhas-
mā ti vadāmi || ||
4 Yo vedanam abhinandati5 || ||
5 Yo saññam abhinandati || ||
6 Yo saṅkhāre abhinandati5 || ||
7 Yo viññāṇam abhinandati dukkhaṃ so abhinandati ||
yo dukkham abhinandati aparimutto so dukkhasmā ti
vadāmi || ||
8 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpam nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so
nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Yo vedanaṃ nābhinandati || pe ||
10 Yo saññaṃ nābhinandati || ||
11 Yo saṅkhāre nābhinandati5 || ||
12 Yo viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati dukkhaṃ so nābhinan-
dati || yo dukkhaṃ nābhinandati parimutto so dukkhasmāti
vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).30 (9) Uppādaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave rūpassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti6 pā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -bhrahmaṇiyā pajāya -manussāya, here and further on
2 B vipariyādi-
3 S3 adds kho
4 B -viharanti
5 Complete in S1-3
6 S1-3 nibatti here only
[page 032]
32 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 30. 4
tubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa
pātubhāvo || ||
4-6 Yo vedanāya1 || || Yo saññāya || || Yo saṅkhārā-
nam1 || ||
7 Yo viññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca2 bhikkhave rūpassa nirodho vūpasamo attha-
gamo dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmara-
ṇassa atthagamo || ||
9-11 Yo vedanāya || ||3 Yo saññāya || ||3 Yo saṅkhārā-
naṃ3 || ||
12 Yo viññāṇassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānam vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa attha-
gamoti || ||
SN_3,22(1).31 (10) Aghamūlaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Aghañ ca bhikkhave desissāmi aghamūlañ ca || taṃ
suṇātha || ||
4 Katamañca bhikkhave aghaṃ || ||
Rūpam bhikkhave aghaṃ || vedanā aghaṃ || saññā aghaṃ ||
saṅkhārā aghaṃ || viññāṇam aghaṃ || || Idaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave aghaṃ || ||
5 Katamañ ca bhikkhave aghamūlaṃ || || Yāyaṃ taṇhā
ponobbhavikā nandirāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī ||
seyyathīdaṃ Kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhavataṇhā || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave aghamūlan ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).32 (11) Pabhaṅgu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pabhaṅguṃ ca bhikkhave desissāmi apabhaṅguṃ ca || ||
Taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave pabhaṅgu kiñca apabhaṅgu || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S3 adds kho
3 S1-3 add nirodho; S3 omits yo saññāya
[page 033]
XXII. 33. 7] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 33
5 Rūpam bhikkhave pabhaṅgu || yo tassa nirodho vūpa-
samo1 atthagamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
6 Vedanā pabhaṅgu || yo tassā nirodho vūpasamo attha-
gamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
7 Saññā pabhaṅgu || ||
8 Saṅkhārā pabhaṅgu || yo tesaṃ nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo idam apabhaṅgu || ||
9 Viññāṇam pabhaṅgu || yo tassa nirodho vūpasamo
atthagamo idam apabhaṅgūti || ||
Bhāravaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatruddānaṃ2 || ||
Bhāram Pariññaṃ Parijānaṃ ||
Chandarāgaṃ ca catutthakam ||
Assādā ca tayo vuttā ||
Abhinandanam aṭṭhamam ||
Uppādam Aghamūlañ ca ||
Ekādasamo Pabhaṅgūti3 || ||
CHAPTER IV NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).33 (1) Natumhāka (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo
pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākam || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ
vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
6 Vedanā na tumhākam tam pajahatha || sā vo pahīnā
hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
7 Saññā || pe ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 upasamo here only
2 B udānam only
3 S1-3 Bhāram pariññaṃ abhijānaṃ chandarāgena tayo ca assādo
abhinandanā ca uppādo aghamūlaṃ pabhaṅgunti
[page 034]
34 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 33. 8
8 Saṅkhārā na tumhākaṃ te pajahatha || te vo pahīnā
hitāya sukhāya bhavissanti || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ vo pahī-
naṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yam imasmiṃ Jetavane tiṇa-
kaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsam taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya va
yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya || api nu tumhākam evam assa
Amhe jano harati vā ḍahati vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā karotī-
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Tam kissa hetu || ||
Na hi no etam bhante attā vā attaniyaṃ vā ti || ||
11 Evam eva kho bhikkhave rūpam na tumhākaṃ || tam
pajahatha || taṃ vo1 pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati ||
Vedanā na tumhākam || ||2 Saññā || || Saṅkhārā na tumhā-
kaṃ || || Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ hi
vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti3 || ||
SN_3,22(1).34 (2) Na tumhākaṃ (2)4
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Yaṃ5 bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ tam pajahatha || taṃ
vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
4 Kiñca bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || ||
Tam vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
6-8 Vedanā na tumhākaṃ || pe || || Saññā na tumhākaṃ || ||
Saṅkhārā na tumhākaṃ || ||
9 Viññāṇaṃ na tumhākaṃ || tam pajahatha || || Tam vo
pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissati || ||
10 Yam bhikkhave na tumhākam tam pajahatha || Taṃ
vo pahīnaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).35 (3) Bhikkhu (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme6 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 Complete in B
3 B bhavissati
4 The same as the preceding but for the comparison ( 10)
5 S1-3 add hi
6 In S1-3 only
[page 035]
XXII. 35. 9] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 35
I
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisīdi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me1 bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ
desetu || yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpa-
kaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
yaṃ nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatīti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam2 bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti3 || ||
6 Rūpaṃ ce bhante anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
Vedanaṃ ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Saññaṃ ce
anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Saṅkhāre ce anuseti
tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Viññāṇam ce anuseti tena
saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
7 Rūpaṃ ce bhante nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati ||
Vedanaṃ ce4 || || Saññaṃ ce4 || || Saṅkhare ce4 || || Viñ-
ñānaṃ ce nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa
kho ham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhu anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || ||
vedanaṃ ce || pe || saññaṃ ce || || saṅkhāre ce || || viññāṇaṃ
ce anuseti tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Rūpaṃ ce bhikkhu
nānuseti na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || vedanaṃ ce || ||
saññaṃ ce || || saṅkhāre ce || || viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na
tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho bhikkhave saṅkhit-
tena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinan-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 taṃ
3 S1-3 jānāsīti
4 Complete in S1-3
[page 036]
36 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 35. 10
ditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
II
10 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahītatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā
sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti || tad anut-
taraṃ brahmacariya-pariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayam
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khīṇā jati
vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthat-
tāyā ti abbhaññāsi || ||
11 Aññataro ca pana1 so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).36 (4) Bhikkhu (2)
1 Sāvatthi || || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā || pe || Ekam
antam nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ
desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā eko vūpa-
kaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahītatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anuseti tam anumīyati || yam
anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Yaṃ nānuseti na
tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gac-
chatīti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ ce bhante anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumī-
yati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce anuseti || ||
Saññaṃ ce anuseti || || Saṅkhāre ce anuseti2 || || Viññāṇaṃ
ce anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ
gacchati || ||
7 Rūpaṃ ce bhante nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 Complete in S1-3 which have saṅkhārañce here only and
further on saṅkhāre ca
[page 037]
XXII. 37. 3] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 37
nānumīyati na tena saṅkham gacchati || Vedanaṃ ce nānu-
seti1 || || Saññaṃ ce nānuseti || || Saṅkhāre ce nānuseti || ||
Viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati
na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho ham bhante
Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena attham
ājānāmīti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
ce2 bhikkhave anuseti tam anumīyati || yam anumīyati tena
saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce || pe || Saññaṃ ce || Saṅ-
khāre ce || || Viññāṇaṃ ce bhikkhu anuseti taṃ anumīyati ||
yam anumīyati3 tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Rūpaṃ ce
bhikkhu nānuseti na tam anumīyati || yaṃ nānumīyati na
tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Vedanaṃ ce || || Saññaṃ ce || ||
Saṅkhāre ce || || Viññāṇaṃ ce nānuseti na tam anumīyati ||
yaṃ nānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati || || Imassa kho
bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ vitthārena
attho daṭṭhabo ti || ||
9 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinan-
ditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi || ||
10 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto viharanto ||pe4 ||
11 Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahatam ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).37 (5) Ānanda (1)
1 Savatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando || pa5 ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandaṃ
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sace tam Ānanda evam pucchey-
yuṃ || || Katamesam āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo
paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam6 aññathattam paññā-
yatīti || evam puṭṭho tvam Ānanda kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 ca, S3 always, S1 almost always
3 S1-3 omit yam anumīyati
4 9-10 are missing in B, being represented by ||la||
5 So B; more complete in S1-3
6 B ṭhitassa always
[page 038]
38 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 37. 4
4 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesam
āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo pañ-
ñāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || evam puṭṭho
ham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || ||
5 Rūpassa kho āvuso uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati
ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Vedanāya || Saññāya ||
Saṅkhārānam || Viññāṇassa uppādo paññāyati vayo pañ-
ñāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || || Imesaṃ kho
āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitā-
nam aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭhāham bhante
evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
6 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || || Rūpassa kho Ānanda uppādo
paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam pañ-
ñāyati || || Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ || Viññāṇassa
uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam
paññāyati || || Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo
paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānaṃ aññathattam pañ-
ñāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Ānanda evaṃ vyākarey-
yāsīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).38 (6) Ānanda (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || || Atha kho {āyasmā} Ānando ||
pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantam Ānandam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Sace taṃ Ānanda evam pucchey-
yuṃ || || Katamesaṃ āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo
paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitānam1 aññathattam
paññayittha || || Katamesaṃ dhammāṇam uppādo pañ-
ñāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññā-
yissati || || Katamesaṃ dhammānam uppādo paññāyati vayo
paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || ||
Evam puṭṭho tvaṃ Ānanda kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
4 Sace mam bhante evam puccheyyuṃ || || Katamesam
āvuso Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo pañ-
ñayittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || Katamesaṃ
dhammānam uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ṭhitassanaṃ in 3-4; elsewhere ṭhitassa always
[page 039]
XXII. 38. 8] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 39
naṃ aññathattam paññāyissati || katamesaṃ dhammānam
uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam
paññāyatīti || || Evam puṭṭho ham bhante evaṃ vyākarey-
yaṃ || ||
5 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇatam ||
tassa uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa añña-
thattam paññāyittha || || Yā vedanā atītā niruddhā vipari-
ṇatā || tassā uppādo paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitāya
aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yā sañña || || Ye saṅkhārā
atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || tesam uppādo paññāyittha vayo
paññāyittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yaṃ1
viññāṇam atītaṃ niruddham vipariṇataṃ || tassa uppādo
paññāyittha vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññā-
yittha || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha
vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
6 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpam ajātam apātubhūtaṃ || tassa
uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathat-
tam paññāyissati || ||pe2 || || Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātu-
bhūtam || tassa uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati
ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyissati || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānam uppādo paññāyissati
vayo paññāyissati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyissati || ||
7 Yaṃ kho āvuso rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ tassa uppādo
paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Yā vedanā jātā pātubhūtā || la || Yā saññā || Ye saṅkhārā jātā
pātubhūtā || tesam uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitā-
nam aññathattam paññāyati || || Yaṃ viññāṇaṃ jātam
pātubhūtaṃ tassa uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa
aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Imesaṃ kho āvuso dhammānaṃ uppādo paññāyati vayo
paññāyati ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyatīti || || Evam
puṭṭho ham bhante evaṃ vyākareyyan ti || ||
8 Sādhu sādhu Ānanda || || Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpam atī-
taṃ niruddham vipariṇataṃ || tassa uppādo paññāyittha
vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || || Yā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 More complete in B
[page 040]
40 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 38. 9
vedanā || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ viññāṇam
atītaṃ niruddhaṃ pariṇatam || tassa uppādo paññāyittha
vayo paññāyittha ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyittha vayo
paññāyittha ṭhitānam aññathattam paññāyittha || ||
9 Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpam ajātam apātubhūtaṃ || tassa
uppādo paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathat-
tam paññāyissati || || Yā vedanā || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅ-
kharā || || Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātubhūtam || tassa uppādo
paññāyissati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattam pañ-
ñāyissati || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyis-
sati vayo paññāyissati ṭhitassa aññathattaṃ paññāyissati || ||
10 Yaṃ kho Ānanda rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ || tassa
uppādo paññāyati vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññāthattam
paññāyati || || Yā vedanā || || Yā saññā || || Ye saṅkhārā || ||
Yaṃ viññāṇam jātam pātubhūtam || tassa uppādo paññāyati
vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyati || ||
Imesaṃ kho Ānanda dhammānam uppādo paññāyati
vayo paññāyati ṭhitassa aññathattam paññāyatīti || ||
11 Evam puṭṭho tvam Ānanda vyākareyyāsīti1 || ||
SN_3,22(1).39 (7) Anudhamma (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhik-
khuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe nibbidā-bahulaṃ
vihareyya || vedanāya nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || saññāya
nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || saṅkhāresu nibbidā-bahulaṃ
vihareyya || viññāṇe nibbidā-bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto || vedanāya || sañ-
ñāya || saṅkhāresu nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto || viññāṇe
nibbidā-bahulaṃ viharanto rūpam parijānāti || vedanaṃ ||
saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇaṃ parijānaṃ parimuccati2 rūpamhā || parimuccati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vyākareyyāti
2 Missing in S1-3
[page 041]
XXII. 42. 5] NATUMHĀKAVAGGO CATUTTHO 41
vedanāya || pari- saññāya || pari- saṅkharehi || pari- viñ-
ñāṇamhā || pari- jātiyā jarāmaṇena sokehi paridevehi duk-
khehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || parimuccati dukkhasmā ti
vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).40 (8) Anudhamma (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-5 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhik-
khuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe aniccānupassī
vihareyya || la || parimuccati dukkhasmāti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).41 (9) Anudhamma (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3-5 Dhammānudhamma || la || Yaṃ rūpe dukkhānupassī
vihareyya || la || parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).42 (10) Anudhamma (4)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dhammānudhammapaṭipannassa bhikkhave bhik-
khuno ayam anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe anattānupassī
vihareyya || vedanāya || {saññāya} || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe
anattānupassī vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe anattānupassī viharanto || pe || rūpam parijā-
nāti || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam parijā-
nāti1 || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇaṃ parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā || parimuccati
vedanāya || parimuccati saññāya || parimuccati saṅkhārehi2 ||
parimuccati viññāṇamhā || parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || pari-
muccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
Natumhākavaggo catuttho ||
uddānaṃ3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 omit pari- saṅkhārehi
3 S1-3 tatruddānaṃ
[page 042]
42 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 43. 1-2
Natumhākena dve vuttā ||
Bhikkhūhi apare duve || ||
Ānandena ca1 dve vuttā ||
Anudhammehi dve dukā ti || ||
CHAPTER V ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).43 (1) Attadīpa
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Attadīpā bhikkhave viharatha attasaraṇā anañña-
saraṇā dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā || ||
4 Attadīpānam bhikkhave viharatam attasaraṇānam
anaññasaraṇānaṃ dhammadīpānaṃ dhammasaraṇānam
anaññasaraṇānaṃ yoni yeva2 upaparikkhitabbo || kiṃjātikā
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā kimpahotikā ti3 || ||
5 Kiṃjātikā ca bhikkhave sokaparidevadukkhadomanas-
supāyāsā kim pahotikā || ||
6 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappuri-
sānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ
vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || ||
Tassa taṃ rūpam vipariṇamati aññathā4 hoti || tassa
rūpavipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā || ||
7 Vedanam attato samanupassati vedanāvantaṃ va at-
tānam attani vā vedanaṃ vedanāya vā attānaṃ || || Tassa sā4
vedanā vipariṇamati aññathā5 hoti || tassa6 vedanāvipa-
riṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparideva || la || upāyāsā || ||
8 Saññaṃ attato samanupassati || ||
9 Saṅkhāre attato samanupassati7 || ||
10 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānaṃ attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ va attānam || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1
2 B yoniso va
3 S3 kimpahotikā, S1 kimpahoti
4 B adds ca here and further on
5 Omitted by S3
6 S1-3 insert sā
7 Complete in S1-3
[page 043]
XXII. 44. 1-2] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 43
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam pariṇamati aññathā hoti || tassa viñ-
ñāṇapariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevaduk-
khadomanassupāyāsā || ||
11 Rūpassa tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipariṇā-
maṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ ||1 pubbe ceva rūpam etarahi ca
sabbaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammanti
evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato ye
sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti || tesam
pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati || su-
khaṃ viharaṃ2 bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccati || ||
12 Vedanāya tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipari-
ṇāmaṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva vedanā etarahi ca
sabbā vedanā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāmadhammā ti evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato ye sokapari-
devadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti || tesam pahānā
na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati || sukhaṃ
viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccati || ||
13 Saññāya tveva bhikkhave || pe ||
14 Saṅkhārānaṃ tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā
vipariṇāmam virāgam nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva saṅkhārā
etarahi ca sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā vipariṇāma-
dhammā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya pas-
sato ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahīyanti ||
tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati ||
sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbutoti vuccati || ||
15 Viññāṇassa tveva bhikkhave aniccataṃ viditvā vipari-
ṇāmaṃ virāgaṃ nirodhaṃ || pubbe ceva viññāṇam etarahi
ca sabbaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadham-
manti evam etaṃ yathabhūtam sammappaññāya passato
ye sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā te pahiyanti ||
tesam pahānā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ sukhaṃ viharati ||
sukhaṃ viharaṃ bhikkhu tadaṅganibbuto ti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).44 (2) Paṭipadā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; S1-3 viparināmavirāganirodhaṃ always
2 B sukhavihārī always
[page 044]
44 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 44. 3
3 Sakkāyasamudayagāminiṃ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi
sakkāyanirodhagāminiṃ ca1 paṭipadaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāya samudayagāminī paṭi-
padā || ||
5 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisā-
nam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ
vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ ||
6-8 Vedanam attato || ||2 Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre2 || ||
9 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
10 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayagāminī
paṭipadā sakkāyasamudayagāminī paṭipadāti || Iti idam
bhikkhave vuccati dukkhasamudayagāminī samanupas-
sanāti ayam evettha3 attho || ||
11 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī pati-
padā || ||
12 Idha bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī
ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisā-
naṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme
suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ
vā attānam na attani vā rūpam na rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
13-15 Na vedanam attato || || Na saññaṃ || || Na saṅ-
khāre || ||
16 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāvantam
vā attānaṃ na attani vā viññāṇam na viññāṇasmim vā
attānaṃ || ||
17 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī
paṭipadā sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ti || || Iti hidam
bhikkhave vuccati dukkhanirodhagāminī samanupassanā ti
ayam evettha atthoti || ||
SN_3,22(1).45 (3) Aniccatā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccam || yad aniccaṃ taṃ duk-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 Complete in S1-3
3 B cevettha always
[page 045]
XXII. 46. 8] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 45
khaṃ || yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || evam etaṃ
sammappaññāya passato cittaṃ virajjati vimuccati anupā-
dāya1 āsavehi || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || ||2 Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā}2 || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccam || yad aniccamo -cittam virajjati
vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi3 || ||
8 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno4 cittam virattaṃ
vimuttaṃ hoti anupādāya āsavehi || || Vedanādhatuyā ce- || ||
Saññādhātuyā ce- || || Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce- || ||5 Viññāṇa-
dhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno cittaṃ virattaṃ vimuttaṃ
hoti anupādāya āsavehi vimuttatā ṭhitam || ṭhitattā santus-
sitaṃ || santussitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattañ-
ñeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ
kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).46 (4) Aniccatā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā aniccā || || Saṅkhārā
aniccā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ tam dukkhaṃ || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Evam etaṃ yathābhūtam sammappaññāya passato
pubbantānudiṭṭhiyo na honti || pubbantānudiṭṭhīnaṃ asati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B always; S1-3 anupādā; further on anupādāya
2 Complete in S1-3
3 Complete in all the MSS.
4 Missing in B
5 Vedanā- saññā- || saṅkhārā- || are complete in S1-3, missing in B
which omits even viññāṇaṃ
[page 046]
46 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 47. 1-2
aparantānudiṭṭhiyo na honti || aparantānudiṭṭhīnam asati
thāmaso parāmaso1 na hoti || thāmase parāmase1 asati
rūpasmiṃ || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇasmiṃ
cittam virajjati vimuccati anupādāya āsavehi || || Vimuttattā
ṭhitaṃ ṭhitattā santusitaṃ santusitattā na paritassati ||
aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti-
-itthattāyāti na pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).47 (5) Samanupassanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavi-
hitam attānam samanupassamānā samanupassanti || sabbe
te pañcupādānakkhandhe samanupassanti etesaṃ vā
aññataraṃ || ||
4 Katame pañca || ||
Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī ||
la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati ||
rūpavantam vā attānam attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā
attānaṃ || Vedanaṃ || || Saññam || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam
attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani
vā viññāṇam viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam || || Iti ayaṃ ceva
samanupassanā Asmīti cassa adhigataṃ2 hoti || ||
5 Asmīti kho pana bhikkhave adhigate3 atha pañcannam
indriyānam avakkanti hoti || cakkhundriyassa sotindriyassa
ghānindriyassa jivhindriyassa kāyindriyassa || ||
6 Atthi bhikkhave mano atthi dhammā atthi vij-
jādhātu4 || avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena5
puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa Asmīti pissa hoti ||
Ayam aham asmīti pissa hoti || Bhavissanti pissa hoti || Na
bhavissanti pissa hoti || Rūpī bhavissanti pissa hoti || Arūpī
bhavissanti pissa hoti || Saññī bhavissanti pissa hoti ||
Asaññī bhavissanti pissa hoti || || Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavis-
santi pissa hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; S1-3 thāmasāparāmāso--e, S3 having at first mā,
aterwards ma in -paramāso--e; S1 having always mā
corrected to mā.
2 B avigataṃ
3 S1-3 attato; B avigate
4 B avijjādhātu, omitting atthi
5 B cetasikena
[page 047]
XXII. 48. 13-15] ATTADIPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 47
7 Tiṭṭhanti kho pana1 bhikkhave tattheva pañcin-
driyāni2 || || Athettha sutavato ariyasāvakassa avijjā
pahīyati vijjā uppajjati || || Tassa avijjāvirāgā vijjuppādā
Asmīti pissa na hoti || Ayam aham asmīti pissa na hoti ||
Bhavissanti || Na bhavissanti || Rūpī || Ārūpī || Saññī || Asaññī ||
Nevasaññīnāsaññī bhavissanti pissa na hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).48 (6) Khandhā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañca3 bhikkhave khandhe desissāmi pañcupādānak-
khandhe ca ||4 taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā || ||
5 Yaṃ5 kiñci bhikkhave rūpam atītānāgatapaccup-
pannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ
vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati
rūpakkhandho || ||
6-7 Yā kāci vedanā || Yā kāci saññā || pe || ||
8 Ye keci saṅkhārā atītānāgatapaccuppannā ajjhattam
vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikā vā sukhumā vā || pa || ayaṃ vuccati
saṅkhārakkhandhā || ||
9 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇak-
khandho || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pañcakkhandhā || ||
11 Katame ca bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhā || ||
12 Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpam atītānāgatapaccup-
pannaṃ || la || yaṃ dūre santike vā sāsavam upādānīyaṃ6 ||
ayaṃ vuccati rūpupādānākkhandho || ||
13-15 Yā kāci vedanā || la || yā dūre santike vā sāsavā
upādānīyā ayaṃ vuccati vedanupādānakkhandho || || Yā {kāci}
saññā || pe || Ye keci saṅkhārā || gha || sāsavā upādānīyā
ayaṃ vuccati saṅkhārupādānakkhandho || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Tiṭṭhanteva kho
2 S1-3 omit ni
3 S3 adds ca
4 B omits ca
5 Missing in S1-3
6 B upādāniy- always
[page 048]
48 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 48. 16
16 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sāsavam upādānīyam || ayaṃ vuccati
viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
17 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave pañcupādānakkhandhāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).49 (7) Soṇo (1)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe1
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā || la || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Soṇaṃ gahapatiputtam
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Ye keci2 Soṇa samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā aniccena
rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti
samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti samanupassanti ||
Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || kim aññattha3 ya-
thābhūtassa adassanā || ||
5 Aniccāya vedanāya dukkhāya vipariṇāmadhammāya
Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti
vā samanupassanti Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā ||
6 Aniccāya saññāya || ||
7 Aniccehi saṅkhārehi dukkhehi vipariṇāmadhammehi
Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti
vā samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā || ||
8 Aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena
Seyyo ham asmīti vā samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti
vā samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti vā samanupassanti ||
kim aññattha yathābhūtassa adassanā4 || ||
9 Ye keci5 Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aniccena
rūpena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena Seyyo ham asmīti pi
na samanupassanti || Sadiso ham asmīti pi na samanupassan-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 sāvatthiyaṃ
2 S3 ye hi keci; S1 yo hi koci
3 So S1-3; B aññatra; both always
4 S1-3 add ya
5 S1-3 ye ca kho
[page 049]
XXII. 49.23] ATTADĪPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 49
ti || Hīno ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || kim aññattha
yathābhūtassa dassanā || ||
10-12 Aniccāya vedanāya || || Aniccāya saññāya || ||
Aniccehi saṅkhārehi || ||
13 Aniccena viññāṇena dukkhena vipariṇāmadhammena
Seyyo ham asmīti pi na samanupassanti || Sadiso ham
asmīti pi na samanupassanti || Hīno ham asmīti pi na
samanupassanti || kim aññattha yathābhūtassa dassanā || ||
14 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Soṇa || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Vedanā niccā vā aniccā vā ti || ||
Aniccā bhante || ||
16-17 Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
18 Viññānaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
19 Tasmātiha Soṇa yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccu-
ppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikam vā sukhumaṃ
vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rū-
paṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
20-22 Yā kāci vedanā || ||1 Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci
saṅkhārā1 || ||
23 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
[page 050]
50 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 49. 24
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ va sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbam viññāṇaṃ
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
24 Evam passaṃ Soṇa sutavā ariyasāvako rupasmim pi
nibbindati || vedanāya pi nibbindati || saññāya pi nibbindati ||
saṅkhāresu pi nibbindati || viññānasmim pi nibbindati || ||
Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmim
vimuttam iti ñāṇam hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmaca-
riyam kataṃ karaṇīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).50 (8) Soṇo (2)
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho Soṇo gahapatiputto yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho Soṇam gahapatiputtam
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Ye1 keci Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā Rūpaṃ na
pajānanti || rūpasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || rūpanirodhaṃ
na pajānanti || rūpanirodhagāminiṃ patipadaṃ na pajā-
nanti || || Vedanaṃ na pajānanti || vedanāsamudayaṃ na
pajānanti || vedanāsamudayaṃ na pajānanti || vedanāniro-
dhaṃ na pajānanti || vedanānirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na
pajānanti || Saññaṃ na pajānanti || pe || || Saṅkhāre na pajā-
nanti || sankhārasamudayaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāraniro-
dhaṃ na pajānanti || saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na
pajānanti || Viññāṇam na pajānanti || viññāṇasamudayaṃ na
pajānanti || viññāṇanirodhaṃ na pajānanti || viññāṇanirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ na pajānanti || na me te Soṇa samaṇā
vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu
vā brāhmaṇasammatā na ca pana te āyasmanto sāmañ-
ñatthaṃ vā brāhmaññattham vā diṭṭheva dhamme sayam
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
5 Ye ca kho keci Soṇa2 samaṇā va brāhmaṇā vā Rūpam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert hi
2 Omitted by S1-3
[page 051]
XXII. 52. 1-2] ATTADIPAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 51
pajānanti rūpasamudayam pajānanti rūpanirodham pajā-
nanti || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadam pajānanti || Veda-
nam pajānanti || pe || Saññam pajānanti || Saṅkhāre pajā-
nanti || Viññāṇam pajānanti || viññāṇasamudayam pajānanti ||
viññāṇanirodham pajānanti viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam pajānanti || te kho1 me Soṇa samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā
vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇasammatā brāhmaṇesu ca2
brāhmaṇasammatā || te ca panāyasmanto sāmaññatthaṃ
ca brāhmaññatthaṃ ca diṭṭheva dhamme sayam abhiññā
sacchi katvā upasampajja viharanti || ||
SN_3,22(1).51 (9) Nandikkhaya (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpaṃ Aniccanti
passati || yāyaṃ3 hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ4 suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu vedanaṃ Aniccā ti5
passati || yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
5 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu saññam Aniccāti
passati || pe ||
6 Anicce yeva bhikkhave bhikkhu saṅkhāre Aniccāti
passati || Yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
7 Aniccaññeva bhikkhave bhikkhu viññāṇam Aniccanti
passati || Yāyaṃ hoti sammādiṭṭhi sammāpassaṃ nibbin-
dati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo ||
nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).52 (10) Nandikkhaya (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1 ceva; S3 vā
3 So B; S1-3 sāssa always
4 S1-3 omit vimuttam always
5 B aniccanti
[page 052]
52 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 52. 3
Rūpam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha rūpānicca-
tañca yathābhutaṃ samanupassatha || rūpam bhikkhave
bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto rūpāniccatañ ca yathā-
bhūtaṃ samanupassanto rūpasmiṃ nibbindati || nandik-
khayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirāgak-
khayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
4 Vedanam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha vedanā-
niccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || vedanam bhik-
khave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto vedanāniccatañca
yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto vedanāya nibbindati || nan-
dikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandirā-
gakkhayā cittam vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
5 Saññam bhikkhave || ||
6 Saṅkhāre bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha saṅkhārā-
niccatañca yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || saṅkhāre bhik-
khave bhikkhu yoniso manasi karonto saṅkhārāniccatañca
yathābhūtaṃ samanupassanto saṅkhāresu nibbindati ||
nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandikkhayo || nandi-
rāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti vuccati || ||
7 Viññāṇam bhikkhave yoniso manasi karotha viññāṇā-
niccatañca1 yathābhūtaṃ samanupassatha || viññāṇam
bhikkhave bhikkhu yoniso manasikaronto viññāṇā-
niccatañca yathābhūtam samanupassanto viññāṇasmiṃ
nibbindati || nandikkhayā rāgakkhayo rāgakkhayā nandik-
khayo nandirāgakkhayā cittaṃ vimuttaṃ suvimuttanti
vuccatīti || ||
Attadīpavaggo pañcamo || ||
Tassuddānaṃ2 || ||
Attadīpā Paṭipadā || dve ca honti Aniccatā ||
Samanupassanā Khandhā || dve Soṇa dve Nandikkhayena
cā ti || ||
Mūlapaññāsakaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassa mūlapaññāsakassa vaggassuddānam3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All the MSS. have viññāṇa-
2 S1-3 tatru-
3 S1-3 vagguddānaṃ
[page 053]
XXII. 53. 11] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 53
Nakulapitā Aniccā1 ca ||
Bhārena Tumhākena ca2 ||
Attadīpena paññāso ||
Pathamo tena vuccatīti3 || ||
SECTION II MAJJHIMA-PAÑÑĀSA
CHAPTER I UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,22(1).53 (1) Upāyo
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Upāyo4 bhikkhave avimutto anupāyo vimutto || ||
4 Rūpupāyam bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhaṃ5 nandupaseva-
naṃ6 {virūḷhiṃ} vuddhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||7 {Saṅkhārā}-
rammaṇaṃ saṅkhārapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ
virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
5 Yo bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya || Aham aññatra rūpā
aññatra vedanāya aññatra saññāya aññatra saṅkhārehi
viññāṇassa āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ8 vā
vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullaṃ vā9 paññāpessamīti
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati || ||
6-10 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno
hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññā-
ṇassa na hoti || || Vedanāya dhātuyā ce bhikkhave10 || ||
Saññādhātuyā ce bhikkhave || || Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce
bhikkhave || || Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno
rāgo pahīno hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇaṃ
patiṭṭhā viññāṇassa na hoti || ||
11 Tad apatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam {avirūḷhaṃ} anabhisaṅ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -pitu anicco
2 Omitted by B
3 S1-3 pavuccatīti
4 B upayo always
5 S1-3 -ppatiṭṭhaṃ always
6 B -secanam always
7 B adds || la ||
8 S1-3 uppattiṃ always
9 B omits the three later vā
10 S1-3 add bhikkhuno always
[page 054]
54 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 54. 1-2
khārañca1 vimuttam || vimuttattā ṭhitam ṭhitattā santusitaṃ
santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva
parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ
karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).54 (2) Bījam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcimāni bhikkhave bījajātāni || || Katamāni pañca || ||
Mūlabījaṃ khandhabījam aggabījam phalubījam2 bījabī-
jaññeva pañcamaṃ || ||
4 Imāni cassu3 bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni akhaṇḍāni
apūtīni4 avātātapahatāni sārādāni5 sukhasayitāni pathavī
ca nāssa āpo ca nāssa || || Api nu imāni6 bhikkhave pañca-
bījajātāni vuddhiṃ {virūḷhiṃ} vepullam āpajjeyyunti7 || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
5 Imāni cassu bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni khaṇḍāni
pūtīni vātātapahatāni sārādāni na sukhasayitāni pathavī ca
assa āpo ca assa || Api nu imāni bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni
vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyyunti || ||
No hetam bhante8 || ||
6 Imāni cassu bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni akhaṇḍāni || la ||
sukhasayitāni pathavī ca assa āpo ca assa || api nu imāni
bhikkhave pañcabījajātāni vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam
āpajjeyyunti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pathavīdhātu evaṃ catasso
viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo daṭṭhabbā || seyyathāpi bhikkhave āpo-
dhātu evaṃ nandirāgo daṭṭhabbo || seyyathāpi bhikkhave
pañcabījajātāni evaṃ viññāṇam sāhāraṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
8 Rūpupāyam vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -saṅkhacca
2 S3 phala-; this word S1-3 put before agga-
3 S1-3 cassa always
4 Missing here in S1-3
5 So B and S1; S3 sāradāni always
6 B numāni always
7 B āpajjeyyanti always
8 This paragraph (5) is omitted in B
[page 055]
XXII. 55. 2] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 55
tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇaṃ rūpapatiṭṭhaṃ nandupasevanaṃ
vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
9 Vedanupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya || la || nandupasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhim vepullam
āpajjeyya || ||
10 Saññupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave || pe ||
11 Saṅkhārupāyaṃ vā bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya saṅkhārārammaṇam saṅkhārapatiṭṭhaṃ nandu-
pasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
12 Yo bhikkhave evaṃ vadeyya || || Aham aññatra rūpā
aññatra vedanāya aññatra saññāya aññatra saṅkhārehi
viññāṇassa āgatiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā1 upapattiṃ vā
vuddhiṃ vā virūḷhiṃ vā vepullam vā2 paññāpessāmīti
netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati ||
13 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno
hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇaṃ patiṭṭhā viññā-
ṇassa na hoti || ||
14-16 Vedanādhātuyā ce || Saññādhātuyā ce || Saṅkhā-
radhātuyā ce ||
17 Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhave bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno
hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññā-
ṇassa na hoti || ||
18 Tad apatiṭṭhitaṃ viññāṇam avirūḷhim anabhi-
saṅkhārañca3 vimuttaṃ || vimuttattā ṭhitaṃ ṭhitattā santu-
sitaṃ santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccat-
taññeva parinibbāyati || || Khīnā jāti || la || nāparam
itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).55 (3) Udānaṃ
1 Sāvatthiyaṃ || ||
2 Tatra4 kho Bhagavā udānam udānesi || || No cassa5
no ca me siyā na bhavissati6 na me bhavissatīti || || Evam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 put cutiṃ vā after uppattiṃ vā, instead of vuddhiṃ vā,
which is, consequently, missing
2 B omits the two later vā
3 S1-3 -saṅkhacca as above
4 S1-3 insert --voca--
5 B cassaṃ always; S1-3 once (in paragraph 16)
6 B nābhavissa always
[page 056]
56 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 55. 3
adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni1 sañño-
janānīti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Yathā katham pana bhante no cassa no ca me
siyā nābhavissa na me bhavissatīti evam adhimuccamāno
bhikkhu chindeyya orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvi ||
la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati
rūpavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmim vā
attānaṃ || Vedanam ||2 Saññam || Saṅkhāre ||2 Viññāṇam
attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani
vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attanaṃ || ||
5 So aniccam rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || aniccaṃ vedanaṃ Aniccā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ
na pajānāti || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || ||3 anicce saṅkhāre Aniccā
saṅkhārāti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || aniccaṃ viññāṇam
Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
6 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ Dukkhaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ
na pajānāti || dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ ||2 dukkhaṃ saññaṃ ||
dukkhe saṅkhāre ||2 dukkhaṃ viññānaṃ Dukkhaṃ viññā-
ṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
7 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattā rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || anattaṃ vedanaṃ Anattā vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ
na pajānāti || anattaṃ saññaṃ ||3 anatte saṅkhāre Anattā
{saṅkhārāti} yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ
Anattaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ
na pajānāti || saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ ||2 saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ ||
saṅkhate saṅkhāre ||2 saṅkhataṃ viññānaṃ Saṅkhataṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtam na pājānāti ||
9 Rūpaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam na pajānāti ||
Vedanā vibhavissati ||4 Saññā vibhavissati || Saṅkhārā
vibhavissanti ||4 Viññāṇaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vimuccamāno . . . chindeyyorambhagiyāni always
2 Complete in S1-3
3 Complete in B
4 Complete in S1-3; S3 has always bhavissati omitting vi
[page 057]
XXII. 55. 19] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 57
10 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ
dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto ||
sappurisānam dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappu-
risadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || la ||
vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || {saṅkhāre} || na viññāṇam attato sama-
nupassati || ||
11 So aniccam rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpanti yatthābhūtaṃ
pajānāti || aniccaṃ vedanam || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || anicce saṅ-
khāre || aniccaṃ viññāṇam Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam
pajānāti || ||
12 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ || la || Dukkhaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
13 Anattaṃ rūpaṃ || la || Anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Saṅkhataṃ rūpam || la || Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇanti yathā-
bhūtam pajānāti || ||
15 Rūpaṃ vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam pajānāti || Vedanā ||
Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇam vibhavissatīti yathābhūtam
pajānāti || ||
16 So rūpassa vibhavā vedanāya vibhavā saññāya
vibhavā saṅkhārānaṃ vibhavā viññāṇassa vibhavā evaṃ
kho1 bhikkhu No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me
bhavissatīti evam adhimuccamāno bhikkhu chindeyya
orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
17 Evaṃ adhimuccamāno2 bhante bhikkhu chindeyya
orambhāgiyāni saññojanānīti || ||
Katham pana bhante jānato katham passato anantarā
āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
18 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano atasitāye3 ṭhāne
tāsam āpajjati || tāso heso4 bhikkhu assutavato puthujja-
nassa No cassa5 no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me
bhavissatīti6 || ||
19 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhu ariyasāvako atasitāye ṭhāne
na tāsam āpajjati || na heso bhikkhu tāso sutavato ariyasāva-
kassa No cassa no ca me siyā na bhavissati na me bhavis-
satīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert bhikkhu--
2 S1-3 vuccamāno
3 S1-3 attasi- always
4 B hesā always
5 S1-3 nevassa
6 B bhavissati here and further on
[page 058]
58 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 55. 20
20 Rūpupāyaṃ vā bhikkhu viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ
tiṭṭheyya rūpārammaṇam rūpapatiṭṭham nandupasevanaṃ
vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
21-22 Vedanupāyam vā bhikkhu || Saññupāyaṃ vā bhik-
khu || ||
23 Saṅkhārupāyaṃ vā bhikkhu viññāṇaṃ tiṭṭhāmanaṃ
tiṭṭheyya || saṅkhārārammanaṃ saṅkhārapatiṭṭham nandu-
pasevanaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullam āpajjeyya || ||
24 So bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya || || Aham aññatra rūpā1
aññatra vedanāya2 aññatra saṅkhārehi3 viññāṇassa āga-
tiṃ vā gatiṃ vā cutiṃ vā upapattiṃ vā vuddhiṃ vā virūḷ-
him vā vepullaṃ vā4 paññāpessāmīti netaṃ thānaṃ vijjati || ||
25 Rūpadhātuyā ce bhikkhu5 bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno
hoti rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññā-
nassa na hoti || ||
26 Vedanādhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
27 Saññādhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
28 Saṅkhāradhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno || ||
29 Viññāṇadhātuyā ce bhikkhu bhikkhuno rāgo pahīno
hoti || rāgassa pahānā vocchijjatārammaṇam patiṭṭhā viññā-
ṇassa na hoti6 || ||
30 Tad apatiṭṭhitam viññāṇam avirūḷham anabhisaṅ-
khārañca vimuttaṃ || vimuttattā ṭhitam || ṭhitattā santusitaṃ ||
santusitattā na paritassati || aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva
parinibbāyati || || Khīṇā jāti || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānāti || ||
31 Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato anantarā
āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).56 (4) Upādānam parivaṭṭam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || ||
Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 vedanā
3 S3 inserts aññatra
4 B omits the two later vā
5 S1-3 bhikkhave here and in 26-29
6 The paragraphs 26, 27, 28 are complete in S1-3
[page 059]
XXII. 56. 10] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 59
vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānakkhandho saṅkhāru-
pādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
4 Yāva kīvañcāham bhikkhave ime pañcupādānakkhandhe
catuparivaṭṭam yathābhūtam nābbhaññāsiṃ || neva tāvā-
ham bhikkhave sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassa-
maṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya devamanussāya anuttaraṃ sam-
māsambodhim abhisambuddhoti1 paccaññāsiṃ || ||
5 Yato ca kho ham bhikkhave ime pañcupādānakkandhe
catuparivaṭṭaṃ yathābhūtam abbhaññāsim athāham bhik-
khave sadevake loke || pa || sadevamanussāya anuttaraṃ
sambodhim abhisambuddhoti paccaññāsiṃ || ||
6 Kathaṃ2 catuparivaṭṭam || || Rūpam abbhaññāsiṃ ||
rūpasamudayam abbhaññāsiṃ || rūpanirodham abbhaññā-
siṃ || rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ abbhaññasiṃ || ||
Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abbhaññā-
siṃ || viññāṇanirodham abbhaññāsim || viññāṇanirodham
abbhaññāsiṃ || viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abbhañ-
ñāsiṃ || ||
7 Katamañca bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Cattāro ca3 mahā-
bhūtā catunnaṃ ca mahābhūtānam upādāya rūpaṃ idaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Āhārasamudayā rūpasamu-
dayo || āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathī-
daṃ sammādiṭṭhi || la || sammāsamādhi || ||
8 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ
rūpanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭi-
padam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipannā te supatipatipannā || ye supaṭipannā te4 imasmiṃ
dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
9 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
rūpam abhiññāya || pa || evam rūpanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya5 virāgāya5 nirodhāya5
anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino ||
ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
10 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || || Chayime bhikkhave
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ti always
2 B inserts ca
3 Missing in S1-3
4 S1-3 omit ye- -te
5 B omit ya
[page 060]
60 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 56. 11
vedanākāyā || cakkhusamphassajā vedanā || sotasamphassajā
vedanā || ghānasamphassajā || jivhāsamphassajā || kāya-
samphassajā || manosamphassajā vedanā || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅ-
giko maggo vedanānirodhagāminī paṭipādā || seyyathīdaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ||
11 Ye hi1 keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
vedanam abhiññāya evam vedanāya samudayam abhiññāya
evaṃ vedanānirodham abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodha-
gāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te
imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti ||
12 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya || pa || evaṃ vedanānirodha-
gāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya || pa || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi
paññāpanāya || ||
13-15 Katamā ca bhikkhave saññā || || Chayime bhik-
khave saññākāyā || rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā
rasasaññā phoṭṭhabbasaññā dhammasaññā ayaṃ vuccati
saññā || || Phassasamudayā saññāsamudayo phassanirodhā
saññānirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saññā-
nirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || || la || vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
16 Katamā ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Chayime bhik-
khave cetanākāyā || rūpasañcetanā saddasañcetanā gan-
dhasañcetanā rasasañcetanā phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā dhamma-
sañcetanā ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Phassasa-
mudayā saṅkhārasamudayo || phassanirodhā saṅkhāra-
nirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo atthaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāra-
nirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammāditthi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
saṅkhāre abhiññāya evam saṅkhārasamudayam abhiññāya
evaṃ saṅkhāranirodham abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāraniro-
dhagāminim paṭipadam abhiññāya saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidāya
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
[page 061]
XXII. 57. 4] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 61
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭi-
pannā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
18 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ saṅkhāre abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam
abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam
abhiññāya saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā
vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye keva-
lino vaṭṭaṃ1 tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
19 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Chayime bhik-
khave viññāṇakāyā || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ
ghānaviññāṇam jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇam manoviñ-
ñāṇam || idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇam || || Nāma-
rūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayo || nāmarūpanirodhā viñ-
ñāṇanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo viññā-
ṇanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdam sammādiṭṭhi || pe ||
sammāsamādhi || ||
20 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evam
viññāṇam abhiññāya evam viññāṇasamudayam abhiññāya
evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidāya virā-
gāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā
te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
21 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ viññāṇaṃ abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayam
abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam
abhiññāya viññāṇassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā
vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te kevalino || ye keva-
lino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāyāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).57 (5) Sattaṭṭhāna
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sattaṭṭhānakusalo bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparik-
khī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttamapuriso
ti vuccati || ||
4 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave bhikkhu sattaṭṭhānakusalo
hoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vaḍḍaṃ here only
[page 062]
62 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA. [XXII. 57. 5
5 Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu rūpam pajānāti || rūpasamu-
dayam pajānāti || rūpanirodham pajānāti || rūpanirodhagā-
miniṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || rūpassa assādam pajānāti ||
rūpassa ādīnavam pajānāti || rūpassa nissaraṇam pajānāti
6-8 Vedanam pajānāti || ||1 Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre1 || ||
9 Viññāṇam pajānāti || viññāṇasamudayam pajānāti ||
viññāṇanirodham pajānāti || viññāṇanirodhagāminim
paṭipadam pajānāti ||2 viññāṇassa assādam pajānāti ||
viññāṇassa ādīnavaṃ pajānāti || viññāṇassa nissaraṇam
pajānāti || ||
10 Katamañ ca bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Cattāro ca mahā-
bhūtā catunnaṃ ca mahābhūtānam upādāya rūpaṃ || idaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave rūpaṃ || || Āhārasamudayā rūpasamu-
dayo || āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho || || Ayam eva ariyo
aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā || seyya-
thīdam sammāditthi || pe || sammāsamādhi || ||
11 Yaṃ rūpam paṭicca uppajjati sukham somanassam
ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ
vipariṇāmadhammam ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || yo rūpasmiṃ
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ rūpassa nis-
saraṇaṃ || ||
12 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya evaṃ
rūpanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ rūpanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpassa assādam3 abhiññāya
evaṃ rūpassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa nissara-
ṇam abhiññāya rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipannā te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ
vinaye gādhanti || ||
13 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ rūpam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpasamudayam abhiññāya
evaṃ rūpanirodham abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpanirodhagā-
minim paṭipadam abhiññāya || evaṃ rūpassa assādam
abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ rūpassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 insert here rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadaṃ pajānāti
3 Repeated in S1 here and in No. 13
[page 063]
XXII. 57. 22] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 63
nissaraṇam abhiññāya1 rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā
anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye suvimuttā te keva-
lino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
14 Katamā ca bhikkhave vedanā || ||
Cha yime bhikkhave vedanākāyā || cakkhusamphassajā
vedanā || la || manosamphassajā vedanā || ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave vedanā || || Phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo ||
phassanirodhā vedanānirodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko
maggo vedanānirodhagāminī patipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sam-
mādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi ||
16 Yaṃ vedanaṃ paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam
ayaṃ vedanāya2 assādo || Yaṃ3 vedanā aniccā dukkhā
vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ vedanāya ādīnavo || yo vedanāya
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ vedanāya
nissaraṇaṃ || ||
17 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
vedanam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya samudayam abhiññāya
evaṃ vedanānirodham abhiññāya evaṃ vedanānirodhagā-
miniṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya assādam
abhiññāya evaṃ vedanāya ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ
vedanāya nissaraṇam abhiññāya vedanāya nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya patipaṇṇā te supaṭipaṇṇā || ye supaṭi-
paṇṇā te imasmiṃ dhammavinaye gādhanti || ||
18 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ vedanam abhiññāya || la || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi pañ-
ñāpanāya || ||
19-21 Katamā ca bhikkhave saññā || || Cha yime bhik-
khave saññākāyā || rūpasaññā saddasaññā gandhasaññā
rasasaññā poṭṭhabbasaññā dhammasaññā ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave saññā || || pe || ||4 vaṭṭam tesam natthi paññā-
panāya5 || ||
22 Katame ca bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Cha yime bhik-
khave cetanākāyā || rūpasañcetanā || || pa || || dhammasañce-
tanā || ime vuccanti bhikkhave saṅkhārā || || Phassasamu-
dayā saṅkhārasamudayo || phassasamudayā saṅkhāraniro-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert evaṃ
2 S1-3 vedanā
3 B yā
4 Complete in B
5 S1-3 add --pe--
[page 064]
64 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 57. 23
dho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo saṅkhāranirodha-
gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammāsa-
mādhi ||
23 Yaṃ saṅkhāre paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassam
ayaṃ saṅkhārānam assādo || ye saṅkhārā aniccā dukkhā
vipariṇāmadhammā ayaṃ saṅkhārānam ādīnavo || yo
saṅkhāresu chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ
saṅkhārānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ || ||
24-25 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ saṅkhāre abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhārasamudayam
abhiññāya evaṃ saṅkhāranirodham abhiññāya evaṃ
saṅkhāranirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya || la ||
saṅkhārānaṃ nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā
te supaṭipannā || ye supaṭipannā te imasmiṃ dhamma-
vinaye gādhanti || || la || || vaṭṭam tesaṃ natthi paññāpanāya || ||
26 Katamañ ca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Cha yime bhik-
khave viññāṇakāyā || cakkhuviññāṇaṃ sotaviññāṇaṃ ghāna-
viññāṇaṃ jivhāviññāṇaṃ kāyaviññāṇam manoviññāṇam ||
idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ || || Nāmarūpasamu-
dayā viññāṇasamudayo || nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇani-
rodho || ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo viññāṇanirodha-
gāminī paṭipadā || seyyathīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhi || pe || sammā-
samādhi || ||
27 Yaṃ viññāṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ
ayaṃ viññāṇassa assādo || yaṃ viññāṇam aniccam dukkhaṃ
vipariṇāmadhammaṃ ayaṃ1 viññāṇassa ādīnavo || yo
viññāṇasmim chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānam idaṃ
viññāṇassa nissaraṇaṃ || ||
28 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā evaṃ
viññāṇam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayaṃ abhiññāya
evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodha-
gāminiṃ paṭipadam abhiññāya || evam viññāṇassa assādam
abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavam abhiññāya evaṃ
viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya2 viññāṇassa nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipannā te supatipaṇṇā || ye supaṭi-
pannā te imasmim dhammavinaye gādhanti ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 insert evaṃ as in No. 13 above
[page 065]
XXII. 58. 5-7] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 65
29 Ye ca kho keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
evaṃ viññāṇam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇasamudayam abhiñ-
ñāya evaṃ viññāṇanirodham abhiññāya evam viññāṇani-
rodhagāminim patipadam abhiññāya || evaṃ viññāṇassa
assādam abhiññāya evaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavam abhiññāya
evaṃ viññāṇassa nissaraṇam abhiññāya viññāṇassa nib-
bidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimuttā te suvimuttā || ye
suvimuttā te kevalino || ye kevalino vaṭṭaṃ tesaṃ natthi
paññāpanāya || ||
30 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu sattaṭṭhānakusalo
hoti || ||
31 Kathañ ca1 bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī
hoti || ||
Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu dhātuso upaparikkhati || āyata-
naso upaparikkhati || paṭiccasamuppādaso upaparikkhati || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpaparikkhī hoti || ||
32 Sattaṭṭhānakusalo bhikkhave bhikkhu tividhūpapa-
rikkhī imasmiṃ dhammavinaye kevalī vusitavā uttama-
purisoti vuccatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).58 (6) Sambuddho
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammā-
sambuddho ti vuccati || || Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññā-
vimutto rūpassa nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto
paññāvimutto ti vuccati || ||
4 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho veda-
nāya2 nibbidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsam-
buddhoti vuccati || || Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññāvimutto
vedanāya nibbidā || || la || || vimutto ti vuccati || ||
5-7 Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho
saññāya3 || || saṅkhārānaṃ4 || || viññāṇassa5 nibbidā virāgā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B katamaṃca
2 S1-3 vedanā
3 S1-3 paññāya; this article is abridged in S1-3
4 Complete in S1-3
5 S1-3 viññāṇasmiṃ
[page 066]
66 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 58. 8
nirodhā anupādā vimutto sammāsambuddho ti vuccati || ||
Bhikkhu pi bhikkhave paññāvimutto viññāṇassa nibbidā
virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto paññāvimutto ti vuccati || ||
8 Tatra kho1 bhikkhave ko viseso ko adhippāyoso2 kiṃ
nānākaraṇaṃ Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa
paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā ti || ||
9 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā Bhagavannet-
tikā Bhagavampaṭisaraṇā || sādhu vata bhante Bhagavan-
taññeva paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho || Bhagavato sutvā
bhikkhū dhāressantīti || ||
Tena hi bhikkhave suṇātha sādhukaṃ manasi karotha
bhāsissāmīti ||
Evam bhante ti te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccassosuṃ || ||
10 Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Tathāgato bhikkhave arahaṃ sammāsambuddho anup-
pannassa maggassa uppādetā asañjātassa maggassa sañ-
jānetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā maggaññū magga-
vidū maggakovido || || Maggānugā ca bhikkhave etarahi
sāvakā viharanti pacchāsamannāgatā || ||
11 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave viseso ayam adhippāyoso idaṃ
nānākaraṇaṃ Tathāgatassa arahato sammāsambuddhassa
paññāvimuttena bhikkhunā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).59 (7) Pañca
1 Bārāṇasiyaṃ nidānaṃ Migadāye3 || ||
2-3 Tatra kho Bhagavā pañcavaggiye bhikkhū āmantesi ||
la || etad avoca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || rūpañ ca bhikkhave attā
abhavissa nayidaṃ rūpaṃ ābādhāya saṃvatteyya labbhetha
ca rūpe Evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā aho
sīti || ||
4 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave rūpam anattā tasmā rūpam
ābādhāya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati rūpe Evam me rūpaṃ
hotu evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
5 Vedanā anattā || vedanā ca hidam bhikkhave attā
abhavissa na yidaṃ vedanā ābādhāya saṃvatteyya || lab-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1 omits so
3 Complete in S1-3
[page 067]
XXII. 59. 16] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 67
bhetha ca vedanāya Evaṃ me vedanā hotu1 evaṃ me
vedanā mā ahosīti || ||
6 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave vedanā anattā tasmā vedanā
ābādhāya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati vedanāya Evam me
vedanā hotu evam me vedanā mā ahosīti || ||
7 Saññā anattā || ||
8 Saṅkhārā anattā || saṅkhārā ca hidam bhikkhave attā
abhavissaṃsu2 || na yidaṃ saṅkhārā ābādhāya saṃvattey-
yuṃ || labbhetha ca saṅkhāresu Evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu
evaṃ me {saṅkhārā} mā ahesunti ||
9 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave saṅkhārā anattā tasmā saṅ-
khārā ābādhāya saṃvattanti || na ca3 labbhati saṅkhāresu
Evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahe-
sunti || ||
10 Viññāṇam anattā || viññāṇaṃ hidam bhikkhave attā
abhivissa na yidaṃ viññāṇam ābādhāya saṃvatteyya || lab-
bhetha ca viññāṇe Evam me viññāṇaṃ hotu evam me
viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
11 Yasmā ca kho bhikkhave viññāṇam anattā tasmā
viññāṇam ābādhaya saṃvattati || na ca labbhati viññāṇe
Evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosīti || ||
12 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam vā
aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante4 || ||
13-15 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
16 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -labbhethañca vedanā hotu-
2 S1-3 abhaviṃsu always
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 add --pe--
[page 068]
68 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 59. 17
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
17 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgata-
paccuppannam ajjhattam1 vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ2 dūre santike
vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me
so attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammāppaññāya
daṭṭhabbaṃ ||
18 Yā kāci vedanā3 || ||
19 Yā kāci saññā || ||
20 Ye keci saṅkhārā3 || ||
21 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā
hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññā-
ṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam
etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
22 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpas-
miṃ nibbindati || vedanāya nibbindati || saññāya4 || saṅkhā-
resu4 || viññāṇasmim4 nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati
virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
Khīnā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
23 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā pañcavaggiyā bhik-
khū Bhagavato bhāsitam abhinanduṃ5 || || imasmiṃ ca
pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne pañcavaggiyānam
bhikkhūnam anupādāya āsavehi cittāni vimucciṃsū ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).60 (8) Mahāli
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyam
viharati Mahāvane Kūṭāgārasālāyam || ||
2 Atha kho Mahāli6 Licchavi yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ajjhattā
2 Missing in S1-3
3 Half complete in B
4 B repeats nibbindati; S1-3 add pi after each word
5 B -nandunti
6 S3 Mahālī in this paragraph only
[page 069]
XXII. 60. 9] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO 69
kami || la || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Mahāli Licchavi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Puraṇo bhante Kassapo evam āha || || Natthi hetu natthi
paccayo sattānaṃ saṃkilesāya || ahetu-apaccayā sattā saṃ-
kilissanti1 || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānam visud-
dhiyā || ahetu-apaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || || Idha Bhagavā
kim āhāti || ||
4 Atthi Mahāli hetu atthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṅkilesāya ||
sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || || Atthi Mahāli hetu
atthi paccayo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā || sahetu-sapaccayā sattā
visujjhantīti || ||
5 Katamo pana bhante hetu katamo paccayo sattānaṃ
saṅkilesāya || kathaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā saṃkilissantīti || ||
6 Rūpañca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkham abhavissa
dukkhānupatitaṃ2 dukkhāvakkantaṃ anavakkantam su-
khena || nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca
kho Mahāli rūpaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkan-
tam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena3 || tasmā sattā rūpasmiṃ
sārajjanti sārāgā4 saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānam saṃki-
lesāya || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || ||
7 Vedanā ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkhā abhavissa
dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā sukhena ||
nayidaṃ sattā vedanāya sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā ca kho
Mahāli vedanā sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvakkantā ana-
vakkantā dukkhena || tasmā sattā vedanāya sārajjanti
sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ saṃ-
kilesāya || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissanti || ||
8 Saññā ca hidam Mahāli || ||
9 Saṅkhārā ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkhā abhavis-
saṃsu5 dukkhānupatitā dukkhāvakkantā anavakkantā su-
khena || na yidaṃ sattā saṅkhāresu sārajjeyyuṃ || || Yasmā
ca kho Mahāli saṅkhārā sukhā sukhānupatitā sukhāvak-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 samkillesayanti here only
2 S1-3 -tītaṃ here only
3 So B; S1-3 avakkantaṃ sukhena always
4 S3 sarāgā always
5 S1-3 abhaviṃsu
[page 070]
70 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 60. 10
kantā anavakkantā dukkhena || tasmā sattā saṅkhāresu
sārajjanti || sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃkilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānam saṃ-
kilesāya || evam pi kho sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilis-
santi || ||
10 Viññāṇaṃ ca hidam Mahāli ekantadukkham abha-
vissa dukkhānupatitaṃ dukkhāvakkantam anavakkantam
sukhena || nayidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho Mahāli viññāṇaṃ sukhaṃ sukhānupatitaṃ
sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ dukkhena || tasmā sattā
viññāṇasmiṃ sārajjanti sārāgā saññujjanti saññogā saṃ-
kilissanti || ||
Ayam pi kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ saṃ-
kilesāya || evaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā saṃkilissantīti || ||
11 Katamo pana bhante hetu katamo paccayo sattānaṃ
visuddhiyā || kathaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || ||
12 Rūpaṃ ca hidam Mahāli ekantasukhaṃ abhavissa
sukhānupatitaṃ sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ duk-
khena || nayidaṃ sattā rūpasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || || Yasmā
ca kho Mahāli rūpam dukkhaṃ1 dukkhānupatitaṃ duk-
khāvakkantam anavakkantam sukhena ||2 tasmā sattā
rūpasmiṃ nibbindanti nibbindaṃ virajjanti virāgā visuj-
jhanti || ||
Ayaṃ kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ visud-
dhiyā || evam pi sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhanti || ||
13 Vedanā ca hidam Mahāli ekantasukhā abhavissa ||
la || ||
14 Saññā ca hidaṃ Mahāli || pe || ||
15 Viññāṇañca hidam Mahāli ekantasukham abhavissa
sukhānupatitam sukhāvakkantam anavakkantaṃ duk-
khena || nayidaṃ sattā viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindeyyuṃ || ||
Yasmā ca kho Mahāli viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ dukkhānupatitaṃ
dukkhāvakkantaṃ anavakkantaṃ sukhena || tasmā sattā
viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindanti || nibbindaṃ virajjanti virāgā
visujjhanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert rūpaṃ
2 S1-3 avakkantaṃ dukkhena always
[page 071]
XXII. 62. 7] UPĀYAVAGGO PATHAMO. 71
16 Ayaṃ kho Mahāli hetu ayam paccayo sattānaṃ visud-
dhiyā || evaṃ sahetu-sapaccayā sattā visujjhantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).61 (9) Āditta
1-2 Savatthi || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave ādittam || vedanā ādittā || saññā
ādittā || saṅkhārā ādittā || viññāṇam ādittam || ||
4 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmiṃ
nibbindati || vedanāya pi ||1 saññāya pi ||1 saṅkhāresu pi1 ||
viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā
vimuccati vimuttasmim vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
5 Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).62 (10) Niruttipatha
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Tayo me bhikkhave niruttipathā adhivacanapathā pañ-
ñattipathā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā na saṃkīyanti2 na
saṃkīyissanti3 appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viñ-
ñūhi || || Katame tayo || ||
4 Yaṃ hi4 bhikkhave rūpam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipari-
ṇatam || ahosīti tassa saṅkhā || ahosīti tassa samaññā ||
ahosīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti na tassa
saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
5 Yā vedanā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || ahosīti tassā
saṅkhā || ahosīti tassā samaññā || ahosīti tassā paññatti || ||
Na tassā saṅkhā atthīti || na tassā saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
6 Yā saññā || ||
7 Ye saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā vipariṇatā || ahesunti tesaṃ
saṅkhā || ahesunti tesam samaññā || ahesunti tesam pañ-
ñatti || || Na tesaṃ saṅkhā atthīti5 || na tesaṃ saṅkhā bhavis-
satīti5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat nibbindati
2 Missing in S3
3 Omitted by S3; B samkiyy-; S1 saññi- here only; further on
saṃkīy- as S1
4 Missing in B
5 So all the MSS.
[page 072]
72 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 62. 8
Yaṃ viññāṇam atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ || ahosīti
tassa saṅkhā || ahosīti tassa samaññā || ahosīti tassa pañ-
ñatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavis-
satīti || ||
9 Yam bhikkhave rūpaṃ ajātam apātubhūtam || bhavis-
satīti tassa saṅkhā || bhavissatīti tassa samaññā || bhavissatīti
tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā
ahosīti || ||
10 Yā vedanā ajātā apātubhūtā || bhavissatīti tassā saṅkhā ||
bhavissatīti tassā samaññā || bhavissatīti tassā paññatti || ||
Na tassā saṅkhā atthīti || na tassā saṅkhā ahosīti || ||
11 Yā saññā || pe || ||
12 Ye saṅkhārā ajātā apātubhūtā || bhavissantīti1 tesaṃ
saṅkhā || bhavissantīti1 tesaṃ samaññā || bhavissantīti1
tesam paññatti || || Na tesaṃ saṅkhā atthīti2 || na tesaṃ
saṅkhā ahesun ti || ||
13 Yaṃ viññāṇam ajātam apātubhūtam || bhavissatīti
tassa saṅkhā || bhavissatīti tassa samaññā || bhavissatīti
tassa paññatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā atthīti || na tassa saṅkhā
ahosīti || ||
14 Yam bhikkhave rūpaṃ jātam pātubhūtaṃ || atthīti3
tassa saṅkhā || atthīti tassa samaññā || atthīti tassa pañ-
ñatti || || Na tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavis-
satīti || ||
15 Yā vedanā jātā pātubhūtā || atthīti tassā saṅkhā || atthīti
tassā samaññā || atthīti tassa paññatti || || Na tassā saṅkhā
ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
16 Yā saññā || ||
17 Ye saṅkhārā jātā pātubhūtā || atthīti tesaṃ saṅkhā ||
atthīti2 tesaṃ samaññā || atthīti2 tesam paññatti || na tesaṃ
saṅkhā ahesun ti || na tesaṃ saṅkhā bhavissantīti || ||
18 Yaṃ viññāṇaṃ jātam pātubhūtam || atthīti tassa
saṅkhā || atthīti tassa samaññā || atthīti tassa paññatti || na
tassa saṅkhā ahosīti || na tassa saṅkhā bhavissatīti || ||
19 Ime kho bhikkhave tayo niruttipathā adhivacanapathā
paññattipathā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā na saṃkīyant
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B bhavissatīti
2 So all the MSS.
3 S1-3 atthi
[page 073]
XXII. 63. 4] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 73
na saṃkīyissanti appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viñ-
ñūhi || ||
20 Ye pi te bhikkhave ahesuṃ ukkalāvassabhaññā
ahetuvādā1 akiriyavādā natthikavādā || te pi me tayo nirut-
tipathe adhivacanapathe paññattipathe na garahitabbaṃ
na patikkositabbaṃ amaññiṃsu || ||
Taṃ kissa hetu || nindāvyārosa-upārambhabhayā ti || ||
Majjhima-paṇṇāsakassa2 upāyavaggo
pathamo3 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ4 || ||
Upāyo Bījam Udānam ||
Upādānam5 parivaṭṭaṃ2 ||
Sattaṭṭhānaṃ ca2 Sambuddho6
Pañca7 Mahāli Ādittā8
[Vaggo] 9 Niruttipathena10 cā ti11 || ||
CHAPTER II ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO
SN_3,22(1).63 (1) Upādiyamāno
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme12 || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena
dhammaṃ desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā
eko vūpakaṭṭho apamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Upādiyamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa anupādi-
yamāno mutto pāpimato ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ahetukavādā
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 Omitted by S1; S3 samatto
4 Missing in B
5 S1-3 -nañca
6 S1-3 Buddho
7 S1-3 add vaggi
8 S1-3 -tto
9 In B only
10 S1 -pañcena
11 S1-3 vāti
12 Complete in B; S1 Sāvatthi--tatra-voca--
[page 074]
74 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 63. 5
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa ||
anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato1 || || Vedanam upādiyamāno
baddho Mārassa || anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || || Sañ-
ñaṃ ||2 pe || || Saṅkhāre || ||3 Viññāṇam upādiyamāno bad-
dho Mārassa anupādiyamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
6 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
kho bhikkhu upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa || anupādiya-
māno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅ-
khāre || || Viññāṇam upādiyamāno baddho Mārassa anupā-
diyamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
7 Atha kho so bhikkhu Bhagavatā bhāsitam abhinanditvā
anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā pak-
kāmi || ||
8 Atha kho so bhikkhu eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī
pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā
sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajjanti || tad anut-
taram brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ
abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || ||4 Khīṇā jāti
vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthat-
tāyāti abbhaññāsi || ||
9 Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).64 (2) Maññamāno
1-2 Sāvatthi5 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ti
2 S1-3 saññā
3 Complete in S1-3
4 B viharati
5 S1-3 adds-ārāme-atha- nisīdi and so on
[page 075]
XXII. 65. 6] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 75
etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena
dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Maññamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa || amañ-
ñamāno mutto pāpimato hoti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante maññamāno baddho Mārassa ||
amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam maññamāno baddho Mārassa ||
amaññamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
kho bhikkhu maññamāno baddho Mārassa || amaññamāno
mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
Viññāṇaṃ maññamāno baddho Mārassa || amaññamāno
mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || Aññataro ca so bhikkhu arahataṃ ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).65 (3) Abhinandamāno
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena || pe ||
pahitatto vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Abhinandamāno kho bhikkhu baddho Mārassa || ana-
bhinandamāno mutto pāpimato ti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātam Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho pana bhante abhinandamāno baddho
Mārassa || anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || ||
Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abhinandamāno
baddho Mārassa || anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 076]
76 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 65. 7
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavato saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
kho bhikkhu abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa anabhi-
nandamāno mutto pāpimato || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam abhinandamāno baddho Mārassa
anabhinandamāno mutto pāpimato || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ
ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).66 (4) Aniccam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pa || ātāpī pahitatto viharey-
yan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu aniccaṃ tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante aniccaṃ || tatra me chando pahā-
tabbo || Vedanā || ||1 Saññā || ||1 Saṅkhārā ||2 Viññāṇam
aniccam || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
kho bhikkhu aniccaṃ || tatra kho te chando pahātabbo || ||
Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anic-
caṃ || tatra kho te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add aniccā
2 S1-3 add --pe--
[page 077]
XXII. 68. 4] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 77
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ
ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).67 (5) Dukkham
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto vihareyyan
ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu dukkhaṃ tatra te chando pahā-
tabboti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante dukkhaṃ || tatra me chando pahā-
tabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ
dukkhaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rupaṃ
kho bhikkhu dukkhaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ dukkhaṃ ||
tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ
ahosi || ||
SN_3,22(1).68 (6) Anattā
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||1 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || pahitatto viharey-
yanti || ||
4 Yo kho bhikkhu anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo
ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
[page 078]
78 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 68.5
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante anattā || tatra me chando pahā-
tabbo || Vedanā || ||1 Saññā ||1 Saṅkhārā || ||1 Viññāṇam
anattā || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evam vitthārena attham ājānāsi2 || ||
Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu anattā || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam anattā3 tatra te
chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhave mayā {saṅkhittena} bhāsitassa
evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabboti || ||
8-9 ||Pa || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahatam ahosī-
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).69 (7) Anattaniya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā
saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe || vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu anattaniyaṃ4 tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo ti || ||
Aññātam Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante anattaniyaṃ || tatra me chando
pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññā-
ṇam anattaniyaṃ || tatra me chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena attham ājānāmīti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || || Rūpaṃ
kho bhikkhu anattaniyaṃ || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add anattā
2 S1-3 -nāsīti
3 S1 anatta; S3 anattaṃ
4 So B; S1-3 anattaneyyam, both always
[page 079]
XXII. 71. 2] ARAHATTAVAGGO DUTIYO 79
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anattani-
yam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa evaṃ
vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 Atha || pa || Aññataro ca pana so bhikkhu arahataṃ
ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).70 (8) Rajanīyasaṇṭhitam
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārame || || Atha- || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Sādhu bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dham-
maṃ desetu yaṃ ahaṃ Bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā || pa ||
vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kho bhikkhu rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra te chando
pahātabbo ti || ||
Aññātaṃ Bhagavā aññātaṃ Sugatāti || ||
5 Yathā katham pana tvam bhikkhu mayā saṅkhittena
bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsīti || ||
6 Rūpaṃ kho bhante rajanīyasaṇṭhitam || tatra me
chando pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra me chando pahā-
tabbo || ||
Imassa khvāham bhante Bhagavatā saṅkhittena bhāsi-
tassa evaṃ vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāmī ti || ||
7 Sādhu sādhu bhikkhu || sādhu kho tvam bhikkhu mayā
saṅkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena attham ājānāsi || ||
Rūpaṃ kho bhikkhu rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ || tatra te chando
pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññā-
ṇam rajanīyasaṇṭhitam || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Imassa kho bhikkhave mayā saṅkhittena bhāsitassa
evaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo ti || ||
8-9 Atha || || la || || Aññataro ca so bhikkhu arahatam
ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).71 (9) Rādha
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 080]
80 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 71. 3
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabba-
nimittesu ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rādha rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammāpaññāya passati || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅ-
khārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇam netaṃ mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rādha jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāramāṇānusayā na hontīti ||
10 || la || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Rādho arahataṃ
ahosīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).72 (10) Surādha
1 Savatthi || ārāme1 || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Surādho2 Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham passato
imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimit-
tesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ3 mānasaṃ hoti
vidhāsamatikkantaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
4 Yam kiñci Surādha rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
la || yaṃ dūre vā4 santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || pe || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci
saṅkhārā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 S1-3 insert yena Bhagavā- nisinno kho
3 S1-3 omit ṃ
4 In S3 only
[page 081]
XXII. 73. 8-12] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 81
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññānam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā yam dūre santike vā [sabbā vedanā || la || sabbā
saññā || sabbe saṅkhārā ||]1 sabbaṃ viññāṇam Netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
9 Evaṃ kho2 Surādha jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatik-
kantaṃ3 suvimuttanti || ||
10 || pa || Aññataro ca panāyasmā Surādho arahatam
ahosīti4 || ||
Arahatta-vaggo dutiyo5 || ||
Tatruddānam6 || ||
Upādiya-Maññamānā7 ||
Athābhinandamāno ca8 ||
Aniccam Dukkham Anattā ca ||
Anattaniyaṃ9 Rajanīyasaṇṭhitaṃ ||
Rādha-Surādhena te dasā ti10 || ||
CHAPTER III KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).73 (1) Assādo
1-2 Savatthi || || Tatra || voca11 || ||
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano rūpassa assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya ||12 Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ12 || ||
7 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇam ca yathā-
bhūtam na pajānāti || ||
8-12 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako Rūpassa13 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In B only
2 Missing in B
3 B inserts santaṃ
4 Paragraph 10 is to be found in B only
5 S1-3 samatto instead of dutiyo
6 B omits tatr
7 S1-3 uppādo-; S3 -māna
8 S1-3 athopinandanā
9 S1-3 -neyyam
10 S1-3 Rādhāsurādhena pūrito vaggo
11 Tatra-voca is to be found in S1-3 only, always
12 Complete in S1-3
13 Complete in B
[page 082]
82 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 74. 1-2
Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānam1 Viññāṇassa assā-
dañca ādinavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).74 (2) Samudayo (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Assutavā bhikkhave puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya || ||1 Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ ||
7 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca
ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako rūpassa samu-
dayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissa-
raṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
9-11 Vedanāya || ||1 Saññāya || || {Saṅkhārānaṃ}1 || ||
12 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca
ādinavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānātī ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).75 (3) Samudayo (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sutavā bhikkhave ariyasāvako2 rūpassa samudayañ
ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca
yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
4-6 Vedanāya || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānam || ||
7 Viññāṇassa samudayañ ca atthagamañ ca assādañ ca
ādīnavañ ca nissaraṇañ ca yathābhūtam pajānātīti3 || ||
SN_3,22(1).76 (4) Arahanta (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ duk-
khaṃ || yaṃ dukkham tad anattā || Yad anattā taṃ netaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 omit sutavā- -sāvako
3 This sutta is the mere repetition of the numbers 8-12 of
the preceding
[page 083]
XXII. 76. 1 KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 83
mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ1 || ||
4-6 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā2 || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || yaṃ
dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama neso
ham asmi na meso attā ti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya daṭṭhabbam || ||
8 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim
pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi ||3 saññāya pi ||3 saṅkhāresu pi3 ||
viññāṇasmiṃ pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmim
vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīnā jāti vusitaṃ brahmacari-
yam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave sattāvāsā yāvatā bhavaggaṃ ete
aggā ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto ti || ||
11 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvā4 Sugato athāparam
etad avoca satthā || ||
12 Sukhino vata arahanto || taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjati || ||
Asmimāno samucchinno || mohajālaṃ padālitam ||1||
Anejanto anuppattā || cittaṃ tesaṃ anāvilaṃ ||
loke anupalittā te || brahmabhūtā anāsavā ||2||
Pañcakkhandhe pariññāya || sattasaddhammagocarā ||
pasaṃsiyā sappurisā || puttā buddhassa orasā ||3||
Sattaratanasampannā || tīsu sikkhāsu sikkhitā ||
Anuvicaranti mahāvīrā || pahīnabhayabheravā ||4||
Dasahaṅgehi5 sampannā || mahānāgā samāhitā ||
ete kho seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ || taṇhā tesaṃ na vijjati ||5||
Asekhañāṇam uppannaṃ || antimo yam6 samussayo ||
Yo sāro brahmacariyassa || tasmim aparapaccayā ||6||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 disvā, here only
2 Complete in S1-3, vedanā saññā being omitted
3 S1-3 repeat nibbindati
4 B adds ca
5 S1-3 dasaṅgehi, further on dasahaṅgehi
6 B antimassa
[page 084]
84 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 77. 1-2
Vidhāsu na vikampanti || vippamuttā1 punabbhavā ||
dantabhūmim anuppattā || te loke vijitāvino ||7||
Uddhaṃ tiriyaṃ apācīnaṃ || nandi tesaṃ na vijjati ||
nandanti te sīhanādaṃ || Buddhā loke anuttarāti2 ||8||
SN_3,22(1).77 (5) Arahanta (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ
yaṃ dukkhaṃ tad anattā || yad anattā taṃ netaṃ mama
neso ham asmi na me so attā ti || || Evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
4-7 Vedanā- -daṭṭhabbaṃ3 || ||
8 Evam passaṃ bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim
pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññānasmim pi nibbindati || ||
9 Nibbindaṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ
vimuttam iti ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitaṃ brahma-
cariyaṃ kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
10 Yāvatā bhikkhave sattāvāsā yāvatā bhavaggam ete
aggā ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṃ yad idam arahanto ti4 || ||
SN_3,22(1).78 (6) Sīha
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Sīho bhikkhave migarājā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ āsayā nik-
khamati || āsayā nikkhamitvā vijambhati || vijambhitvā
samantā catuddisā anuviloketi || samantā catuddisā anuvi-
loketvā tikkhattum5 sīhanādaṃ nadati || tikkhattuṃ5
sīhanādaṃ naditvā gocarāya pakkamati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts na
2 B buddho--anuttaro-
3 As in the preceding; missing in B
4 S1-3 add the verses of the preceding, the first two being
reduced to one in this way: Sukhino vata arahanto mohajālaṃ
padālitam || Loko (sic) anupalittā te brahmabhūtā anāsavā || ||
5 B dvikkhatuṃ
[page 085]
XXII. 78. 10] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 85
4 Ye1 keci bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā sīhassa miga-
rañño nadato saddaṃ suṇanti yebuyyena bhayaṃ saṃ-
vegaṃ santāsaṃ āpajjanti || bilaṃ bilāsayā pavisanti ||
dakaṃ dakāsayā pavisanti || vanaṃ vanāsayā pavisanti || ākā-
saṃ pakkhino bhajanti || ||
5 Ye pi te bhikkhave rañño nāgā gāma-nigama-rājadhā-
nīsu daḷhehi yottehi2 baddhā || te pi tāni bandhanāni saṃ-
chinditvā sampadāletvā bhītā muttakarīsaṃ mocantā3 ye-
na vā tena vā palāyanti || ||
6 Evam mahiddhiko4 kho bhikkhave sīho migarājā tirac-
chānagatānam pāṇānam evaṃ mahesakkho evaṃ mahānu-
bhāvo || ||
7 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yadā Tathāgato loke uppaj-
jati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato
lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanus-
sānaṃ Buddho Bhagavā so dhammaṃ deseti || Iti rūpam iti
rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || Iti vedanā || || Iti
saññā || || Iti saṅkhārā || ||5 Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇasa-
mudayo iti viññāṇassa atthagamo6 || ||
8 Ye pi te bhikkhave devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukha-
bahulā uccesu vimānesu ciraṭṭhitikā te pi kho7 Tathāga-
tassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā yebhuyyena bhayaṃ {saṃ-
vegaṃ} santāsaṃ āpajjanti || || Aniccā va kira bho mayaṃ
samānā Niccamhāti amaññimha || addhuvā va kira bho
mayaṃ samānā Dhuvamhā ti amaññimha || asassatā va kira
bho mayaṃ samānā Sassatamhā ti amaññimha || mayaṃ
hi8 kira bho aniccā addhuvā asassatā sakkāyapariyāpannā
ti || ||
9 Evam mahiddhiko kho bhikkhave Tathāgato sadeva-
kassa lokassa evaṃ mahesakkho evam mahānubhāvo ti || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaṃ vatvāna9 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā10 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts hi
2 S1-3 varattehi; S1 adds bandhanehi
3 S1-3 cajamānā
4 S1-3 -iddhiyo
5 Complete in B
6 B adds iti
7 B omits kho
8 B pi
9 S3 vatvā
10 This paragraph is missing in B
[page 086]
86 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 78. 11
11 Yadā buddho abhiññāya || dhammacakkaṃ pavattayi ||
sadevakassa lokassa || satthā appaṭipuggalo ||1||
Sakkāyassa nirodhaṃ ca || sakkāyassa ca sambhavaṃ ||
ariyaṃ caṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ || dukkhūpasamagāminaṃ ||2||
Ye pi dīghāyukā devā || vaṇṇavanto yasassino ||
bhītā santā samāpāduṃ || sīhassevitare migā ||3||
Avītivattā sakkāyaṃ1 || aniccā kira bho mayaṃ ||
Sutvā arahato vākyaṃ || vippamuttassa2 tādino ti ||4||
SN_3,22(1).79 (7) Khajjani
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā anekavi-
hitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussaramānā3 anussaranti || sabbe te
pañcupādānakkhandhe anussaranti etesaṃ vā aññataraṃ || ||
[katame pañca] 4 || ||
4 Evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || iti vā hi bhik-
khave anussaramāno rūpaññeva anussarati || || Evaṃve-
dano ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti || iti vā bhikkhave anussa-
ramāno vedanaññeva anussarati || || Evaṃsaññī5 ahosiṃ
atītam addhānanti || || Evaṃsaṅkhāro ahosiṃ atītam
addhānanti || || Evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītam addhānanti ||
iti vā hi bhikkhave anussaramāno viññāṇam eva anussara-
ti || ||
5 Kiñca bhikkhave rūpaṃ vadetha || || Ruppatīti kho
bhikkhave6 tasmā rūpan ti vuccati || || Kena ruppati || sītena
pi ruppati uṇhena pi ruppati jighacchāya pi ruppati pipā-
sāya pi ruppati ḍaṃsa-makasa-vātātapa-siriṃsapa-sam-
phassena7 pi ruppati || ruppatīti kho bhikkhave tasmā
rūpan ti vuccāti || ||
6 Kiñca bhikkhave vedanaṃ vadetha || ||
Vediyantīti8 kho bhikkhave tasmā vedanā ti vuccati || ||
kiñca vediyati || sukham pi vediyati dukkham pi vediyati
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ṃ
2 B vimuttassa
3 S1 -saramānaṃ (S3 -ṇaṃ)
4 In B only
5 B -sañño
6 Missing in B
7 B -sarisapa-
8 B vedaya- always
[page 087]
XXII. 79. 12] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 87
adukkhamasukham pi vediyati || vediyatīti kho bhikkhave
tasmā vedanā ti vuccati || ||
7 Kiñca bhikkhave saññaṃ vadetha || ||
Sañjānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā saññā ti vuccati || kiñca
sañjānāti || nīlam pi sañjānāti pītakam pi sañjānāti lohita-
kam pi sañjānāti odātam pi sañjānāti || sañjānātīti kho bhik-
khave tasmā saññā ti vuccati || ||
8 Kiñca bhikkhave saṅkhāre vadetha || || Saṅkhataṃ abhi-
saṅkharontīti bhikkhave tasmā saṅkhārā ti vuccanti1 || ||
Kiñca saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharonti || rūpaṃ rūpattāya saṅ-
khatam abhisaṅkharonti vedanaṃ vedanattāya saṅkhatam
abhisaṅkharonti || saññaṃ saññattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅ-
kharonti || saṅkhāre saṅkhārattāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅ-
kharonti || viññāṇaṃ viññāṇatthāya saṅkhatam abhisaṅ-
kharonti || saṅkhatam abhisaṅkharontīti kho bhikkhave
tasmā saṅkhārā ti vuccanti || ||
9 Kiñca bhikkhave viññāṇaṃ vadetha || || vijānātīti kho
bhikkhave tasmā viññāṇan ti vuccati || || Kiñca vijānāti ||
ambilam pi vijānāti || tittakam pi vijānāti || kaṭukam pi vi-
jānāti madhukam2 pi vijānāti || khārikam pi vijānāti || akhāri-
kam pi vijānāti || loṇakam pi vijānāti || aloṇakam pi vijānāti ||
vijānātīti kho bhikkhave tasmā viññāṇan ti vuccati || ||
10 Tatra bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti paṭisañcik-
khati || ||
11 Ahaṃ kho etarahi rūpena khajjāmi || atītam paham3
addhānam evam eva rūpena khajjiṃ4 seyyathāpi etarahi
paccuppannena rūpena khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana anā-
gataṃ rūpaṃ abhinandeyyaṃ anāgatam paham addhānaṃ
evam eva rūpena khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi paccup-
pannena rūpena khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītas-
miṃ rūpasmiṃ anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ rūpaṃ nābhi-
nandati || paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
12 Ahaṃ kho etarahi vedanāya khajjāmi || atītaṃ paham
addhānam evam eva vedanāya khajjim seyyathāpi etarahi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B vuccati always
2 B madhuram
3 B pāham always
4 B khajjaṃ always
[page 088]
88 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 79. 1
paccuppannāya vedanāya khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana
anāgataṃ vedanam abhinandeyyaṃ anāgatam pahaṃ ad-
dhānam evam eva vedanāya khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi
paccuppannāya vedanāya khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅkhāya
atītāya vedanāya anapekho hoti || anāgataṃ vedanaṃ nā-
bhinandati paccuppannāya vedanāya nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
13 Ahaṃ kho etarahi saññāya khajjāmi || ||
14 Ahaṃ kho1 etarahi saṅkhārehi khajjāmi || atītaṃ paham
addhānam evam eva saṅkhārehi khajjiṃ seyyathāpi etarahi
paccuppannehi saṅkhārehi khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana
anāgate saṅkhāre abhinandeyyaṃ anagatam paham ad-
dhānam evam eva saṅkhārehi khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi etarahi
paccuppannehi saṅkhārehi khajjāmīti || || So iti paṭisaṅ-
khāya atītesu saṅkhāresu anapekho hoti || anāgate saṅkhāre
nābhinandati || paccuppannānaṃ saṅkhārānam nibbidāya
virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
15 Ahaṃ kho etarahi viññāṇena khajjāmi || atītam pi
addhānam evam eva viññāṇena khajjiṃ seyyathāpī etarahi
paccuppannena viññāṇena khajjāmi || ahaṃ ceva kho pana
anāgatam viññāṇam abhinandeyyam anāgatam paham ad-
dhānam evam eva viññāṇena khajjeyyaṃ seyyathāpi
etarahi paccuppannena viññāṇena khajjāmīti || || So iti
paṭisaṅkhāya atītasmiṃ viññāṇasmiṃ anapekho hoti ||
anāgataṃ viññāṇaṃ nābhinandati || paccuppannassa viñ-
ñāṇassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccam vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassitum Etaṃ mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
17-19 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
[page 089]
XXII. 79. 29] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 89
20 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante ti || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ va taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgata-
paccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā
sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na me so
attāti || evaṃ etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhab-
bam || ||
22 Yā kāci vedanā || pe ||
23 Yā kāci saññā || ||
24 Ye keci saṅkhārā || ||
25 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccupannaṃ || la ||
yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ samma-
ppaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
26 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako apacināti1 no
ācināti2 || pajahati na upādiyati || viseneti no usseneti3 ||
vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti4 || ||
27 Kiñca apacināti no ācināti || || Rūpaṃ apacināti no
ācināti || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇaṃ apaci-
nāti no acināti || ||
28 Kiñcā pajahati na upādiyati || || Rūpaṃ pajahati na
upādiyati || Vedanaṃ5 || Saññaṃ6 || Saṅkhāre5 || Viññāṇaṃ
pajahati na upādiyati || ||
29 Kiñca viseneti na usseneti || || Rūpaṃ viseneti na
usseneti || Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇaṃ vise-
neti na usseneti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 apacinati (or apacinti) almost always
2 S1 ācinati (or ācinti); S3 repeats apacinati
3 B visineti no ussineti always
4 B vidhu--sandhupeti always
5 Complete in S1-3
6 S1-3 Saññā here and further on
[page 090]
90 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 79.30
30 Kiñca vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || || Rūpaṃ vidhūpeti
na sandhūpeti || Vedanaṃ1 || Saññaṃ2 || Saṅkhāre1 || Viñ-
ñāṇam vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
31 Evam passam bhikkhave3 sutavā ariyasāvako rūpas-
mim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu
pi || viññānasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati ||
virāgā vimuccati || vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñaṇaṃ hoti || ||
Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyam kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ
nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
32 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu nevācināti4 na
apacināti || apacinitvā ṭhito neva pajahati na upādiyati ||
pajahitvā ṭhito neva viseneti na usseneti || visenetvā ṭhito
neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
33 Vidhūpetvā ṭhito kiñca nevācināti na apacināti || apa-
cinitvā ṭhito rūpam nevācināti na apacināti || apacinitvā
ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ5 || saṅkhāre1 || viññāṇaṃ nevā-
cināti na apacināti || ||
34 Apacinitvā ṭhito kiñca neva pajahati na upādiyati ||
pajahitvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva pajahati na upādiyati || paja-
hitvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ neva
pajahati na upādiyati || ||
35 Pajahitvā ṭhito kiñca neva viseneti na usseneti ||
visenetvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva vineseti na usseneti || visenetvā
ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ neva viseneti
na usseneti || ||
36 Visenetvā ṭhito kiñca neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti ||
vidhūpetvā ṭhito rūpaṃ neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti ||
vidhūpetvā ṭhito vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ
neva vidhūpeti na sandhūpeti || ||
37 Vidhūpetvā ṭhito evaṃ vimuttacittaṃ6 kho bhikkhave
bhikkhuṃ sa-indakādevā7 sabrahmakā sapajāpatikā ārakā
va namassanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 S1-3 bhikkhu
4 So S1 only; S3 B novācināti
5 S1-3 vedanā saññā
6 S3 vimuttaṃ cittaṃ
7 So S3; S1 saindā; B saindadevā
[page 091]
XXII. 80.8] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 91
38 Namo te purisājañña || namo te purisuttama ||
Yassa tenābhijānāma || yam pi nissāya jhāyasīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).80 (8) Piṇḍolyam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapilavat-
thusmiṃ Nigrodhārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā kismiñcid1 eva pakaraṇe bhikkhu-
saṅghaṃ paṇāmetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattaci-
varam ādāya Kapilavathuṃ2 piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Kapilavatthusmiṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ
piṇḍapātapatikkanto yena mahāvanaṃ tenupasaṅkami
divāviharāya || mahāvanam ajjhogahetvā veluvalaṭṭhitāya
mūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi || ||
4 Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || ||
5 Mayā kho bhikkhu saṅgho pavāḷho3 || santettha bhikkhū
navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ ||
tesaṃ mamaṃ apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipari-
ṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi nāma vacchassa taruṇassa mātaraṃ
apassantassa siyā aññathattam siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
6 Evam evaṃ santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā
adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ tesaṃ mamaṃ4 apas-
santānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi
nāma bījānam taruṇānaṃ udakam alabhantānaṃ siyā añña-
thattam siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
7 Evam eva santettha5 || pa || tesaṃ mamaṃ4 alabhantā-
naṃ dassanāya siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Yaṃ
nūnāhaṃ yatheva mayā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahīto
evam eva6 etarahi anuggaṇheyyaṃ bhikkhusaṅghanti || ||
8 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato cetasā ceto-
parivitakkaṃ aññāya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sam-
miñjitam vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya pasāritam vā bāham sam-
miñjeyya || evam eva7 Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato
purato pātur ahosi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kismicid
2 S1-3 -vatthusmiṃ
3 B pabāḷho
4 S1-3 mama
5 S1-3 yantettha omitting evam eva
6 S1-3 evaṃ
7 B S3 evaṃ
[page 092]
92 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 80.9
9 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ
karitvā yena Bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Evam etam Bhagavā evam etaṃ Sugata
Bhagavatā bhante bhikkhusaṅgho pavāḷho || ||
10 Santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā adhunāgatā
imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam apassantā-
naṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Seyyathāpi
nāma vacchassa taruṇassa mātaram apassantassa siyā
aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
11 Evam eva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā
adhunāgatā imam dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam
apassantānaṃ siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || || Sey-
yathāpi nāma bījānam taruṇānaṃ udakaṃ alabhantānaṃ
siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipariṇāmo || ||
12 Evam eva santettha bhikkhū navā acirapabbajitā
adhunāgatā imaṃ dhammavinayaṃ || tesaṃ Bhagavantam
alabhantānaṃ dassanāya siyā aññathattaṃ siyā vipari-
ṇāmo || ||
13 Abhinandatu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅgham
abhivadatu bhante Bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ || yatheva
bhante1 Bhagavatā pubbe bhikkhusaṅgho anuggahito evam
evaṃ etarahi anuggaṇhātu bhikkhusaṅghanti || ||
14 Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhibhāvena || ||
15 Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ
viditvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā
tatthevantaradhāyi2 || ||
16 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallānā vuṭ-
ṭhito yena Nigrodhārāmo tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
paññatte āsane nisīdi nisajja kho Bhagavā tathārūpam
iddhābhisaṅkhāram abhisaṅkhāyi3 yāthā te bhikkhū [eka-
vihakāya sārajjāyamānarūpā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamey-
yuṃ ||
17 Te bhikkhū4] ekavihakāya sārajjāyamānarupā5 yena
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 In S3 only
2 S1-3 -dhāyiṃsu
3 B -saṅkharoti
4 The part between [] is missing in S1-3
5 So S1-3; B ekadīhikāyasārajjamāna-; S1 -mānaṃ
[page 093]
XXII. 80. 22] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 93
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
11 Ekam antaṃ nisinne1 kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā etad
avoca || || Antam idaṃ bhikkhave jīvikānaṃ yad idaṃ
piṇḍolyam || abhisāpāyaṃ2 lokasmiṃ piṇḍolo vicarasi pat-
tapāṇīti3 taṃ ca kho evaṃ bhikkhave kulaputtā upenti
atthavasikā atthavasaṃ paṭicca || neva rājābhinītā na corā-
bhinītā na iṇaṭṭhā na bhayaṭṭhā na jīvikā4 pakatā || Api ca
kho otiṇṇamhi5 jātiyā jarāya6 maraṇena sokehi paridevehi
dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi || dukkhotiṇṇo dukkhapa-
reto7 || appeva nāma imassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
antarakiriyā paññāyethāti || ||
19 Evam pabbajito cāyaṃ bhikkhave kulaputto so ca
hoti abhijjālu kāmesu tibbasārāgo vyāpannacitto paduṭṭha-
manasaṅkappo muṭṭhassati asampajāno asamāhito vib-
bhantacitto pākatindriyo || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhave chavā-
lātam8 ubhato padittam majjhe gūthagataṃ neva gāme
kaṭṭhattam9 pharati nāraññe kaṭṭhattam pharati || tathū-
pamāham bhikkhave imaṃ puggalaṃ vadāmi gihibhogā ca
parihīno sāmaññatthañca na paripūreti || ||
20 Tayo me bhikkhave akusalavitakkā kāmavitakko
vyāpādavitakko vihiṃsavitakko ||ime ca kho bhikkhave tayo
akusalavitakkā kva10 aparisesā nirujjhanti || || Catūsu vā11
satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhita-cittassa viharato animittaṃ vā
samādhiṃ12 bhāvayato || ||
21 Yāvañcidaṃ bhikkhave alam eva animitto samādhi
bhāvetuṃ || animitto bhikkhave samādhi bhāvito bahulīkato
mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso || ||
22 Dve mā bhikkhave diṭṭhiyo bhavadiṭṭhi ca13 vibhava-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nisinnā
2 S1 -sāpoyyam; S3 -sāpeyyam
3 B carasi pattapaṇī
4 B ājivikā
5 B otiṇṇamha; S1-3 okiṇṇāmhi
6 S1-3 omit ya
7 B -tiṇṇā -paretā
8 So S1; S3 jvalātam; B savālataṃ (or chavo-)
9 S1-3 kaṭṭhaṭṭhaṃ further on kaṭṭhatthaṃ
10 S1 -vitakkataṃ; S3 -vitakkānam both omitting kva
11 Missing in S1-3
12 B S3 omit ṃ
13 Missing in B
[page 094]
94 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 80. 23
diṭṭhi ca || Tatra kho1 bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako iti
paṭisañcikkhati Atthi nu kho2 kiñci lokasmiṃ yam aham
upādiyamāno na vajjavā assan ti ||
23 So evam pajānāti Natthi nu kho taṃ kiñci lokasmiṃ
yam aham upādiyamāno na vajjavā assam3 || ahaṃ hi4
rupaññeva upadiyamāno upādiyeyyaṃ || vedanaññeva5 ||
saññaññeva5 || saṅkhāre yeva5 || viññāṇaññeva upādiyamāno
upādiyeyyaṃ || || Tassa me assa upādānapaccayā bhavo
bhavapaccayā jāti jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparideva-
dukkhadomassupāyāsā sambhaveyyuṃ || || Evam etassa
kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo assa || ||
24 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
25-28 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam saṅkhit-
taṃ6 || la ||
29-30 Tasmātiha bhikkhave7 evam passaṃ || pa8 || nāpa-
raṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).81 (9) Pārileyya
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Kosambiyaṃ9 viharati
Ghositārāme || ||
2 Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pat-
tacīvaram ādāya Kosambim10 piṇḍāya pāvīsi || Kosambiyam
piṇḍaya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapatikkanto sāmaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 add taṃ
3 S1-3 assanti so evam pajānāti
4 S1-3 ca
5 Complete in S1-3
6 S1-3 niccam vā- (complete)
7 S1-3 insert Yaṃ kiñci rūpam- daṭṭhabbaṃ (as in 7. 21-25)
8 S1-3 insert sutavā ariyasārako- (as in 4 8-9)
9 B kosambhi- always
10 S1-3 kosambiyaṃ
[page 095]
XXII. 81. 9] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 95
senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya anāmantetvā
upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cāri-
kaṃ pakkāmi || ||
3 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu acirapakkantassa Bhaga-
vato yenāyasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmantam Ānandaṃ etad avoca || || Esāvuso Ānanda
Bhagavā sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram
ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅ-
gham eko cārikam1 pakkanto ti || ||
4 Yasmiṃ āvuso samaye Bhagavā sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ
saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke
anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikam pak-
kāmi2 eko va Bhagavā tasmiṃ samaye viharitukāmo hoti
na Bhagavā tasmiṃ samaye kenaci anubandhitabbo hotīti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno
yena Pārileyyakaṃ3 tad avasari || tatra sudam Bhagavā
Pārileyyake viharati bhaddasālamūle || ||
6 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yenāyasmā Ānando
tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānandena
saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ
vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
7 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantam
Ānandam etad avocuṃ || || Cirassaṃ sutā kho4 no āvuso
Ānanda Bhagavato sammukhā dhammī kathā || icchāma
mayaṃ āvuso Ānanda Bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ
kathaṃ sotun ti || ||
8 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando tehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
yena Pārileyyakaṃ bhaddhasālamūlaṃ5 yena Bhagavā
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
9 Ekam antaṃ nisinne6 kho te bhikkhū Bhagavā dham-
miyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampa-
haṃsesi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 All this from pakkāmi is missing in S1-3
2 S1 pakkami; S3 pakkamati
3 B pāli- always
4 S1-3 cirassutā, omitting kho
5 S1 -mūlaṃ ekaṃ; S3 -mūlakaṃ
6 S1-3 nisinnā
[page 096]
96 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 81. 10
10 Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
evam cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kathaṃ nu kho
jānato katham passato anantarā1 āsavānaṃ khayo
hotīti || ||
11 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā ceto
parivitakkam aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Vicayaso desito
bhikkhave mayā dhammo || vicayaso desitā cattāro sati-
paṭṭhānā || vicayaso desitā sammappadhānā || vicayaso
desitā cattāro iddhipādā || vicayaso desitāni pañcindriyāni ||
vicayaso desitāni pañcabalāni || vicayaso desitāni2 satta-
bojjhaṅgāni2 || vicayaso desito ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo ||
Evaṃ vicayaso kho3 desito bhikkhave4 mayā dhammo5 || ||
12 Evam vicayaso desite kho bhikkhave mayā dhamme6 ||
atha panidhekaccassa bhikkhuno evaṃ cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || || Kathaṃ nu kho jānato7 katham passato7 anan-
tarā āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
13 Kathaṃ ca bhikkhave jānato katham passato anan-
tarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
14 Idha bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adas-
sāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappu-
risānam adassavī || la || sappurisadhamme avinīto rūpam
attato samanupassati || yā kho pana bhikkhave sā8 samanu-
passanā saṅkhāro so9 || || So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno
kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavoti || || Avijjāsamphassa-
jena bhikkhave vedayitena phuṭṭhassa assutavato puthuj-
janassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo10 so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho
bhikkhave so pi kho saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭicca-
samuppanno || sā pi taṇhā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamup-
pannā || sā pi vedanā ||11 so pi phasso anicco saṅkhato paṭicca-
samuppanno || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamup-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ya
2 B omits ni
3 Missing in S3
4 Missing in S1
5 All the phrase is missing in B
6 S1-3 have desito . . . dhammo a mere repetition of
the preceding phrase
7 S1-3 insert va
8 Missing in B
9 Missing in S1-3 always
10 S1-3 tatopojo here only
11 Complete in S1-3
[page 097]
XXII. 81. 19] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 97
pannā || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
17 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || api ca
kho rūpavantam attānaṃ samanupassati || yā kho pana sā
bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || || So pana saṅ-
khāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || ||
Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena phuṭṭhassa
assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅ-
khāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato
paticcasamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā || pe || sā pi vedanā || so pi
phasso || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || ||
Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā
āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
18 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavan-
tam attānaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho attani rūpam sa-
manupassati || yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā
saṅkhāro so || || So pana {saṅkhāro} kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo
kiṃjātiko kimpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave
vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā
taṇhā || tatojo so {saṅkhāro} || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭicca
samuppanno || sā pi {taṇhā} ||1 sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso ||
sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam
pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ
khayo hoti || ||
19 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na
rūpavantam attānaṃ samanupassati || na attani rūpaṃ
samanupassati || api ca kho rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupas-
sati || || Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅ-
khāro so || ||
So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjā-
tiko kimpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave ve-
dayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā
taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi
saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato2 paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add -pe
2 There is a gap in S1 from attānaṃ (in 19, 1. 3) to saṅ
[page 098]
98 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 81. 20
taṇhā || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso || sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅ-
khatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam pi kho bhikkhave
jānato || la || āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
20 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpa-
vantam attānaṃ || na attani rūpam || na rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ
samanupassati || ||
21 Api ca kho vedanam attato samanupassati || api ca
kho vedanāvantam attānaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho
attani vedanaṃ samanupassati || api ca kho vedanāya
attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
22-23 Api ca kho saññaṃ || ||1 Api ca kho saṅkhāre
attato samanupassati || api ca kho saṅkhāravantam attānaṃ
samanupassati || api ca kho attani saṅkhāre samanupassati ||
api ca kho saṅkhāresu attānaṃ samanupassati || ||
24 Api ca kho viññāṇam attato samanupassati || api ca
kho viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ || api ca kho attani viññāṇam ||
api ca kho viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ samanupassati || || Yā
kho pana sā bhikkhave samanupassanā saṅkhāro so || ||
So pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno || la || kimpabhavo || || Avijjā-
samphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assutavato
puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti
kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro anicco saṅkhato paṭicca-
samuppanno || sā pi taṇhā || pe || sā pi vedanā || so pi phasso ||
sā pi avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || || Evam
pi2 kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ
khayo hoti || ||
25 Na heva kho rūpam attato samanupassati || na
vedanam attato samanupassati || na saññaṃ || na saṅkhāre ||
na viññāṇam attato samanupassati3 || ||
Api ca kho evam diṭṭhi hoti || so attā so loko || so pecca
bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo ti || ||
Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave sassatadiṭṭhi saṅkhāro so ||
so pāna saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno || pa || || Evam pi kho bhik-
khave jānato evam passato anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
26 Na heva kho rūpaṃ attato samanupassati || na
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Missing in S1-3
3 All is complete in S1-3
[page 099]
XXII. 81. 30] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 99
vedanaṃ || na saññaṃ || na saṅkhāre || na viññāṇam attato
samanupassati || na pi hevaṃ diṭṭhi hoti So attā so loko so
pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato aviparināmadhammo
ti || ||1 Api ca kho evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti No ca assaṃ no ca me
siyā na bhavissāmi2 na me bhavissatīti || ||
27 Yā kho pana sā bhikkhave ucchedadiṭṭhi saṅkhāro so ||
so pana saṅkhāro kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko
kiṃpabhavo || || Avijjāsamphassajena bhikkhave vedayi-
tena puṭṭhassa assutavato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā ||
tatojo so saṅkhāro || || Iti kho bhikkhave so pi saṅkhāro
anicco || la || Evam pi kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato
anantarā āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
28 Na heva kho rūpaṃ attato samanupassati || na veda-
naṃ na saññaṃ na saṅkhāre na viññāṇam attato samanu-
passati || la || na viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ3 samanupassati || ||
Na pi evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti So attā so loko so pecca bhavis-
sāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || na pi
evam diṭṭhi hoti No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi
na me bhavissatīti || || Api ca kho kaṅkhī hoti vicikicchī4
aniṭṭhaṅgato5 saddhamme || ||
29 Yā kho6 pana sā bhikkhave kaṅkhitā vicikicchitā7
aniṭṭhaṅgatā saddhamme saṅkhāro so || so pana saṅkhāro
kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo || || Avijjā
saṃphassajena bhikkhave vedayitena puṭṭhassa assuta-
vato puthujjanassa uppannā taṇhā || tatojo so saṅkhāro ||
Iti8 kho bhikkhave so pi {saṅkhāro} anicco saṅkhato paṭic-
casamuppanno || sā pi taṇhā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamup-
pannā || sā pi vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā ||
so pi phasso anicco saṅkhato paṭiccasamuppanno || sā pi
avijjā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā || ||
30 Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam passato anantarā
āsavānaṃ khayo hotīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Much more complete in S1-3 and occupying a large place
2 B nābhavissam always
3 B attato
4 S1 vevikicchi; S3 veci-
5 S3 aniṭṭhāgato always
6 Missing in S1-3
7 B kaṅkhatā vicikicchatā; S1 vevi-; S3 veci-
8 B evaṃ
[page 100]
100 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 1
SN_3,22(1).82 (10) Puṇṇamā
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Pub-
bārāme Migāramātupāsāde mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena sadd-
hiṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tadahuposathe
pannarase1 puṇṇamāya rattiyā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto
ajjhokāse nisinno hoti || ||
3 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu uṭṭhāyāsanā ekaṃsaṃ
uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena Bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Puccheyyāham bhante Bhaga-
vantaṃ kiñcid eva desaṃ sace me Bhagavā okāsaṃ karoti
pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyāti || ||
Tena hi tvaṃ bhikkhu sake āsane nisīditvā puccha yad
ākaṅkhasīti || ||
4 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā
sake āsane nisīditvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ime nu
kho bhante pañcupādānakkhandhā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupā-
dānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādānak-
khandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññānupādānakkhan-
dhoti || ||
Ime kho bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhā || seyyathīdaṃ
rūpupādānakkhandho || la || viññāṇupādānakkhandhoti || ||
5 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantam uttarim pañham
apucchi || ||2 Ime kho pana bhante pañcupādānakkhandhā
kimmūlakā ti || ||
Ime kho bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhā chandamūlakā
ti || ||
6 Pa ||3 Taññeva nu kho bhante upādānaṃ te pañcupā-
dānakkhandhā udāhu aññatra4 pañcupādānakkhandehi5
upādānan ti || ||
Na kho bhikkhu taññeva upādānaṃ te pañcupādānak-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts puṇṇāya
2 B pucchi here only
3 S1-3 Sādhu- -apucchi
4 S3 atthaññatra
5 B pañcahi upā- always
[page 101]
XXII. 82. 9] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 101
khandhā nāpi aññatra1 pañcupādānakkhandehi upādānaṃ ||
api ca yo tattha chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānan ti || ||
7 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || la || uttarim pañhaṃ
apucchi || || Siyā pana bhante pañcupādānakkhandhesu
chandarāgavemattatā2 ti || ||
Siyā bhikkhu ti Bhagavā avoca || || Idha bhikkhu ekac-
cassa evaṃ hoti || || Evaṃrūpo siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ ||
evaṃvedano siyam anāgatam addhānaṃ || evaṃsaññī siyam
anāgatam addhānaṃ || evaṃsaṅkhāro siyaṃ anāgatam ad-
dhānaṃ || evaṃviññāṇo siyaṃ anāgatam addhānaṃ || ||
Evaṃ kho bhikkhu siyā pañcupādānakkhandhesu chanda-
rāgavemattatā ti || ||
8 Sādhu bhante ti kho3 so bhikkhu || pe || uttariṃ pañ-
ham apucchi || || Kittāvatā nu kho khandhānaṃ khandhā-
dhivacanan ti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhave rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati rūpak-
khandho || Yā kāci vedanā || yā kāci saññā || ye keci saṅ-
khārā || yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā ayaṃ vuccati viññāṇak-
khandho || || Ettāvatā kho bhikkhu khandhānaṃ khandhā-
dhivacanan ti || ||
9 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || || Ko
nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññā-
panāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo vedanākkhandhassa paññā-
panāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo saññākkhandhassa paññā-
panāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo saṅkhārakkhandhassa paññā-
panāya || Ko hetu ko paccayo viññāṇakkhandhassa paññā-
panāyāti || ||
Cattāro kho bhikkhu mahābhūtā hetu cattāro mahābhūtā
paccayo rūpakkhandhassa paññāpanāya || || Phasso hetu
phassa paccayo vedanākkhandhassa paññāpanāya || phasso
hetu phasso paccayo saññākkhandhassa paññāpanāya ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 napi aññattha
2 S1-3 vemattā ti here only
3 Missing in S1-3
[page 102]
102 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 10
phasso hetu phasso paccayo saṅkhārakkhandhassa paññā-
panāya || || Nāmarūpaṃ hetu nāmarūpam paccayo viññā-
ṇakkhandhassa paññāpanāyāti || ||
10 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || ||
Kathaṃ nu kho bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi1 hotīti || ||
Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano ariyānaṃ adassāvī
ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto sappurisā-
naṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisa-
dhamme2 avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavan-
taṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ ||
vedanaṃ || pe || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam attato sama-
nupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ
viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhu sakkāya
diṭṭhi hotīti || ||
11 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || ||
Katham pana bhante sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti || ||
Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariya-
dhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ
dassāvī sapurisaddhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme su-
vinīto na rūpam attato samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā3
attānaṃ na attani vā rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānam || ||
na vedanaṃ || || na saññaṃ || || na saṅkhāre || || na viññāṇam
attato samanupassati || na viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na
attani vā viññānaṃ na viññāṇasmiṃ vā attanaṃ || || Evaṃ
kho bhikkhu sakkāyadiṭṭhi na hotīti || ||
12 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu || pe || apucchi || || Ko
nu kho bhante rūpassa assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇaṃ ||
ko vedanāya || ko saññāya || ko saṅkhārānaṃ || ko viññāṇassa
assādo ko ādīnavo kiṃ nissaraṇan ti || ||
Yaṃ kho bhikkhu rūpaṃ paticca uppajjati sukhaṃ so-
manassaṃ ayaṃ rūpassa assādo || yaṃ rūpam aniccaṃ
dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo || yo
rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ
rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ || || Yaṃ vedanaṃ paticca || ||4 Yaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add vici (S1-vivi-) kicchi here only
2 B inserts su
3 S1-3 omit vā everywhere
4 Complete in S1-3
[page 103]
XXII. 82. 15] KHAJJANIYAVAGGO TATIYO 103
saññaṃ paticca || || Ye saṅkhāre paṭicca || ||1 Yaṃ viññā-
ṇam paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ ayaṃ viññā-
ṇassa assādo || yaṃ viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇā-
madhammaṃ ayaṃ viññāṇassa ādīnavo || yo viññāṇasmiṃ
chandarāgavinayo chandarāgapahānaṃ idaṃ viññāṇassa
nissaraṇan ti || ||
13 Sādhu bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato bhāsitam
abhinanditvā anumoditvā Bhagavantaṃ uttariṃ pañham
apucchi || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato kathaṃ passato
imasmim ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu
ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
Yaṃ kiñci bhikkhu rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīṇaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netaṃ
mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti || || Evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || || Yā kāci vedanā ||
pe || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅkhārā || || Yaṃ kiñci
viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā
vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā panītaṃ vā || yaṃ
dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham
asmi na meso attā ti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappañ-
ñāya passati || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhu jānato evam passato
imasmiṃ ca2 saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimit-
tesu ahaṅkāramamaṅkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
14 Tena kho pana samayena aññatarassa bhikkhuno
evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Iti kira bho rūpam
anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam anattā || anat-
takatāni kammāni katamattānaṃ3 phusissantīti || ||
15 Atha kho Bhagavā tassa bhikkhuno cetasā ceto pari-
vitakkaṃ aññāya bhikkhū āmantesi || || Ṭhānaṃ kho pane-
taṃ bhikkhave vijjati yaṃ4 idhekacco moghapuriso avidvā
avijjāgato taṇhādhipateyyena5 cetasā satthusāsanaṃ ati-
dhāvitabbaṃ maññeyya || || Iti kira bho rūpam anattā ||
vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇaṃ anattā anattakatāni
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B inserts pana
3 B kammattānaṃ
4 Missing in S1-3
5 S1-3 taṇhādhigatena
[page 104]
104 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 82. 16
kammāni katamattānaṃ1 phusissanti ||2 Paṭipucchā vi-
nītā kho me tumhe bhikkhave tatra tatra tesu dhammesu || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññattha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
17-19 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
20 Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ || || Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me āttāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Tasmātiha || la || evaṃ passaṃ nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
22 [Dve Khandhā Taññeva Siyaṃ ||
Adhivacanam ca Hetunā ||
Sattā yena duve vuttā ||
Assāda-Viññāṇakena ca ||
Ete dasavidhā vuttā ||
Hoti bhikkhupucchāyāti3] || ||
Khajjaniyavaggo tatiyo ||
Tassuddānaṃ4 || ||
Assādo5 dve Samudayā6 ||
Arahantehi7 apare dve
Sīhā8 Khajjani Piṇḍolyaṃ9 ||
Pārileyyena10 Puṇṇamāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 katamanattānaṃ; B kappattānaṃ
2 B phusissantīti
3 In B only
4 B Tatru-
5 S1-3 assādā
6 B samudayo
7 S1-3 arahante (S3 -ntā)
8 S3 Sīho
9 S1-3 piṇḍolyo
10 B pāli-
[page 105]
XXII. 83. 13] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 105
CHAPTER IV THERAVAGGO SN_3,22(1).CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).83 (1) Ānando
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Ānando
Sāvatthiyaṃ viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme1 || ||
2 Tatra kho āyasmā Ānando bhikkhū āmantesi Āvuso
bhikkhavo ti || ||
Āvuso ti kho ti bhikkhū āyasmato Ānandassa paccasso-
suṃ || ||
Āyasmā Ānando etad avoca || ||
3 Puṇṇo nāma āvuso āyasmā Mantāniputto2 amhākaṃ
navakānaṃ sataṃ bahūpakāro hoti || so amhe iminā
ovādena ovadati Upādāya āvuso Ānanda asmīti hoti no
anupādāya || ||
4 Kiñca upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
Rūpam upādāya asmīti hoti no anupādāya || || Vedanaṃ ||
Saññaṃ || {Saṅkhāre} || Viññāṇam upādāya asmīti hoti no
anupādāya || ||
5 Seyyathāpi āvuso Ānanda itthi vā puriso vā daharo
yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko3 ādāse vā parisuddhe pariyodāte
acche vā udakapatte4 sakaṃ mukhanimittam paccavek-
khamāno upādāya passeyya no anupādāya || || Evam eva
kho āvuso Ānanda rūpaṃ upādāya asmīti hoti no anupā-
dāya || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ upādāya
asmīti hoti no anupādāya || ||
6 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Ānanda Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam āvuso5 || ||
7-10 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam avuso5 || ||
11 Tasmātiha || pa ||
12 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
13 Puṇṇo nāma āvuso āyasmā Mantāniputto amhākaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B sāvatthi only
2 S1-3 Mantāṇi- always (S1 Mantāṇī- here only)
3 B -jātiyo
4 S1-3 udapatte
5 S1-3 add yam panāniccaṃ-
[page 106]
106 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 84. 1
navakānaṃ satam bahūpakāro hoti || || So amhe iminā
ovādena ovadati || idaṃ ca pana me āyasmato1 Puṇṇassa
Mantāniputtassa dhammadesanaṃ sutvā dhammo abhisa-
meto ti2 || ||
SN_3,22(1).84 (2) Tisso
1 Savatthi || ārāme ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Tisso Bhagavato
pitucchāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evam āroceti || ||
Api me āvuso madhurakajāto viya kāyo || disā pi me na
pakkhāyanti || dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti || thīnamid-
dhaṃ ca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || anabhirato ca
brahmacariyaṃ carāmi hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā
ti || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenu-
pasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Āyasmā bhante Tisso Bhagavato pituc-
chāputto sambahulānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ evam āroceti || || Api
me āvuso madhurakajāto viya kāyo || disā pi me na pak-
khāyanti || dhammā pi maṃ na paṭibhanti || thīnamiddhaṃ
ca me cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati || anabhirato ca brahma-
cariyaṃ carāmi || hoti ca me dhammesu vicikicchā ti || ||
5 Atha kho Bhagavā aññataram bhikkhum āmantesi || ||
Ehi tvam bhikkhu mama vacanena Tissaṃ bhikkhum
āmantehi || Satthā taṃ āvuso Tissa āmantetīti || ||
6 Evam bhante ti kho so bhikkhu Bhagavato paṭissutvā
yenāyasmā Tisso tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyas-
mantam Tissam etad avoca || || Satthā tam āvuso Tissa
āmantetīti || ||
7 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Tisso tassa bhikkhuno
paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Tissam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira tvaṃ Tissaṃ sam-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B panāyasmato
2 B -samitoti
[page 107]
XXII. 84. 17] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 107
bahulānaṃ bhikkhūnam evam ārocesi || || Api me āvuso
madhurakajāto viya kāyo || la || hoti ca me dhammesu
vicikicchā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpe avigatarāgassa1
avigatachandassa2 avigarapemassa avigatapipāsassa avi-
gatapariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇā-
maññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassu-
pāyāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
10-13 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā
taṃ rūpe avigatarāgassa ||3 vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu
avigatarāgassa || pe || tesaṃ saṅkhārānaṃ vipariṇāmañ-
ñathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupā-
yāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
14 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā
taṃ [saṅkhāresu avigatarāgassa ||] 4 viññāṇe avigatarāgassa2
avigatachandassa avigatapemassa avigatapipāsassa avigata-
pariḷāhassa avigatataṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipari-
ṇāmaññathābhāvā uppajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanas-
supāyāsā ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
15 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā
taṃ viññāṇe avigatarāgassa5 || ||
16 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpe vigatarāgassa6 vigata-
chandassa vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa
vigatataṇhassa tassa rūpassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā up-
pajjanti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
17 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā
taṃ rūpe vigatarāgassa || vedanāya || saññāya || saṅkhāresu
vigatarāgassa || viññāṇe vigatarāgassa vigatachandassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 avīta-
2 S3 avīgata-
3 S3 avīta-
4 So all the MSS. (S3 has avīta-)
5 So all the MSS. without even one --pe-- or ||la|| and further on
(18) likewise
6 S3 vīta- always
[page 108]
108 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 84. 18
vigatapemassa vigatapipāsassa vigatapariḷāhassa vigata-
taṇhassa tassa viññāṇassa vipariṇāmaññathābhāvā uppaj-
janti sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
18 Sādhu sādhu Tissa evaṃ hetaṃ Tissa hoti yathā taṃ
viññāṇe vigātarāgassa || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Tissa rūpaṃ ṇiccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā
ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
20-23 Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ nic-
caṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante1 || ||
24 Tasmā ti ha || la ||
25 Evam passam || pa || nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti ||
26 Seyyathāpassa2 Tissa dve purisā eko puriso amagga-
kusalo eko puriso maggakusalo || || Tam enaṃ3 so amagga-
kusalo puriso amum maggakusalam purisam maggam
puccheyya || so evaṃ vadeyya Evaṃ4 bho purisa ayam
maggo || tena muhuttam gaccha || tena muhuttam gantvā
dakkhissasi dvidhāpathaṃ ||5 tattha vāmaṃ muñcitvā
dakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhāhi || tena muhuttam gaccha || tena6
muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi tibbam vanasaṇḍaṃ || || Tena
muhuttaṃ gaccha tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi
mahantam ninnaṃ pallalaṃ || || Tena muhuttam gaccha ||
tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhissasi sobbham papātaṃ || ||
Tena muhuttaṃ gaccha || tena muhuttaṃ gantvā dakkhis-
sasi samam bhūmibhāgaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ || ||
27 Upamā kho myāyaṃ7 Tissa katā atthassa viññāpa-
nāya ayaṃ cevettha attho || ||
28 Puriso amaggakusalo ti kho Tissa puthujjanassetaṃ
adhivacanaṃ || || Puriso maggakusalo ti kho Tissā Tathā-
gatassetam8 adhivacanam arahato sammāsambuddhassa || ||
29 Dvidhāpatho ti kho Tissa vicikicchāyetam adhivaca-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B seyyathāpi
3 S1-3 ena
4 B ehi
5 B dvedhā-
6 S1-3 gacchantena instead of gaccha || tena
7 S3 omits ṃ
8 B -assa taṃ
[page 109]
XXII. 85. 5] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 109
naṃ || || Vāmamaggo ti kho Tissa aṭṭhaṅgikassetam micc-
hāmaggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyyathīdam micchādiṭṭhiyā ||
la || micchāsamādhissa || || Dakkhiṇamaggo ti kho Tissa
ariyassetam aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa adhivacanaṃ || seyya-
thīdaṃ sammādiṭṭhiyā || la || sammāsamādhissa || ||
30 Tibbo vanasaṇḍo ti kho Tissa avijjāyetaṃ adhiva-
canaṃ || || Mahantaṃ ninnaṃ pallalanti kho Tissa kāmā-
naṃ etam adhivacanaṃ || || Sobbho papāto ti kho Tissa
kodhūpāyāsassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||1 Samo bhūmibhāgo
ramaṇīyo ti kho Tissa nibbānassetam adhivacanaṃ || ||
31 Abhirama Tissa abhirama Tissa aham ovādena aham
anuggahena aham anusāsaniyāti2 || ||
32 Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamano āyasmā Tisso Bha-
gavato bhāsitam abhinandīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).85 (3) Yamako
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena Yamakassa nāma bhikkhuno
evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti || || Tathā-
ham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi || yathā khīṇā-
savo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti
param maraṇā ti || ||
3 Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū Yamakassa kira
nāma bhikkhuno evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppan-
naṃ || || Tathāham || || maraṇā ti3 || ||
4 Atha kho te bhikkhū yenāyasmā Yamako tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Yamakena saddhiṃ
sammodiṃsu || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisā-
retvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ
Yamakam etad avocuṃ || || Saccaṃ kira te āvuso Yamaka
evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam upannaṃ || || Tathāham
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 kodhūpāyassetaṃ
2 So S1-3 (S3 -anuggehena) B -Tissa aham āmisāmamānussāsaniyāti
3 This number is missing in B
[page 110]
110 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 6
Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi yathā khīṇāsavo
bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param
maraṇā ti || ||
6 Evaṃ kho haṃ1 āvuso Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam
ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchij-
jati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
7 Mā āvuso Yamaka evam avaca || mā Bhagavantam
abbhācikkhi || na hi sādhu Bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ2 ||
na hi Bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya Khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa
bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param {maraṇā} ti || ||
8 Evam pi kho āyasmā Yamako tehi bhikkhūhi vucca-
māno thāmasā parāmāsā3 abhinivissa voharati || || Tathāham4
Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā khīṇāsavo
bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param
maraṇā ti || ||
9 Yato5 kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu āyasmantaṃ
Yamakam etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ || atha kho6
te bhikkhū uṭṭhāyāsanā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad
avocuṃ || || Yamakassa nāma āvuso Sāriputta bhikkhuno
evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam uppannaṃ || || Tathāhaṃ
Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo
bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na hoti param
maranāti || || Sādhāyasmā Sāriputto yena Yamako bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
10 Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā Sāriputto tuṇhībhāvena || ||
11 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisal-
lāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Yamako tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅ-
kamitvā āyasmatā Yamakena saddhiṃ sammodi || la || ||
12 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyas-
mantaṃ Yamakam etad avoca || || Saccaṃ kira te āvuso
Yamaka evarūpam pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ || ||
Tathāham Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam ājānāmi || yathā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ-
2 B abbhācikkhanahi- -abbhācikkhanaṃ
3 S1-3 parāmassa (S.p.46 n.1)
4 S1-3 tathāhantaṃ
5 S1-3 yatho
6 Missing in S1-3
[page 111]
XXII. 85. 32] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 111
khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati vinassati na
hoti param maranā ti || ||
13 Evaṃ khvāham1 āvuso Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ
ājānāmi || yathā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchij-
jati vinassati na hoti param maraṇā ti || ||
14 Tam kim maññasi āvuso Yamaka2 rupaṃ niccam vā
aniccaṃ vā ||
Aniccam āvuso3 || ||
15-18 Vedanā || pe || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam āvuso3 || ||
19 Tasmātiha || pa ||
20 Evam passaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānāti || ||
21 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka rūpaṃ tathāgato ti
samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
22-26 Vedanaṃ || pe ||4 saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇaṃ
tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam avuso || ||
27 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka rūpasmiṃ tathā-
gato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
28 Vedanāya || aññatra vedanāya || ||
29 Saññāya || aññatra saññāya || ||
30 Saṅkhāresu5 aññatra saṅkhārehi || ||
31 Viññāṇasmim tathāgatoti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
Aññatra viññāṇā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
32 Taṃ kim maññasi āvuso Yamaka || Rupā vedanā
saññā saṅkhārā6 viññāṇaṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 evañcakhoham
2 S1 inserts eva; S3 evaṃ
3 Complete in S1-3
4 Complete in B
5 S1-3 saṅkhāre
6 B rupaṃ vedanaṃ sāññaṃ saṅkhāre
[page 112]
112 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 33
33 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka ayaṃ so arūpī
avedano asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanu-
passasīti1 || ||
No hetaṃ āvuso || ||
34 Ettha ca te2 āvuso Yamaka diṭṭheva dhamme saccato
thetato3 tathāgato anupalabbhiyamāno || kallaṃ nu te taṃ
veyyākaraṇam Tathāhaṃ Bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitam
ājānāmi || yāthā khīṇāsavo bhikkhu kāyassa bhedā ucchijjati
vinassati na hoti param maranā ti || ||
35 Ahu kho4 me tam āvuso Sāriputta pubbe aviddasuno
pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam idaṃ ca panāyasmato5 Sāriputtassa
dhammadesanaṃ sutvā taṃ ceva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigatam
pahīnaṃ dhammo ca me abhisameto ti6 || ||
36 Sace tam āvuso Yamaka evam puccheyyuṃ || || Yo so
āvuso Yamaka bhikkhu arahaṃ khīṇāsavo so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā kiṃ hotīti || evam puṭṭho tvam āvuso
Yamaka kinti vyākareyyāsīti || ||
37 Sace maṃ āvuso evam puccheyyuṃ || Yo so- -kiṃ hotīti7
evam puṭṭho ham8 āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyaṃ || || Rūpaṃ kho
āvuso aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkham || yaṃ dukkhaṃ
taṃ niruddhaṃ tam atthagataṃ || || Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅ-
khārā || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ ||
yaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ niruddhaṃ tad atthagatan ti || ||
Evam puṭṭho aham āvuso evaṃ vyākareyyanti || ||
38 Sādhu sādhu āvuso Yamaka || tena hāvuso Yamaka
upaman te karissāmi etasseva atthassa bhiyyosomattāya
ñāṇāya9 || ||
39 Seyyathāpi āvuso Yamaka gahapati vā gahapatiputto
vā aḍḍho10 mahaddhano mahābhogo so ca ārakkhasam-
panno || tassa kocid eva puriso uppajjeyya anatthakāmo
ahitakāmo ayogakkhemakāmo jīvitā voropetukāmo || tassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit samanupassasī ti
2 S3 etthavato
3 S1 tathato; S3 tatthato
4 S1-3 omit param maraṇāti ahu kho
5 S1-3 paname āyas-
6 S1-3 omit me B abhisamito ti
7 Complete in B; the whole from evam puṭṭho- is missing in S1-3
faulty, I think, not by abbreviation
8 B aham always
9 B -mattaññāṇāya
10 B addho
[page 113]
XXII. 85. 43] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 113
evam assa Ayaṃ kho gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aḍḍho
mahaddhano mahābhogo so ca ārakkhasampanno nāyaṃ
sukaro1 pasayha jīvitā voropetuṃ || yaṃ nūnāhaṃ anupa-
khajja jīvitā voropeyyan ti || || So taṃ gahapatiṃ vā gaha-
patiputtaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadeyya Upaṭṭhahey-
yantaṃ bhanteti || tam enaṃ so2 gahapati vā gahapātiputto
vā upaṭṭhāpeyya ||3 so upaṭṭhaheyya pubbuṭṭhayī4 pacchā-
nipātī kiṃkārapatissāvī manāpacārī pīyavādī || || Tassa so
gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā mittato5 pi naṃ daheyya
suhajjato pi naṃ daheyya tasmiñca vissāsaṃ āpajjeyya ||
yadā kho āvuso tassa purisassa evam assa Saṃvissattho6
kho myāyaṃ gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā ti || atha naṃ
rahogataṃ viditvā tiṇhena satthena jīvitā voropeyya || ||
40 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi āvuso Yamaka || Yadā pi7 so puriso
amuṃ gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā upasaṅkamitvā
evam āha Upaṭṭhaheyyaṃ tam bhante ti || tadā pi so
vadhako va8 || vadhakañ ca pana santaṃ na aññāsi Vadhako
me ti || ||
41 Yadā pi so upaṭṭhāti pubbuṭṭhāyi pacchānipāti kiṃ-
kārapaṭissāvī manāpacārī pīyavādī9 tadā pi so vadhako va ||
vadhakañca pana santam na aññāsi Vadhako me ti10 || ||
42 Yadā pi naṃ rahogataṃ viditvā tiṇhena satthena
jīvitā voropeti tadā pi so vadhako va || vadhakañca pana
santaṃ na aññāsi Vadhako me ti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
43 Evam eva kho āvuso assutavā puthujjano ariyānam
adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto
sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sap-
purisadhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpa-
vantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ rūpasmiṃ vā attā-
naṃ || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 nabyāsukaro
2 S1-3 tameso
3 S1-3 upaṭṭhaheyya
4 S1 pubbaṭṭhāyī here only
5 S1-3 cittato
6 B visāsaṃ- -vissaṭṭho
7 B hi
8 S3 ca here and further on
9 S1-3 add ti
10 This paragraph is repeated in B
[page 114]
114 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 85. 44
attato samanupassati viññāṇavantam vā attānaṃ attani vā
viññāṇam viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānam || ||
44 So aniccaṃ rūpam Aniccaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam
na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ vedanaṃ Aniccā vedanāti yathābhū-
taṃ na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ saññaṃ || || anicce saṅkhāre
Aniccā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtam na pajānāti || || aniccaṃ
viññānaṃ Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
45 Dukkham rūpaṃ Dukkham rūpanti yathābhūtam na
pajānāti || || dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ || || dukkhaṃ saññaṃ || || duk-
khe saṅkhāre || || dukkhaṃ viññāṇaṃ Dukkhaṃ viññāṇanti
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
46 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattaṃ1 rupan ti yathābhūtam na
pajānāti || || anattaṃ vedanaṃ || || anattaṃ saññaṃ || || anatte
saṅkhāre || || anattaṃ viññāṇaṃ Anattaṃ viññāṇanti yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
47 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ
na pajānāti || || saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ || || saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ || ||
saṅkhate saṅkhāre || || saṅkhataṃ viññāṇaṃ Saṅkhataṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
48 Vadhakaṃ rupaṃ Vadhakaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam
na pajānāti || || vadhakaṃ vedanaṃ || || vadhakaṃ saññaṃ ||
vadhake saṅkhāre Vadhakā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || || vadhakaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vādhakaṃ viññāṇanti
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
49 So rūpaṃ upeti upādiyati adhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || ||
vedanaṃ || || saññaṃ || || saṅkhāre || || viññāṇaṃ upeti upādi-
yati adhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Tassime pañcupādānak-
khandhā upetā2 upādiṇṇā dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya
{saṃvattanti} || ||
50 Sutavā ca kho āvuso ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ||
la || sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato samanu-
passati || na rūpavantam attānam || na attani rūpam || na
rūpasmiṃ attānaṃ || || Na vedanaṃ || || Na saññaṃ || || Na
saṅkhāre || || Na viññāṇaṃ attato samanupassati || || na
viññāṇavantaṃ attānaṃ || na attani vā viññāṇaṃ || na
viññāṇasmiṃ attānaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B anattā
2 B upentā further on anupentā
[page 115]
XXII. 85. 58] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 115
51 So aniccaṃ rūpaṃ Aniccaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti || || Aniccaṃ vedanaṃ || || Aniccaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Anicce saṅkhāre || || Aniccam viññāṇam Aniccaṃ viññāṇanti
yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
52 Dukkhaṃ rūpaṃ Dukkhaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti || || Dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ || || Dukkhaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Dukkhe saṅkhāre || || Dukkham viññāṇaṃ Dukkhaṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
53 Anattaṃ rūpam Anattaṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtam
pajānāti || || Anattam vedanaṃ || || Anattaṃ saññaṃ || || Anatte
saṅkhāre || || Anattaṃ viññāṇam Anattā viññāṇanti ya-
thābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
54 Saṅkhataṃ rūpaṃ Saṅkhataṃ rūpan ti yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti || || Saṅkhataṃ vedanaṃ || || Saṅkhataṃ saññaṃ || ||
Saṅkhate saṅkhāre || || Saṅkhataṃ viññāṇam Saṅkhataṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti1 || ||
55 Vadhakaṃ rūpaṃ Vadhakaṃ rupan ti yathābhutaṃ
pajānāti || || Vadhakaṃ vedanaṃ || || Vadhakaṃ saññaṃ || ||
Vadhake saṅkhāre || || Vadhakaṃ viññāṇaṃ Vadhakaṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
56 So rūpaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti2 Attā
me ti || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññā-
ṇaṃ na upeti na upādiyati nādhiṭṭhāti Attā me ti || || Tassime
upādānakkhandhā anupetā anupadiṇṇā dīgharattaṃ hitāya
sukhāya saṃvattantīti || ||
57 Evaṃ hi te āvuso Sāriputta honti ||3 yesaṃ āyas-
mantānam tādisā sabrahmacārino4 anukampakā atthakāmā
ovādakā anusāsakā || idañ ce pana me āyasmato Sāriputtassa
dhammadesanaṃ sutvā anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimut-
tanti || ||
58 Idam avoca āyasmā Sāriputto || attamano āyasmā
Yamako āyasmato Sāriputtassa bhāsitam abhinandīti5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit 53,54 without any sign of abbreviation; but
their corresponding 46,47 were in S1-3 as well as in B
2 S1-3 na adhi-
3 B evam etaṃ āvuso- -hoti
4 S1-3 yesaṃāyasmantā (S1-taṃ) disāyabrahmacāriyo.
5 This ending paragraph is not to be found in B
[page 116]
116 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 86. 1
SN_3,22(1).86 (4) Anurādho
1 Evaṃ me sutaṃ ||1 ekaṃ samayaṃ Bhagavā Vesāliyaṃ
viharati Mahāvane Kuṭāgārasālāyaṃ || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anurādho Bhagavato
avidūre araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharati || ||
3 Atha kho sambahulā aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenā-
yasmā Anurādho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu ||2 upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmatā Anurādhena saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu || sammodanī-
yaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi-
ṃsu || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nīsinnā kho te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā
āyasmantam Anurādham etad avocuṃ || || Yo so āvuso
Anurādha tathāgato uttamapuriso paramapuriso parama-
pattipatto taṃ tāthāgato3 imesu catūsu4 ṭhānesu paññā-
payamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
vā na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā hoti ca na ca hoti
tathāgato param maraṇa ti vā neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā || ||
5 Evaṃ vutte5 Anurādho te aññatitthiye paribbājake
etad avoca || || Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso para-
mapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatra imehi6
catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti || || Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā
ti vā hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā
neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
6 Evaṃ vutte te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam
Anurādham etad avocuṃ || || So7 cāyam bhikkhu navo
bhavissati acirapabbajito || thero vā pana bālo avyatto
ti || ||
7 Atha kho8 aññatitthiyā paribbājakā āyasmantam Anurā-
dham navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyā-
sanā pakkāmiṃsu || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 S1-3 -upasaṅkami
3 S1 insert na
4 S1-3 insert pi
5 S3 vutto; the whole phrase missing in B
6 S1-3 aññatrimehi
7 S1-3 Yo here and further on
8 S3 inserts tesaṃ
[page 117]
XXII. 86. 13] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 117
8 Atha kho āyasmato Anurādhassa acirapakkantesu
tesu aññatitthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho
maṃ te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā uttariṃ pañham pucchey-
yuṃ ||1 kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu2 khvāhaṃ tesam añña-
titthiyānam paribbājakānaṃ vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato
assaṃ na ca Bhagavantam abhūtena abbhācikkheyyaṃ
dhammassa cānudhammaṃ vyākareyyaṃ na ca koci
sahadhammiko vādānupāto3 gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgacchey-
yāti || ||
9 Atha kho āyasmā Anurādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā || la || ||
10 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Anurādho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idhāhaṃ bhante Bhagavato avidūre
araññakuṭikāyaṃ viharāmi || || Atha kho bhante sambahulā
aññatitthiyā paribbājakā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || la ||
mam etad avocuṃ || || Yo so āvuso Anurādha tathāgato
uttamapuriso paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathā-
gato imesu catūsu ṭhānesu paññāpayamāno paññāpeti Hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇāti vā ti || ||
11 Evam vuttāham bhante te4 aññatitthiye paribbā-
jake etad avoca || ||5 Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso
paramapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ6 tathāgato aññatra
imehi catūhi ṭhānehi paññāyamāno paññāpeti Hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā || pe || neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
12 Evaṃ vutte bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbajakā mam
etad avocuṃ || || So cāyam bhikkhu navo bhavissati
acirapabbajito thero vā pana bālo avyatto ti || ||
13 Atha kho mam bhante te aññatitthiyā paribbājakā
navavādena ca bālavādena ca apasādetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pak-
kamiṃsu || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B uttaripuccheyyuṃ here and further on
2 B na here and further on
3 vādānuvādo here and further on
4 Missing in S1-3
5 So B; S1-3 avocuṃ
6 Missing in S1-3
[page 118]
118 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 86. 14
14 Tassa mayham bhante acirapakkantesu tesu añña-
titthiyesu paribbājakesu etad ahosi || || Sa ce kho maṃ te
aññatitthiyā paribbajakā uttariṃ pañham puccheyyuṃ ||
kathaṃ vyākaramāno nu khvāhaṃ tesam aññatitthiyānaṃ
paribbājakānam vuttavādī ceva Bhagavato assaṃ na ca
Bhagavantam abbhācikkheyyaṃ dhammassa cānudham-
maṃ vyākareyyaṃ na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānupāto
gārayhaṃ ṭhānam āgaccheyyāti || ||
15 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
16 Tasmā ti ha || pa ||
17 Evam passam || la || nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
18 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpaṃ tathāgato ti
samanupassasītī || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanaṃ || pe || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || || Viññāṇaṃ
tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
19 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || Rūpasmiṃ tathāgatoti
samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra rūpā tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Vedanāya || pe || aññatra vedanāya || Saññāya || pe || aññatra
saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || aññatra saṅkhārehi || || Viññāṇas-
miṃ tathāgato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Aññatra viññāṇā tathagato ti samanupassasīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
20 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Anurādha || ayaṃ so arūpī avedano
asaññī asaṅkhāro aviññāṇo tathāgato ti samanupassasī-
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
21 Ettha ca te Anurādha diṭṭhevadhamme saccato
thetato tathāgato anupalabbhiyamāno || kallaṃ nu te taṃ
veyyākaraṇaṃ Yo so āvuso tathāgato uttamapuriso para-
mapuriso paramapattipatto taṃ tathāgato aññatra imehi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 119]
XXII. 87. 6] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 119
catūhi ṭhānehi paññāpayamāno paññāpeti1 Hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā || na hoti || hoti ca na ca hoti || neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti2 || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
22 Sādhu sādhu Anurādha pubbe cāham Anurādha
etarahi ca dukkhañceva3 paññāpemi dukkhassa ca niro-
dhanti || ||
SN_3,22(1).87 (5) Vakkali
1 Evam me sutaṃ || ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vakkali kumbha-
kāranivesane viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || ||
Etha4 tumhe āvuso yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha ||
upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā
vandatha || || Vakkhali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito
bāḷhagilāno || so5 Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatīti || || Evaṃ
ca vadetha Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Vakkali
bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa
paṭissutvā yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || || Upasaṅka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃ-
su || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito
bāḷhagilāno || so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati || evañ ca
pana6 vadeti Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Vakkali
bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena || ||
6 Atha kho Bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaram ādāya
yenāyasmā Vakkali tenupasaṅkami || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 paññāpeyya
2 More complete in S1-3
3 B dukkhasaccañca
4 S1-3 atha
5 S1-3 omit so
6 S1-3 omit pana
[page 120]
120 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 7
7 Addasā kho āyasmā Vakkali Bhagavantaṃ dūrato
āgacchantaṃ || disvāna mañcake samadhosi1 || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad avoca || ||
Alaṃ Vakkali mā tvaṃ mañcake samadhosi || santimāni
āsanāni paññattāni tatthāhaṃ nisīdissamīti || || Nisīdi
Bhagavā paññatte āsane || ||
9 Nisajja kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad
avoca || || Kacci te Vakkali khamanīyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ
kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikkamanti no abhikkamanti ||
paṭikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no abhikkamo ti || ||
Na me bhante khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || bāḷhā me
dukkhā vedanā abhikkamanti no paṭikkamanti abhikkamo-
sānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
10 Kacci te Vakkali na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vippaṭi-
sāroti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccaṃ anappako ca
vippaṭisāro ti ||
11 Kacci pana taṃ2 Vakkali attā sīlato na upavadatī-
ti || ||
Na kho mam bhante attā sīlato3 upavadatīti || ||
12 No ce4 kira tam Vakkali attā sīlato upavadati || atha
kiñci5 te kukkuccaṃ ko ca vippaṭisāro ti || ||
Cirapaṭikāham bhante Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅ-
kamitukāmo natthi ca me kāyasmiṃ tāvatikā balamattā ||
yāyāhaṃ6 Bhagavantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkameyyan
ti || ||
13 Alaṃ Vakkali kiṃ te iminā pūtikāyena diṭṭhena || ||
Yo kho7 Vakkali dhammam passati so mam passati || yo
maṃ passati so dhammam passati || || Dhammaṃ hi
Vakkali passanto maṃ passati maṃ passanto dhammam
passati || ||
14 Taṃ kiṃ maññāsi Vakkali || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; S1 samañcopi, S3 samavopi (S. p.125, n.2)
2 S1-3 tvaṃ
3 S3 inserts na here and further on
4 B ca
5 S1-3 kasmiñca, and S3 omits ko ca
6 B yāvatāhaṃ
7 Omitted by S1-3
[page 121]
XXII. 87. 25] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 121
Aniccaṃ bhante1 || ||
Vedanā || pe || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ va
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante2 || ||
15-16 Tasmā ti || || Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam ittha-
ttāyāti pajānātīti || ||
17 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkaliṃ iminā
ovādena ovaditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena Gijjhakūṭo pabbato
tena pakkāmi3 || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali acirapakkantassa Bhaga-
vato upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || || Etha maṃ āvuso mañcakam
āropetvā yena Isigilipassakālasilā4 tenupasaṅkamatha ||
kathaṃ hi nāma mādiso antaraghare kālam kattabbaṃ
maññeyyā ti || ||
19 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa
paṭissutvā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim mañcakam āropetvā yena
Isigilipassakālasilā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || ||
20 Atha kho Bhagavā taṃ ca rattiṃ taṃ ca divasāvase-
saṃ5 Gijjhakūṭe pabbate vihāsi || ||
21 Atha kho dve devatāyo abhikkantāya rattiyā abhik-
kantavaṇṇā kevalakappaṃ Gijjhakūṭaṃ obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || la || ekam antaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu || ||
22 Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu vimokkhāya cete-
tīti || ||
23 Aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || So hi
nūna6 bhante suvimutto vimuccissatīti || ||
24 Idam avocuṃ tā devatāyo || || Idaṃ vatvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantara-
dhāyiṃsu || ||
25 Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhū
āmantesi || || Etha tumhe bhikkhave yena Vakkali bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkamatha || upasaṅkamitvā Vakkalim bhikkhum
evaṃ vadetha || || Suṇāvuso7 Vakkali Bhagavato vacanaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 Less abridged in B
3 B tenupasaṅkami
4 B isigilipassaṃ always S1-3 isigilissa
5 B divāvasesaṃ
6 S1-3 insert so always
7 B inserts tvaṃ
[page 122]
122 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 26
dvinnaṃ ca devatānaṃ || imam āvuso rattiṃ dve devatāyo
abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaṇṇā kevalakappam
Gijjhakūṭam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā {tenupasaṅkamiṃsu} ||
{upasaṅkamitvā} Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ
aṭṭhaṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā kho āvuso ekā devatā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu
vimokkhāya cetetīti || || Aparā devatā Bhagavantaṃ etad
avoca || || So hi nūna bhante vimutto vimuccissatīti || ||
Bhagavā ca taṃ āvuso Vakkali evam āha || || Mā bhāyi
Vakkali mā bhāyi Vakkali apāpakaṃ te maraṇam bhavissati
apāpikā kālakiriyāti || ||
26 Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paṭissutvā
yenāyasmā Vakkali tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim etad avocuṃ || || Suṇāvuso Vakkali
Bhagavato vacanaṃ dvinnañ ca devatānan ti || ||
27 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || ||
Etha maṃ āvuso mañcakā oropetha kathaṃ hi nāma
mādiso ucce āsane nisīditvā tassa Bhagavato sāsanam
sotabbam maññeyā ti || ||
28 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa
paṭissutvā āyasmantaṃ Vakkalim mañcakā oropesuṃ1 || ||
29 Imaṃ āvuso rattim dve devatāyo abhikkantāya
rattiyā || la || ekam antaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu || || Ekam antaṃ ṭhitā
kho āvuso ekā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vakkali
bhante bhikkhu vimokkhāya cetetīti || || Aparā devatā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || So hi nūna bhante suvimutto
vimuccissatīti || || Bhagavā ca tam āvuso Vakkali2 evam
āha || || Mā bhāyi Vakkali mā bhāyi apāpakan te maraṇam
bhavissati3 apāpikā kālakiriyā ti || ||
30 Tena hāvuso mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā
vandatha || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito
bāḷhagilāno so Bhagavato pāde sīrasā vandati evañca
vadeti4 || || Rūpam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccaṃ
dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando vā
rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B voro-
2 B Vakkaliṃ
3 S1-3 bhavissatīti
4 B vadetha
[page 123]
XXII. 87. 36] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 123
Vedanā aniccā tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi || pe1 || ||
Saññā || Saṅkhārā1 || ||
Viññāṇam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi || yad
aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccaṃ taṃ
dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando
vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmīti || ||
31 Evam āvuso ti kho te bhikkhū āyasmato Vakkalissa
paṭissutvā pakkamiṃsu || ||
32 Atha kho āyasmā Vakkali acirapakkantesu tesu
bhikkhūsu sattham āharesi2 || ||
33 Atha kho te bhikkhū yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu3 || ||
Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Vakkali bhante bhikkhu4 ābādhiko dukkhito
bāḷhagilāno so Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati evaṃ ca
vadeti || || Rūpam aniccaṃ tāham bhante na kaṅkhāmi5 ||
yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi || yad aniccam
dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me tattha chando
vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmī || || Vedanā ||
Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā} || || Viññāṇam aniccaṃ tāham bhante
na kaṅkhāmi || yad aniccam taṃ dukkhanti na vicikicchāmi ||
yad aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ natthi me6
tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā ti na vicikicchāmīti || ||
34 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Āyāma
bhikkhave yena Isigilipassakālasilā7 tenupasaṅkamissāmi8 ||
yattha Vakkalinā9 kulaputtena sattham āharitan ti || ||
Evam bhante ti kho te bhikkhū Bhagavato paccasso-
suṃ || ||
35 Atha kho Bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ
yena Isigilipassakālasilā {tenupasaṅkami} || ||
36 Addasā kho Bhagavā āyasmantaṃ Vakkaliṃ dūrato
va mañcake vivattakkhandhaṃsemānaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 S1-3 āhāresi
3 Complete in S1-3
4 Missing in B
5 B kamāmi; this part is abridged in S1-3
6 S1-3 te and S3 repeats natthite
7 S1-3 -passa- and in 35 -passaṃ- as B
8 B -issāma
9 B adds ma
[page 124]
124 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 87. 37
37 Tena kho pana samayena dhumāyitattaṃ timirāyi-
tattaṃ gacchateva purimaṃ disaṃ || gacchati pacchimaṃ
disaṃ gacchati uttaraṃ disaṃ gacchati dakkhiṇaṃ disaṃ
gacchati uddham1 gacchati adho1 gacchati anudisaṃ2 || ||
38 Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi || || Passatha no
tumhe bhikkhave etam3 dhumāyitattam timirāyitattaṃ
gacchateva purimaṃ disaṃ || la || gacchati anudisanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
39 Eso kho bhikkhave Māro pāpimā Vakkalissa kulapu-
tassa viññāṇam samannesati4 Kattha Vakkalissa kulaput-
tassa viññāṇam patiṭṭhitan ti || ||
40 Apatiṭṭhitena ca bhikkhave viññāṇena Vakkali kula-
putto parinibbuto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).88 (6) Assaji
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veḷuvane
Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Assaji Kassapakā-
rāme5 viharati ābhādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || ||
3 Atha kho āyasmā Assaji upaṭṭhāke āmantesi || || Etha
tumhe āvuso yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkamatha || upasaṅ-
kamitvā mama vacanena Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatha ||
Assaji bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno || so
Bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati ||6 evañca vadetha Sādhu
kira bhante Bhagavā yena Assaji bhikkhu tenupasaṅkamatu
anukampam upādāyāti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti te bhikkhū āyasmato Assajissa paṭis-
sutvā yena Bhagavā7 tenupasaṅkamiṃsu || upasaṅkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaṃ nisīdiṃsu || ||
5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū Bhagavantam
etad avocuṃ || || Assaji bhante bhikkhu ābādhiko || pa ||
Sādhu kira bhante Bhagavā yena Assaji bhikkhu tenu-
pasaṅkamatu anukampam upādāyāti || ||
Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tunhībhāvena || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds disaṃ
2 S1-3 add gacchati
3 B evaṃ
4 B samandesati
5 S3 kassapa ārāme
6 S1 vandatīti
7 Missing in S3 from etha tumhe āvuso (by mistake)
[page 125]
XXII. 88. 15-18] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 125
6 Atha kho Bhagavā sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallāṇā vuṭ-
ṭhito yenāyasmā Assaji tenupasaṅkami || ||
7 Addasā kho āyasmā Assaji Bhagavantaṃ dūrato āgac-
chantaṃ || disvāna mañcake1 samadhosi2 || ||
8 Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmato Assajissa etad avoca || ||
Alam Assaji mā tvaṃ mañcake samadhosi || santimāni
āsanāni paññattāni tatthāham nisīdissāmīti || ||
9 Nisīdi Bhagavā paññatte āsane || nisajja kho Bhagavā
āyasmantam Assajim etad avoca || || Kacci te Assaji kha-
maniyaṃ kacci yāpanīyaṃ || la || paṭikkamosānam paññāyati
no abhikkamo ti || ||
10 Na me bhante khamanīyaṃ || la || abhikkamosānaṃ
paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
11 Kacci te Assaji na kiñci kukkuccaṃ na koci vippaṭisāro
ti || ||
Taggha me bhante anappakaṃ kukkuccam anappako
vippaṭisārotī || ||
12 Kacci pana taṃ3 Assaji attā sīlato na upavadatīti4 || ||
Na kho mam bhante attā sīlato upavadatīti || ||
13 No ce kira tam Assaji attā sīlato upavadati atha
kiñca te kukkuccaṃ ko ca vippaṭisāro ti || ||
Pubbe khvāham5 bhante gelaññaṃ6 passambhetvā
passambhetvā kāyasaṅkhāre vippatisārī7 viharāmi || so
taṃ8 samādhiṃ na paṭilabhāmi || tassa mayham bhante
taṃ samādhim appaṭilabhato evaṃ hoti no no9 ca khvā-
ham10 parihāyāmīti || ||
14 Ye te Assaji samaṇabrāhmaṇā samādhisārakā samā-
dhisāmaññā tesan taṃ samādhiṃ11 appaṭilabhataṃ evaṃ
hoti no cassu mayam parihāyāmā ti || ||
15-18 Taṃ kim maññasi Assaji rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ
vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 mañcako here only
2 S1-3 have distinctly samañcopi here and further on
3 B kicci-; S1-3 -te
4 S1-3 upavadantīti
5 B svāham
6 B gelaññe
7 Missing in B
8 B so haṃ
9 S3 does not repeat no
10 B svāham
11 S1-3 samādhi
[page 126]
126 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 88. 19
19 Viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
20 Tasmātiha || pa ||
21 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāti || ||
22 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccāti pajānāti ||
anajjhositā ti1 pajānāti || anabhinanditāti pajānāti || || Duk-
khaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccāti pajānāti || || anajjho-
sitāti pajānāti || anabhinanditā ti pajānāti || || Adukkham
asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati sā aniccā ti pajānāti || la ||
anabhinanditāti pajānāti || ||
23 So sukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ
vediyati || || Dukkhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati visaññutto naṃ
vediyati || || Adukkham asukhaṃ ce vedanaṃ vediyati
visaññutto naṃ vediyati || ||
24 So kāyapariyantikaṃ2 vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāya-
pariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || || Jīvitapari-
yantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyāmīti pajānāti || || Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapari-
yādānā idheva sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavis-
santīti pajānāti || ||
25 Seyyathāpi Assaji telañca paṭicca vaṭṭiṃ ce paṭicca
telapadīpo jhāyeyya || tasseva telassa ca vaṭṭiyā ca pariyā-
dānā anāhāro nibbāyeyya || || Evam eva kho Assaji bhikkhu
kāyapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyamāno kāyapariyantikaṃ
vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajānāti || jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ
vediyamāno jīvitapariyantikaṃ vedanaṃ vediyāmīti pajā-
nāti || || Kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā idheva
sabbavedayitāni anabhinanditāni sītibhavissantīti pajānā-
tīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).89 (7) Khemo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Kosam-
biyaṃ viharanti Ghositārāme || ||
2 Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Khemako Badarikā-
rāme viharati ābādhiko dukkhito bāḷhagilāno3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 anajjhāsitā always, S3 here only
2 B inserts ce
3 This word and the sequel is missing in S3, which substitutes
evam āhaṃsu kacci te avuso khammanīyam kacci yāpanīyam kacci
dukkhā vedanā gilāno (mistake of copyist)
[page 127]
XXII. 89. 8] THERAVAGGA CATUTTHO 127
3 Atha kho therā bhikkhū sāyaṇhasamayam paṭisallāṇā
vuṭṭhitā āyasmantaṃ Dāsakam āmantesuṃ || || Ehi tvam
āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenupasaṅkama ||
upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ vadehi || || The-
rā taṃ āvuso evam āhaṃsu || || Kacci te āvuso khamanīyam
kacci yāpanīyaṃ kacci dukkhā vedanā paṭikammanti no
abhikkamanti || paṭikammosānam paññāyati no abhikka-
moti || ||
4 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dasako therānam bhik-
khūnaṃ paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Khemakaṃ etad avoca || ||
Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || || Kacci te āvuso
khamanīyaṃ || la || no abhikkamo ti || ||
5 Na me āvuso khamanīyaṃ na yāpanīyaṃ || || la || ||
abhikkamosānam paññāyati no paṭikkamo ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
Khemako avuso bhikkhu evam āha || || Na me āvuso kha-
manīyam || la || abhikkamosānaṃ paññāyati no paṭikkamo
ti || ||
7 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu tenu-
pasaṅkama ||1 upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum evaṃ
vadehi || || Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evam ahaṃsu || ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyya-
thīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho sañ-
ñupādānakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇūpā-
dānakkhandho || imesu āyasmā Khemako pañcasu upādā-
nakkhandhesu kiñci attānaṃ2 vā attaniyaṃ vā samanu-
passasīti || ||
8 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānam bhikkhū-
nam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami || upa-
saṅkamitvā || la || Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃ-
su || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyatthīdaṃ || rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānak-
khandho || || Imesu āyasmā Khemako pañcasu upādānak-
khandhesu kiñci attānam vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassatīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kamatu
2 B attaṃ always
[page 128]
128 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 9
9 Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyathīdam rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññānupādānak-
khandho || imesu khvāham1 āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhan-
dhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupas-
sāmīti || ||
10 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū tenu-
pasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || ||
Khemako āvuso bhikkhu evam āha || || Pañcime āvuso upā-
dānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdam rūpupādā-
nakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || imesu khvā-
ham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ
va attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmīti || ||
11 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkama || {upasaṅkamitvā} Khemakam bhikkhum
evaṃ vadehi || || Therā taṃ āvuso Khemaka evaṃ āhaṃsu ||
Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyya-
thīdam rūpupādānakkhandho pe || viññāṇupādānakkhando || ||
No ce kirāyasmā Khemako imesu pañcasu upādānakkhan-
dhesu kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassati ||
tenāyasmā Khemako arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
12 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānaṃ bhik-
khūnam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako || pa || therā taṃ
āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || || Pañcime āvuso upādā-
nakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā || seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānak-
khandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || || No ce kirā-
yasmā Khemako imesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu kiñci
attānam vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassati || tenahāyasmā
Khemako arahaṃ khīṇāsavo ti || ||
13 Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā Bhagavatā ||
seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānak-
khandho || Imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhan-
dhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā samanupassāmi2 ||
na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo || || Api ca me āvuso pañcasu
upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham3 asmīti
ca na4 samanupassāmī ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 khohaṃ; S3 āyasmāhaṃ
2 S1-3 -ssāmīti
3 S1 ayamāham
4 B na ca
[page 129]
XXII. 89. 18] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 129
14 Atha kho āyasmā Dāsako yena therā bhikkhū || pa ||
there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Khemako āvuso bhikkhu
evam āha || || Pañcime āvuso upādānakkhandhā vuttā
Bhagavatā seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññā-
ṇupādānakkhandho || imesu khvāham āvuso pañcasu upā-
dānakkhandhesu na kiñci attānaṃ vā attaniyaṃ vā sama-
nupassāmi || na camhi arahaṃ khīṇāsavo || || Api ca me
āvuso pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigataṃ ayam
aham asmīti na ca samanupassāmiti1 || ||
15 Ehi tvaṃ āvuso Dāsaka yena Khemako bhikkhu
tenupasaṅkama || upasaṅkamitvā Khemakam bhikkhum
evaṃ vadehi || || Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam āhaṃsu || ||
Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti
vadesi || || Rūpam asmīti vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti va-
desi || Vedanam ||2 Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre ||2 Viññāṇam asmīti
vadesi aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso
Khemaka asmīti vadesi3 kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
16 Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Dāsako therānam bhik-
khūnam paṭissutvā yenāyasmā Khemako tenupasaṅkami ||
upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Khemakam etad avoca || ||
Therā tam āvuso Khemaka evam ahaṃsu || || Yam etam
āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesi || ||
Rūpam asmīti vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadesi || Veda-
naṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhare || Viññāṇam asmīti vadesi añ-
ñatra viññāṇā asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka
asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
17 Alaṃ āvuso Dāsaka kiṃ imāya sandhāvanikāya āha-
rāvuso daṇḍam aham eva yena therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅ-
kamissāmīti || ||
18 Atha kho āyasmā Khemako daṇḍam olumbha yena
therā bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā therehi
bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ
sārāṇīyam vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph exists in S3, but included between (), viz.,
erased from -passāmīti in the preceding till samanu in this
2 Complete in S1-3
3 S3 vadesīti, the remainder wanting
[page 130]
130 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 19
19 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Khemakaṃ
therā bhikkhu etad avocuṃ || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka
asmīti vadesi kim etam asmīti vadesi || || Rūpam asmīti
vadesi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadesi || Vedanaṃ || pe || Sañ-
ñaṃ || {Saṅkhāre} || Viññāṇam asmīti vadesi aññatra viññāṇā
asmīti vadesi || || Yam etam āvuso Khemaka asmīti vadesi
kim etam asmīti vadesīti || ||
20 Na khvāham āvuso rūpam asmīti vadāmi || || Na ve-
danaṃ || || Na saññaṃ || || Na saṅkhāre || || Na1 viññāṇam ||
{Na pi} aññatra viññāṇā asmīti vadāmi || || Api ca me āvuso
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham
asmīti ca na samanupassāmi2 || ||
21 Seyyathāpi āvuso uppalassa vā padumassa vā puṇḍarī-
kassa vā gandho3 || Yo nu kho evaṃ vadeyya Pattassa
gandhoti Vaṇṇassa4 gandho pi Kiñjakkhassa5 gandho ti
vā sammā nu kho so vadamāno vadeyyāti || ||
No hetam āvuso || ||
Yathā katham panāvuso sammāvyākaramāno vyākarey-
yāti || ||
Pupphassa gandhoti kho āvuso sammāvyākaramāno
vyākareyyāti || ||
22 Evam eva khvāham āvuso na rūpam asmīti vadāmi
na pi aññatra rūpā asmīti vadāmi || || Na vedanam || Na
saññam || Na saṅkhāre || Na viññāṇam asmīti vadāmi na pi
annatra viññāṇā asmīti vadāmi || || Api ca me āvuso pañ-
casu upādānakkhandhesu asmīti adhigatam ayam aham
asmīti ca na samanupassāmi || ||
23 Kiñcāpi āvuso ariyasāvakassa pañcorambhāgiyāni
saññojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti || atha khvassa6 hoti yeva
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato7 Asmīti māno
Asmīti chando Asmīti anusayo asamūhato || || so aparena
samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayānu-
passī8 viharati || || Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert pi
2 S1-3 omit samanu
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 vaṇṭassa, ṭ being erased in S1
5 S1 kijjhakkhassa; B kiñcakkharāya
6 S1 khoassa; S3 khossa
7 S1-3 aṇu- always
8 So B always; S1 udayabbyānu-; S3 udayabyānu- here;
[page 131]
XXII. 89. 28] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 131
rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || || Iti saññā || || Iti
{saṅkhārā} || || Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti
viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
24 Tassimesu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbayā-
nupassino viharato yo1 pissa hoti pañcasu upādānakkhan-
dhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno Asmīti chando Asmīti
anusayo asamūhato so pi samugghātaṃ gacchati || ||
25 Seyyathāpi āvuso vattham saṃkiliṭṭham malaggahi-
taṃ tam enaṃ sāmikā rajakassa anuppadajjeyyuṃ || tam
enaṃ rajako ūse2 vā khāre vā gomaye vā samam madditvā3
acche udake vikkhāleti || ||
26 Kiñcāpi taṃ hoti vattham parisuddhaṃ pariyodātaṃ ||
atha khvassa hoti yo ca4 anusahagato ūsagandho vā khāra-
gandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato || tam enaṃ rajako
sāmikānaṃ deti || tam enam sāmikā gandhaparibhāvite
karaṇḍake nikkhipanti || yo pissa hoti anusahagato ūsa-
gandho vā khāragandho vā gomayagandho vā asamūhato
so pi samugghātaṃ gacchati || ||
27 Evam eva kho āvuso kiñcāpi ariyasāvakassa pañ-
corambhāgiyāni saññojanāni pahīnāni bhavanti || atha
khvassa hoti yo ca5 pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusa-
hagato Asmīti māno Asmīti chando Asmīti anusayo asamu-
hato || so aparena samayena pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu
udayabbayānupassī viharati || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samu-
dayo iti rūpassa atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || || Iti sañña || ||
Iti saṅkhārā || || Iti viññāṇaṃ || iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti
viññāṇassa atthagamo ti || || Tassa imesu pañcasu upādā-
nakkhandhesu udayabbayānupassino viharato yo pissa hoti
pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu anusahagato Asmīti māno
Asmīyi chando Asmīti anusayo asamūhato so pi samugghā-
taṃ gacchati || ||
28 Evaṃ vutte therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Khemakam
etad avocuṃ || || Na kho pana mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ Khe-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
further on, S1 udayabyayānu; S3 -byāyānu, the first ā being erased
1 S1-3 ye
2 B use usa- always
3 B saṃmadhitvā
4 Missing in S3
5 S1 ye-; S3 yeva
[page 132]
132 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 89. 29
makam vihesā apekhā pucchimha ||1 api cāyasmā Khemako
pahoti tassa Bhagavato sāsanaṃ vitthārena ācikkhituṃ
desetuṃ paññāpetuṃ paṭṭhapetuṃ vivarituṃ vibhajituṃ
uttānīkatuṃ || ||
29 Tayidaṃ āyasmatā Khemakena tassa Bhagavato
sāsanam vitthārena ācikkhitaṃ desitaṃ paññāpitaṃ paṭ-
ṭhapitam vivaṭaṃ vibhattaṃ2 uttānīkatanti || ||
30 Idam avoca āyasmā Khemako || attamanā therā
bhikkhū āyasmato Khemakassa bhāsitam abhinanduṃ || ||
31 Imasmiñ ca pana veyyākaraṇasmiṃ bhaññamāne
saṭṭhimattānam therānam bhikkhūnam anupādāya āsa-
vehi cittāni mucciṃsu āyasmato Khemakassa cāti3 || ||
SN_3,22(1).90 (8) Channo
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ sambahulā therā bhikkhū Bārāṇasi-
yaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Channo4 sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭi-
sallaṇā vuṭṭhito avāpuranam ādāya vihārena vihāram
upasaṅkamitvā there bhikkhū etad avoca || || Ovadantu
mam āyasmanto therā anusāsantu mam āyasmantā therā
karontu me āyasmanto therā dhammiṃ kathaṃ yathāhaṃ
dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
3 Evaṃ vutte therā bhikkhū āyasmantaṃ Channam5
etad avocuṃ || || Rūpaṃ kho āvuso Channa aniccaṃ ||
vedanā aniccā || saññā aniccā || saṅkhārā aniccā || viññāṇam
aniccaṃ || || Rūpam anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā ||
viññāṇam anattā || || Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe
dhammā anattā ti || ||
4 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa etad ahosi || || Mayham
pi kho etam evaṃ hoti || || Rūpam aniccaṃ || vedanā ||
saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || || Rūpaṃ anattā ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B; S1-3 vihesāpekhā āpucchimhā
2 B vivaritaṃ vibhajitaṃ
3 S1-3 Khemakassāti
4 B Chando in the first six numbers, afterwards Channo
5 S1-3 puts therā bhikkhū after āyasmantaṃ Channaṃ
[page 133]
XXII. 90. 10] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO 133
vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam || ||1 Sabbe saṅkhārā
aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
5 Atha ca2 pana me sabbasaṅkhārasamathe sabbū-
padhipaṭinissagge taṇhakkhaye virāge nirodhe nibbāne
cittaṃ na pakkhandati nappasīdati na santiṭṭhati na
vimuccati3 paritassanā || upādānam uppajjati paccudāvat-
tati mānasam || atha ko4 carahi me attāti || na kho panetaṃ
dhammam passato hoti5 || || Ko nu kho me tathā dhammaṃ
deseyya yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
6 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ
kho āyasmā Ānando Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme ||
satthu ceva {saṃvaṇṇito} sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrah-
macārīnaṃ || pahoti ca me āyasmā Ānando tathā dhammaṃ
desetuṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyaṃ || || Atthi ca me
āyasmante Ānande tāvatikā visaṭṭhi6 yaṃ nūnāham yenā-
yasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyan ti || ||
7 Atha kho āyasmā Channo senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā
pattacīvaram ādāya yena Kosambi-Ghositārāmo yenāyasmā
Ānando tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā Ānan-
dena saddhiṃ sammodi || pa || ||
8 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Channo āyasman-
tam Ānandam etad avoca || || Ekam idāham āvuso Ānanda
samayam Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharāmi Isipatane Migadāye || ||
Atha khvāham āvuso sāyaṇhasamayaṃ patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito
avāpūraṇam ādāya vihārena vihāram7 upasaṅkamitvā there
bhikkhū etad avocaṃ8 || || Ovadantu mam āyasmanto therā
dhammiṃ kathaṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
9 Evaṃ vutte mam āvuso therā bhikkhū etad avocuṃ || ||
Rūpaṃ kho āvuso Channa aniccaṃ || vedanā || saññā || saṅ-
khārā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || || Rūpam anattā || || la || || viññā-
ṇam anattā || || Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā
anattā ti || ||
10 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Mayham pi kho
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat aniccā and anattā every time
2 Missing in S1-3
3 B nādhimuccati
4 S1-3 kho always
5 B na kho panevaṃ dhammaṃ passatoti
6 S1-3 visaṭṭhiṃ
7 B inserts upasaṅkami
8 B avoca; S3 avocuṃ
[page 134]
134 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 90. 11
etam evam hoti Rūpam aniccam || pa || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || ||
Rūpam anattā || vedanā || saññā || saṅkhārā || viññāṇam
anattā || sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā sabbe dhammā anattā ti || ||
11 Atha ca pana me sabbasaṅkhārasamathe sabbūpadhi-
paṭinissagge taṇhakkhaye virāge nirodhe nibbāne cittaṃ
na pakkhandati nappasīdati1 na santiṭṭhati na vimuccati
paritassanā || upādānam uppajjati paccudāvattati mānasaṃ ||
atha ko carahi me attā ti || na kho panetaṃ dhammam
passato hoti2 || || Ko3 nu kho me tathā dhammaṃ deseyya
yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
12 Tassa mayham āvuso etad ahosi || || Ayaṃ kho
āyasmā Ānanda Kosambiyaṃ viharati Ghositārāme ||
satthu ceva saṃvaṇṇito sambhāvito ca viññūnaṃ sabrah-
macārīnaṃ pahoti ca me āyasmā Ānando tathā dhammaṃ
desetuṃ yathāhaṃ dhammam passeyyaṃ || || Atthi ca me
āyasmante Ānande tāvatikā visaṭṭhi yaṃ nunāhaṃ yenā-
yasmā Ānando tenupasaṅkameyyan ti || ||
13 Ovadatu maṃ āyasmā Ānando anusāsatu maṃ
āyasmā Ānando karotu me āyasmā Ānando dhammiṃ
kathaṃ yathāham dhammam passeyyan ti || ||
14 Ettakena pi mayam4 āyasmato Channassa atta-
manā || api nāma tam5 āyasmā Channo āvi6 akāsi khilam
pabhindi || odahāvuso Channa sotam || bhabbo7 si8 dhammaṃ
viññātun ti || ||
15 Atha kho āyasmato Channassa tāvatakeneva9 uḷāram
pītipāmujjam uppajji10 || || Bhabbo kirasmi dhammaṃ viñ-
ñātun ti || ||
16 Sammukhā me taṃ āvuso Channa Bhagavato sutaṃ
sammukhā ca11 paṭiggahitaṃ Kaccānagottam bhikkhum
ovadantassa || || Dvayanissito khvāyaṃ Kaccāna12 loko
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 nappassīdati; S3 na saṃpasīdati
2 B paneva dhammam passato
3 S1-3 kho
4 B mayhaṃ
5 S1-3 abhiraddhāmakkham instead of apināmataṃ
6 S1-3 āvim
7 B bhindi, perhaps chindi
8 B tvaṃ
9 S1-3 tāvatakodeva
10 B uppajjati
11 Missing in S1-3
12 S1-3 Kaccāyana always
[page 135]
XXII. 91. 3] THERAVAGGO CATUTTHO. 135
yebhuyyena atthi tañceva natthi tañ ca || || Lokasamuda-
yaṃ kho Kaccāna yathābhūtam sammappaññāya passato
yā loke natthitā sā na hoti || loka nirodhaṃ kho1 Kaccāna
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā loke atthitā sā2
na hoti || || Upāyupādānābhinivesavinibandho khāyaṃ3
Kaccāna loko yebhuyyena || tañcāyam upāyupādānaṃ cetaso
adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā4 na upeti na upādiyati || nādhiṭ-
ṭhāti5 Attā me ti || || Dukkham eva uppajjamānam uppaj-
jati dukkhaṃ niruddhamānaṃ nirujjhatīti na kaṅkhati na
vicikicchati aparapaccayā ñāṇam evassa ettha hoti || || Ettā-
vatā kho Kaccāna sammādiṭṭhi hoti || ||
17 Sabbam atthīti kho Kaccāna ayam eko anto || Sabbam
natthīti ayaṃ dutiyo anto || || Ete te Kaccāna ubho ante
anupagamma majjhena Tathāgato dhammaṃ deseti || ||
Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo
hoti || || Avijjāya tveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhārani-
rodho || pa || Evam etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa
nirodho hoti || ||
18 Evam etam6 āvuso Ānanda hoti7 yesaṃ āyasman-
tānaṃ tādisā8 sabrahmacāriyo anukampakā atthakāmā
ovādakā anusāsakā || idaṃ ca pana me āyasmato Ānandassa
dhammadesanaṃ sutvā dhammo abhisameto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).91 (9) Rāhulo (1)9
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Rāhulo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavan-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 Missing in S1-3
3 S1-3 -dānā (S3-danā-) vinivesanakhandho kho yaṃ
4 B -nusayaṃ
5 S3 na adhiṭṭhāti
6 S1-3 Evañcate
7 S1-3 honti
8 S1-3 āyasmantādisā
9 This sūtra and the next are mere repetitions of the two
last suttas (21 and 22) of the XVIIIth Saṃyutta (Rāhula)
in the Nidāna-vaggo, entitled there Anusaya and Apagatam
(see Vol. II. pp. 252-3)
[page 136]
136 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 91. 4
tam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbani-
mittesu ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Rāhula rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā
hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ
Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati ||
5-7 Yā {kāci} vedanā || pe || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci
saṅkhārā || pe || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ va bahiddhā va || pa || || Sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam
mama Neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā na hontīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).92 (10) Rāhulo (2).
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rāhulo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato imasmiñca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabba-
nimittesu ahaṃkara-mamaṃkara-mānāpagataṃ1 māna-
saṃ hoti vidhāsamatikkantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
4 Yam kiñci Rāhula rūpaṃ || pe ||2 yam dūre santike vā
sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅ-
khārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānagatapaccuppannam
ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ
vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ
Netam mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti || evam etaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ṃ
2 Less abbreviated in B
[page 137]
XXII. 93. 4] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 137
yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto
hoti || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Rāhula jānato evam passato imasmiñca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca1 sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāra-mānāpagatam2 mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatik-
kantaṃ santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
Theravaggo catuttho3 ||
Tatruddānam bhavati4 || ||
Ānando Tisso Yamako ||
Anurādho ca Vakkali ||
Assajī Khemako Channo5 ||
Rāhulo apare duve6 ||
Vaggo tena pavuccati7 || ||
CHAPTER V PUPPHAVAGGO8 PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).93 (1) Nadī
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || || voca || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave nadī pabbateyyā ohāriṇī duraṅ-
gamā sīghasotā || || Tassā ubhosu tīresu9 kāsā ce pi jātā
assu || te naṃ10 ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Kusā ce pi jātā assu ||
te naṃ ajjholambeyyum || || Babbajā11 ce pi jātā assu || te
nam ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Bīraṇā ce pi jātā assu || te nam
ajjholambeyyuṃ || || Rukkhā ce pi jātā assu || te nam
ajjholambeyyuṃ || ||
4 Tassā puriso sotena vuyhamāno kase ce pi gaṇheyya
te palujjeyyuṃ || so tato nidānaṃ anayavyasanam āpajjey-
ya || || Kuse ce pi gaṇheyya || ||12 Babbaje ce pi gaṇheyya12 || ||
Bīraṇe ce pi gaṇheyya || ||12 Rukkhe ce pi gaṇheyya || te
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vā
2 S1-3 ahiṃ- mamiṃ- here and before
3 S1-3 -vaggo samatto
4 B Udānam instead of Tatr-
5 B Assajī Khemo Dāsako Channo
6 S1-3 dveti
7 S1-3 omit vaggo- -ti
8 B Buddha-vaggo
9 S1-3 ubhato tīre
10 S1-3 na or naṃ
11 B pabbajā always
12 Complete in S1-3
[page 138]
138 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 93. 5
palujjeyyuṃ || so tato nidānaṃ anayavyasanam āpajjey-
ya || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano ariyā-
nam adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme
avinīto sappurisānam adassāvī sappurisadhammassa
akovido sappurisadhamme akovido sappurisadhamme
avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || rūpavantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā rūpam rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Tassa
taṃ rūpam palujjati || so tato nidānam anayavyasanam
āpajjati || ||
6-8 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
9 Viññāṇam attato samanupassati || viññāṇavantaṃ vā
attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || ||
Tassa taṃ viññāṇam palujjati || so tato nidānam anayavya-
sanam āpajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante1 || ||
11-14 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave || pe ||
16 Evam passaṃ || || pe || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānā-
tīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).94 (2) Puppham (or Vaddham)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || || voca || ||
3 Nāham bhikkhave lokena vivadāmi loko ca2 mayā
vivadati || || Na bhikkhave dhammavādī kenaci lokasmiṃ
vivadati || ||
4 Yam bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam
aham pi tam Natthī ti vadāmi || || Yam bhikkhave atthi
sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi tam Atthīti vadāmi || ||
5 Kiñca3 bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānaṃ
yam ahaṃ4 Natthīti vadāmi || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B va; S1-3 insert kho bhikkhave
3 S1-3 Kiñci
4 S1 yaṃmyahaṃ; S3 yaṃmayhaṃ
[page 139]
XXII. 94. 21] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 139
6 Rūpam bhikkhave niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇā-
madhammaṃ natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānaṃ || aham
pi taṃ Natthīti vadāmi || ||
7-9 Vedanā ||1 Saññā || pe || Saṅkhārā1 || ||
10 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmā-
dhammaṃ natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi
taṃ Natthīti vadāmi || ||
11 Idaṃ2 kho bhikkhave natthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍi-
tānam yam aham pi3 Natthīti vadāmi || ||
12 Kiñca bhikkhave atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam
yam aham Atthīti vadāmi || ||
13 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇama-
dhammam atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi taṃ
Atthīti vadāmi || ||
14-16 Vedanā aniccā || la || ||
17 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam
atthi sammataṃ loke paṇḍitānam aham pi tam Atthīti
vadāmi || ||
18 Idaṃ2 kho bhikkhave atthi sammataṃ loke paṇ-
ḍitānam yam aham pi3 Atthīti vadāmi || ||
19 Atthi bhikkhave loke lokadhammo yaṃ Tathāgato
abhisambujjhati4 abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisa-
metvā5 ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati
vibhajeti uttānīkaroti || ||
20 Kiñca6 bhikkhave loke lokadhammo yaṃ Tathāgato
abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā
ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati
uttānīkaroti || ||
21 Rūpam bhikkhave loke lokadhammo taṃ Tathāgato
abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhisametvā
ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati vibhajati
uttānī karoti || || Yo bhikkhave Tathāgatena evam ācikkhi-
yamāne desiyamāne paññāpiyamāne paṭṭhiyamāne vivari-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B inserts ca
3 B inserts taṃ here, omitting yaṃ
4 S1-3 abhisambuddhoti
5 B inserts taṃ
6 B kiñci here only
[page 140]
140 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 94. 22
yamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkayiramāne na jānāti na
passati || tam aham bhikkhave bālam puthujjanam andham
acakkhukam ajānantam apassantaṃ kinti karomi || ||
22 Vedanā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || pe ||
23 Saññā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || ||
24 Saṅkhārā bhikkhave loke lokadhammo || ||
25 Viññānam bhikkhave loke lokadhammo taṃ Tathā-
gato abhisambujjhati abhisameti || abhisambujjhitvā abhi-
sametvā ācikkhati deseti paññāpeti paṭṭhapeti vivarati
vibhajati uttānīkaroti || || Yo bhikkhave Tathāgatena evam
ācikkhiyamāne desiyamāne paññāpiyamāne paṭṭhapiya-
māne vivariyamāne vibhajiyamāne uttānīkayiramāne na
jānāti na passati || tam aham bhikkhave bālam puthujja-
nam andham acakkhukam ajānantam apassantam kinti
karomi || ||
26 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave uppalam vā padumaṃ vā
puṇḍarīkaṃ vā udake jātam udake {saṃvaddhaṃ}1 udakā
{accuggamma} ṭhāti2 anupalittam udakena || ||
27 Evam eva kho bhikkhave Tathāgato loke {saṃvaddho}
lokam abhibhuyya viharati anupalitto lokenāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).95 (3) Pheṇam
1 Ekaṃ samayam Bhagavā Ayojjhāyaṃ3 viharati Gaṅ-
gāya nadiyā tire || ||
2 Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi4 || ||
3 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ayaṃ Gaṅgā nadī mahantaṃ
phenapiṇḍam āvaheyya5 || || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso
passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || || Tassa
tam6 passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva
khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya ||
kiñhi siyā bhikkhave pheṇapiṇḍe sāro || ||
4 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāga-
tam paccuppannam || pe || yaṃ dūre santike vā || tam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -vuddham (or buddham), further on -vaddho; S3 -vaṭṭaṃ
2 B ajjuggamma tiṭṭhantaṃ
3 S3 ayojjhāyayaṃ; B ayujjhāyaṃ
4 Complete in S1-3
5 S1-3 ava-
6 In B only always
[page 141]
XXII. 95. 10] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 141
bhikkhu passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || || Tassa
tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva1
khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati || asārakaññeva khāyati ||
kiñhi bhikkhave rūpe sāro || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye thullaphusitake
deve vassante udake bubbuḷam2 uppajjati ceva nirujjhati
ca || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya
yoniso upaparikkheyya || tassa tam passato nijjhāyato
yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya || tuccha-
kaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya || kiñhi siyā
bhikkhave udakabubbuḷe sāro || ||
6 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yā kāci vedanā atītānāgata-
paccuppannā || pe || yā dūre santike vā || tam bhikkhu
passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || || Tassa tam
passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva
khāyati tucchakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati ||
kiñhi siyā bhikkhave vedanāya sāro || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gimhānaṃ pacchime māse ṭhite
majjhantike kāle marīcikā3 || tam enaṃ cakkhumā puriso
passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || || Tassa tam
passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khā-
yeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya || pa || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave
marīcikāya sāro || ||
8 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yā kāci saññā || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave puriso sāratthiko sāragavesi sāra-
pariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇhaṃ kuṭhārim4 ādāya vanam
paviseyya || so tattha passeyya mahantaṃ kadalikkhandham
ujuṃ navaṃ akukkajātaṃ5 || tam enam mūle chindeyya
mūle chetvā agge chindeyya agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṃ vinib-
bhujeyya || so tassa pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujanto6 phegguṃ
pi nādhigaccheyya kuto sāraṃ || ||
10 Tam enam cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya
yoniso upaparikkheyya || tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 rittaṃkaññeva
2 B pubbuḷham always
3 B ṭhita- maricikā; S1-3 -marīci phandati
4 B kutariṃ
5 B akukkujakajātam
6 S1-3 nibbhujjeyya-nibbhujanto
[page 142]
142 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 95. 11
upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khā-
yeyya asārakaññeva khāyeyya || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave kada-
likkhandhe sāro || ||
11 Evam eva kho bhikkhave ye keci {saṅkhārā} atītānāga-
tapaccuppannā || pa || ye dūre santike vā tam bhikkhu pas-
sati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || tassa tam passato
nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati tuc-
chakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati || kiñhi siyā
bhikkhave saṅkhāresu sāro || ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave māyākāro vā māyākārantevāsī
vā mahāpathe1 māyaṃ vidaṃseyya || tam enaṃ cakkhumā
puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya || ||
Tassa tam passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato ritta-
kaññeva khāyeyya tucchakaññeva khāyeyya asārakaññeva
khāyeyya || kiñhi siyā bhikkhave māyāya sāro || ||
13 Evam eva kho bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci viññānaṃ atītā-
nāgatapaccuppannam || pa || yaṃ dūre santike vā tam bhikkhu
passati nijjhāyati yoniso upaparikkhati || || Tassa tam pas-
sato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññeva khāyati
tucchakaññeva khāyati asārakaññeva khāyati || kiñhi siyā
bhikkhave viññāṇe sāro2 || ||
14 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpas-
mim pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu
pi || viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || || Nibbindaṃ virajjati
virāgā vimuccati vimuttasmiṃ vimuttam iti ñaṇaṃ hoti ||
pe3 || || Nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti ||
15 Idam avoca Bhagavā idaṃ vatvāna4 Sugato athā-
param etad avoca Satthā || ||
Pheṇapiṇḍūpamam rūpaṃ || vedanā bubbuḷupamā5 ||
Marīcikūpamā saññā || saṅkhārā kadalūpamā ||
Māyūpamañca viññāṇaṃ || dīpitādiccabandhunā6 ||1 ||
Yathā yathā nijjhāyati7 || yoniso upaparikkhati ||
rittakaṃ tucchakaṃ hoti8 || yo nam passati yoniso ||2||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 cātummahāpathe
2 B adds ||pa||
3 More complete in S1-3
4 S1-3 vatvā
5 B pubbuḷhasamā
6 B desitādiccabandunā
7 S1-3 taṃ nijjhāti
8 S1-3 hohi
[page 143]
XXII. 96. 8] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 143
Imañca kāyam ārabbha1 || bhūripaññena desitaṃ ||
pahānā2 tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ || rūpam passatha chaḍḍitaṃ3 ||3||
Āyu usmāca viññāṇaṃ || yadā kāyaṃ jahantimaṃ ||
apaviddho tadā seti || parabhattam acetanaṃ ||4||
Etādisayaṃ4 santāno || māyāyam bālalāpinī ||
Vadhako eso akkhāto || sāro ettha na vijjati ||5||
Evaṃ khandhe avekkheyya5 || bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo ||
divāvāya divārattiṃ || sampajāno paṭissato ||6||
Jaheyya sabbasaññogaṃ6 || kareyya saraṇattano7 ||
Careyyādittasīso va || patthayaṃ accutam padan ti8 ||7|| ||
SN_3,22(1).96 (4) Gomayam
1-2 Sāvatthi || ārāme || Atha kho aññataro- || nisīdi9 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpam10 niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati ||
5 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci vedanā yā vedanā11 niccā
dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva
ṭhassati || ||
6 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci saññā yā saññā || pe || ||
7 Atthi nu kho bhante keci saṅkhārā ye saṅkārā niccā
dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ12 tatheva
ṭhassanti || ||
8 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 Yoimañca kāyaṃ gārayhaṃ
2 B pahānaṃ
3 B chaṭṭitam
4 S1-3 -seyyaṃ
5 B pave-
6 S1-3 pajahe sabbasaṃyogaṃ
7 S1-3 saraṇam attano
8 S1-3 padaṃ-ti (S3 tī)-
9 B has Sāvatthi only
10 Omitted by S1-3 here and in 9
11 S1-3 omit yā vedanā and further on yā saññā
12 B sassatidhammam here only
[page 144]
144 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 96. 9
niccam dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassati-
samaṃ tattheva ṭhassatīti || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpaṃ yam rūpaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi bhikkhu kāci vedanā || || kāci saññā || keci
saṅkhārā1 || || kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ2 niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
14 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ gomayapiṇḍaṃ pāṇinā
gahetvā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
15 Ettako pi kho bhikkhu attabhāvapaṭilābho natthi
nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || ||
16 Ettako ce pi bhikkhu attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa
nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || na yidam brah-
macariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhu ettako pi attabhāvapaṭilābho natthi nicco
dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || tasmā brahmacariya-
vāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
17 Bhūtapubbāham bhikkhu rājā ahosiṃ khattiyo mud-
dhāvasitto || tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa
muddhāvasittassa catūrāsīti nagarasahassāni ahesuṃ Kusā-
vatīnāma-rājadhānipamukhāni || ||
18 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti pāsādasahassāni ahesuṃ Dhamma-
pāsādapamukhāni || ||
19 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti kūṭāgārasahassāni ahesuṃ Mahā-
byūhakuṭāgārapamukhāni || ||
20 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti pallaṅkasahassāni ahesuṃ || danta-
mayāni sāramayāni sovaṇṇamayāni rūpiyamayāni3 goṇa-
katthatāni paṭikatthatānipaṭalikatthatāni4 kadalimiga pava-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 omit yaṃ viññāṇaṃ
3 Missing in B
4 Missing in S1-3
[page 145]
XXII. 96. 31] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO. 145
rapaccattharaṇāni sa-uttaracchadanāni1 ubhato lohitakūpa-
dhānāni || ||
21 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti nāgasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇā-
laṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni uposa-
thanāgarājapamukhāni || ||
22 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti assasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇā-
laṅkarāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālāpaṭicchannāni Valāhaka-
assarājapamukhāni || ||
23 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti rathasahassāni ahesuṃ || sovaṇṇā-
laṅkārāni sovaṇṇadhajāni hemajālapaṭicchannāni Vejayan-
tarathapamukhāni || ||
24 Tassa mayham bhikkhu rañño sato khattiyassa mud-
dhāvasittassa caturāsīti maṇisahassāni ahesuṃ maṇirata-
napamukhāni || ||
25 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti itthisahas-
sāni ahesuṃ || Subhaddādevīpamukhāni || ||
26 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti khattiyasa-
hassāni ahesuṃ anuyantāni2 pariṇāyakaratanapamu-
khāni || ||
27 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti dhenusa-
hassāni ahesuṃ dukulasandanāni3 kaṃsupadhāraṇani || ||
28 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti vatthakoṭi-
sahassāni ahesuṃ khomasukhumāni koseyyasukhumāni
kambalasukhumāni kappāsikasukhumāni || ||
29 Tassa mayham bhikkhu || pa || caturāsīti thālipākasa-
hassāni ahesuṃ || sāyam4 pātam bhattābhihāro abhiharī-
yittha || ||
30 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā nagarasahas-
sānam ekaññeva taṃ nagaraṃ hoti yam aham tena sama-
yena ajjhāvasāmi Kusāvatī rājadhānī || ||
31 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā pāsādasahas-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -chadāni
2 S1-3 anuyuttāni
3 S1 dūlasandanāni; S3 dukulasandatāni; B dukulasandhāni
4 S1-3 sāya
[page 146]
146 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 96. 32
sānam eko yeva so pāsādo hoti yam aham tena samayena
ajjhāvasāmi Dhammo pāsādo || ||
32 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā kuṭāgārasahas-
sānam ekaññeva taṃ1 kūṭāgāraṃ hoti yam ahaṃ tena
samayena ajjhāvasāmi Mahābyūhaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ2 || ||
33 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā pallaṅkāsahas-
sānam eko yeva so pallaṅko hoti yam ahaṃ tena samayena
paribhuñjāmi dantamayo vā sāramayo vā sovaṇṇa mayo vā
rūpiyamayo vā || ||
34 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā nāgasahassā-
nam eko yeva so nāgo hoti || yam aham tena samayena
abhirūhāmi Uposatho nāgarājā || ||
35 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā assasahassā-
nam eko yeva so asso hoti || yam ahaṃ tena samayena
abhirūhāmi Valāhaka-assarājā3 || ||
36 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā rathasahassā-
nam eko yeva so ratho hoti || yam ahaṃ tena samayena
abhirūhāmi Vejayanto ratho || ||
37 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā itthisahassā-
nam ekā yeva sā itthi hoti || yā maṃ4 tena samayena pac-
cupaṭṭhāti5 Khattiyāni vā Velamikā vā6 || ||
38 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā vatthakoṭisa-
hassānam ekaññeva taṃ vatthayugam hoti yam ahaṃ tena
samayena paridahāmi khomasukhumaṃ vā koseyyasukhu-
maṃ vā kambalasukhumam vā kappāsikasukhumaṃ vā || ||
39 Tesaṃ kho pana bhikkhu caturāsītiyā thālipākasahas-
sānam eko yeva so thālipāko hoti yato nāḷikodanaparamam
bhuñjāmi tadūpiyañca supeyyaṃ || ||
40 Iti kho bhikkhu sabbe te saṅkhārā atītā niruddhā
vipariṇātā || ||
41 Evam aniccā kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā evam adhuvā
kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā evam anassāsikā kho bhikkhu
saṅkhārā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 -ro
3 S1-3 valāho-
4 S1-3 yamahaṃ
5 S3 paccuṭṭhānāti
6 So B; S1-3 khattiyāvāvelamikā ||
[page 147]
XXII. 97. 15] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 147
42 Yāvañcidam bhikkhu alam eva sabbesu saṅkhāresu
nibbindituṃ alaṃ virajjituṃ alaṃ vimuccitun ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).97 (5) Nakhāsikam
1-2 Sāvatthi1 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || ||
5 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci2 vedanā || pe3 ||
6 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci saññā || ||
7 Atthi nu kho bhante keci saṅkhārā3 || ||
8 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ
sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva
ṭhassatīti || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi kho bhikkhu kāci vedanā || pe || kāci saññā || ||
keci {saṅkhārā} || pe || kiñci viññāṇam yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
14 Atha kho Bhagavā parittaṃ nakhasikhāyam paṃsum
āropetvā tam bhikkham etad avoca || ||
15 Ettakam pi kho bhikkhu rūpaṃ natthi ṇiccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || || Ettakaṃ ce pi4 bhikkhu rūpam
abhavissa niccaṃ dhuvam sassataṃ avipariṇāmadham-
maṃ || na yidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā-
dukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettakam pi
rūpaṃ natthi niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadham-
maṃ || tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhak-
khayāya || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 taṃyevanidānaṃ
2 S3 kañci
3 Complete in B
4 S1-3 etta (S1 ettha-) kiñcāpi
[page 148]
148 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 97. 16
16 Ettikā1 pi kho bhikkhu vedanā natthi niccā dhuvā
sassatā aviparināmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhas-
sati || || Ettikā cepi2 bhikkhu vedanā abhavissa niccā
dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || na yidam brahma-
cariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhakkhayāya || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhave ettikā pi vedanā natthi niccā dhuvā
sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || tasmā brahmacariyavāso
paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
17 Ettikā pi kho bhikkhu saññā natthi || pe ||
18 Ettakā pi kho bhikkhu saṅkhārā natthi niccā dhuvā
sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhas-
santi || ||3 Ettakā ce pi bhikkhu saṅkhārā abhavissaṃsu4
niccā dhuvā sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || nayidam brah-
macariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkhayāya || || Yasmā
ca kho bhikkhu ettakā pi saṅkhārā natthi niccā dhuvā
sassatā avipariṇāmadhammā || tasmā brahmacariyavāso
paññāyati sammādukkhakkhayāya || ||
19 Ettakam pi kho5 bhikkhu viññāṇam natthi niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassatam avipariṇāmadhammam sassatisamaṃ
tatheva ṭhassati || || Ettakaṃ ce pi kho6 bhikkhu viññāṇam
abhavissa niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ
nayidam brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammādukkha-
kkhayāya || || Yasmā ca kho bhikkhu ettakam pi viññāṇam
natthi niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam aviparināmadhammam7 ||
tasmā brahmacariyavāso paññāyati sammādukkhakkha-
yāya || ||
20 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi bhikkhu || || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ettakā always
2 Omitted by S1-3 always
3 B ṭhassati
4 S1-3 abhaviṃsu
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 B omits ce S1-3 omits kho
7 S1 insert here sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassati dukkhakkhāyāya,
which in S3 is reduced to sassatisamaṃ ṭhatheva ṭhassati
(tasmā- being also omitted by S3)
[page 149]
XXII. 99. 5] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 149
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
21 Tasmā ti ha bhikkhu || ||
22 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānā-
tīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).98 (6) Suddhikam (or Samuddakam)
1-2 Savatthi1 ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
4 Atthi nu kho bhante kiñci rūpaṃ yaṃ rupaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ assatam avipariṇāmadhammam sassatisamaṃ ta-
theva ṭhassati || ||
5-8 Atthi nu kho bhante kāci vedanā || pe || kāci saññā || ||
keci saṅkhārā || ||
Kiñci viññāṇaṃ yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvaṃ sassatam
avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamaṃ tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
9 Natthi kho bhikkhu kiñci rūpam yaṃ rūpaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sattatisamam
tatheva ṭhassati || ||
10-13 Natthi kho bhikkhu kāci vedanā || kāci saññā ||
keci saṅkhārā || kiñci viññāṇam yaṃ viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
dhuvaṃ sassataṃ avipariṇāmadhammaṃ sassatisamam
tatheva ṭhassatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).99 (7) Gaddula (or Bhaddula) (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca2 || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānam sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanā-
naṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ || ||
4 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ mahāsamuddo ussussati
vissussati na bhavati || natvevāham bhikkhave avijjānīvara-
ṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃ-
sarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi || ||
5 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yaṃ Sineru pabbatarājā
ḍayhati3 vinassati na bhavati || na tvevāham bhikkhave
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 Tatra-voca is in S1-3 only here and further on
3 S1-3 uḍḍayhati in this and the next number
[page 150]
150 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 99. 6
avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhasaṃyojanānam sandhā-
vataṃ saṃsarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyam vadāmi || ||
6 Hoti so bhikkhave samayo yam mahāpathavī ḍayhati
vinassati na bhavati || na tvevāham bhikkhave avijjānīvara-
ṇānam sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃ-
sarataṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle
vā thambhe vā upanibaddho tam eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ
vā anuparidhāvati anuparivattati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
assutavā puthujjano ariyānam adassāvī || la || sappurisa-
dhamme avinīto rūpam attato samanupassati || la || veda-
naṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññāṇam attato samanupassati ||
viññāṇavantaṃ vā attānam attani vā viññāṇaṃ viññāṇas-
miṃ vā attānaṃ || || So rūpaññeva anuparidhāvati anupari-
vattati || vedanaññeva || la || saññaññeva || saṅkhāre yeva
viññāṇaññeva anuparidhāvati anuparivattati || || So rūpam
anuparidhāvam anuparivattaṃ || vedanaṃ || la || saññaṃ ||
saṅkhāre || viññāṇam anuparidhāvam anuparivattaṃ na
parimuccati rūpamhā || na parimuccati vedanāya || na
parimuccati saññāya || na parimuccati saṅkhārehi || na
parimuccati viññāṇamhā || na parimuccati jātiyā jarāmara-
ṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi
na parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ das-
sāvī || la || sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpam attato
samanupassati || la || na1 vedanaṃ || || na saññaṃ || || na
saṅkhāre || || na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || na viññāṇa-
vantaṃ vā1 attānam na attani vā1 viññāṇaṃ na viññāṇas-
miṃ vā1 attānaṃ || || So rūpaṃ nānuparidhāvati nānupari-
vattati || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhare || viññāṇam nānupari-
dhāvati nānuparivattati || || So rūpam anuparidhāvaṃ anu-
parivattaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā parimuccati vedanāya
parimuccati saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi parimuccati
viññāṇamhā || parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi
paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati
dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
[page 151]
XXII. 100. 8] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 151
SN_3,22(1).100 (8) Gaddula (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Anamataggāyam bhikkhave saṃsāro pubbakoṭi na
paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānam taṇhāsaṃyojanā-
naṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsārataṃ || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave sā gaddulabaddho daḷhe khīle
vā thambe vā upanibaddho || so gacchati ce pi tam eva
khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā upagacchati || tiṭṭhati ce pi tam
eva khīlaṃ vā {thambhaṃ} vā upatiṭṭhati || nisīdati ce pi taṃ
eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā upanisīdati || nippajjati ce pi
tam eva khīlam vā thambhaṃ vā upanippajjati1 || ||
5 Evam eva kho bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano Rūpam
etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || ||
Vedanam || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || Viññāṇam etam mama eso
ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassati || || So gacchati ce
pi ime pañcupādānakkhandhe2 upagacchati || tiṭṭhati ce pi
ime pañcupādānakkhandhe upatiṭṭhati || nisīdati ce pi ime
pañcupādānakkhandhe upanisīdati || nippajjati ce pi ime
pañcupādānakkhandhe upanippajjati || ||
6 Tasmātiha bhikkhave abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ Dīgharattam idaṃ cittaṃ saṃkiliṭ-
ṭham rāgena dosena mohenā ti || || Cittasaṃkilesā3 bhik-
khave sattā saṃkilissanti || cittavodānā4 sattā visujjhanti || ||
7 Diṭṭhaṃ vo bhikkhave caraṇaṃ nāma cittanti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Tam pi kho bhikkhave caranaṃ nāma5 cittaṃ citteneva
cintitaṃ || tena pi kho bhikkhave caraṇena cittena cittañ-
ñeva cittataraṃ || ||
8 Tasmātiha bhikkhave abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ
paccavekkhitabbaṃ || Dīgharattam idam6 cittaṃ saṅkiliṭ-
ṭhaṃ rāgena dosena mohenāti || || Cittasaṃkilesā7 bhik-
khave sattā saṃkilissanti cittavodānā sattā visujjhanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is omitted by S1-3 which have only nipajjati
so written
2 S1-3 add va or ca
3 S1-3 Cittaṃ saṃ-
4 S1 cittaṃ vo-
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 cidaṃ
7 S1 citte saṃkilesā
[page 152]
152 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 100. 9
9 Nāham bhikkhave aññam ekanikāyaṃ pi samanu-
passāmi evaṃcittaṃ yathayidam bhikkhave tiracchāna-
gatā pāṇā te pi kho bhikkhave tiracchānagatā pāṇā
citteneva cittatā || ||1 Tehi pi kho bhikkhave tiracchāna-
gatehi pāṇehi cittaññeva cittataraṃ || ||
10 Tasmātiha bhikkhave bhikkhunā2 abhikkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ
cittam paccavekkhitabbaṃ Dīgharattam idaṃ cittaṃ saṅki-
liṭṭhaṃ rāgena dosena mohenāti || || Cittasaṃkilesā bhik-
khave sattā saṃkilissanti || cittavodānā sattā visujjhanti || ||
11 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave rajako vā cittakārako vā2
rajanāya vā3 lākhāya va haliddiyā vā nīliyā4 vā mañjeṭ-
ṭhiyā5 vā suparimaṭṭhe6 phalake vā bhittiyā vā dussapaṭṭe
vā itthirūpaṃ vā purisarūpaṃ vā7 abhinimmineyya
sabbaṅgapaccaṅgiṃ || evam eva8 kho bhikkhave assutavā
puthujjano rūpaññeva abhinibbattento abhinibbatteti ||
vedanaññeva || pe || saññaññeva || saṅkhāreva ||9 viññāṇaṃ
yeva abhinibbattento abhinibbatteti || ||
12 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccaṃ bhante || ||
Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || pa ||
13-14 Tasmātiha bhikkhave || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).101 (9) Vāsijaṭam (or Nāvā)
1-2 Savatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Jānato ham bhikkhave passato āsavānaṃ khayaṃ
vadāmi || no ajānato apassato || ||
4 Kiñ ca bhikkhave jānato kim passato āsavānaṃ khayo
hoti || || Iti rūpaṃ iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa
atthagamo || || Iti vedanā || pe || Iti saññā || || Iti saṅ-
khārā || || Iti viññāṇaṃ iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B cittitā
2 S1-3 insert nāsati
3 S1 omits vā, S3 yavā
4 B paniliyā
5 B mañjaṭṭhāya
6 S1-3 suparimaṭṭe
7 B inserts koci
8 Missing in S1-3
9 S1-3 saññāyeva-saṅkhārāyeva
[page 153]
XXII. 101. 12] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 153
ṇassa1 atthagamoti || || Evaṃ kho bhikkhave jānato evam
passato āsavānaṃ khayo hoti || ||
5 Bhāvanānuyogam ananuyuttassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
viharato kiñcāpi2 evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me
anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha khvassa
neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
6 Taṃ kissa hetu || abhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || Kissa
abhāvitattā || abhāvitattā catunnaṃ satipaṭṭhānānaṃ abhā-
vitattā catunnaṃ sammappadhānānam abhāvitattā catun-
naṃ iddhipādānam abhāvitattā pañcannam indriyānam
abhāvitattā pañcannaṃ balānam abhāvitattā sattannam
bojjhaṅgānam abhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa mag-
gassa || ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā
dasa vā dvādasa vā tānassu kukkuṭiyā na sammā adhi-
sayitāni na sammā pariseditāni na sammā paribhāvitāni ||
8 Kiñcāpi tassā kukkuṭiyā evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho
vata me kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍa-
kena vā aṇḍakosampadāletvā sotthinā abhinibbijjeyyunti ||
atha kho abhabbā va te kukkuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya
vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā
abhinibbhijjituṃ || ||
9 Taṃ kissa hetu || tathā hi pana3 bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā
aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tāni kukkuṭiyā4 na
sammā adhisayitāni na sammā pariseditāni na sammā pari-
bhāvitāni || ||
10 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam ananuyut-
tassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi evam icchā uppajjeyya ||
Aho vata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha
khvassa5 neva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati ||
11 Taṃ kissa hetu || abhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || ||
Kissa abhāvitattā || abhāvitattā || catunnam satipaṭṭhānā-
naṃ || la || atthaṅgikassa maggassa ||
12 Bhāvānuyogam anuyuttassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 omits iti viññāṇassa
2 S1-3 kiñcipi
3 S1-3 tathāgamūti here and further on (No.15)
4 S1-3 kukkuṭiyānaṃ
5 S1-3 khovassa
[page 154]
154 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 101. 13
viharato kiñcāpi na evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me
anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyā ti || atha khvassa
anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
13 Taṃ kissa hetu bhāvitattātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Kissa
bhāvitattā || bhāvitattā catunnam satipaṭṭhānānaṃ bhāvi-
tattā catunnaṃ sammappadhānānaṃ bhāvitattā catunnam
iddhipādānam bhāvitattā pañcannam indriyānam bhāvitattā
pañcannam balānam bhāvitattā sattannam bojjhaṅgānam
bhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa || ||
14 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā
dasa vā dvādasa vā || tānassu kukkuṭiyā sammā adhisayitāni
sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni || kiñcāpi tassā
kukkuṭiyā na evam icchā uppajjeyya Aho vata me kuk-
kuṭapotakā pādanakhasikhāya vā mukhatuṇḍakena vā
aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā abhinibbhijjeyyunti || atha
kho bhabbā va te {kukkuṭapotakā} pādanakhasikhāya va
mukhatuṇḍakena vā aṇḍakosam padāletvā sotthinā abhi-
nibbhijjituṃ || ||
15 Taṃ kissa hetu || tathā hi pana bhikkhave kukkuṭiyā
aṇḍāni aṭṭha vā dasa vā dvādasa vā tāni1 kukkuṭiyā sammā
adhisayitāni sammā pariseditāni sammā paribhāvitāni || ||
16 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyut-
tassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evam icchā uppajjeyya
Ahovata me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucceyyāti || atha
khvassa anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccati || ||
17 Taṃ kissa hetu || bhāvitattā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || kissa
bhavitattā || bhāvitattā catunnam satipaṭṭhānānam || la ||
bhāvitattā ariyassa aṭṭhaṅgikassa maggassa || ||
18 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave phalagaṇḍassa vā phalagaṇ-
ḍante2 vāsissa vā vāsijaṭe dissante aṅgulipadāni dissanti
aṅguṭṭhapādā ||3 no ca khvassa evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti Ettakaṃ
vata me4 ajja vāsijaṭassa khīṇam ettakam hiyyo ettakam
pareti || atha khvassa khīṇam khīṇante va ñāṇaṃ hoti || ||
19 Evaṃ eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyut-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tānassu
2 So S1-3; B phalabhaṇḍa-
3 B -padaṃ
4 B katame here only; S1-3 vāme always
[page 155]
XXII. 102. 6] PUPPHAVAGGO PAÑCAMO 155
tassa bhikkhuno viharato kiñcāpi na evaṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti ||
Ettakaṃ vata me ajja āsavānaṃ khīṇam ettakam hiyyo
ettakam pareti || athakhvassa khīṇe khīṇante va ñāṇaṃ
hoti || ||
20 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave samuddikāya nāvāya vetta-
bandhanabaddhāya chammāsāni1 udake pariyādāya2 heman-
tike3 thalam ukkhittāya4 vātātapaparetāni bandhanāni ||
tāni pāvussakena meghena abhippavaṭṭāni5 appakasireneva
paṭippassambhanti pūtikāni bhavanti || ||
21 Evam eva kho bhikkhave bhāvanānuyogam anuyut-
tassa bhikkhuno viharato appakasireneva saññojanāni
paṭippassambhanti pūtikāni bhavantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).102 (10) Aniccatā (or Saññā)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra voca || ||
3 Aniccasaññā bhikkhave bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ
kāmarāgam pariyādiyati sabbaṃ rūparāgam pariyādiyati
sabbaṃ bhavarāgam pariyādiyati sabbam avijjam pariyā-
diyati || sabbam asmimānam pariyādiyati samūhanti6 || ||
4 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye kasako mahānaṅ-
galena kasanto7 sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento
kasati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā
bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ
rūparāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samū-
hanti || ||
5 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave pabbajalāyako pabbajaṃ lāyitvā
agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchodeti ||8 Evam eva
kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā || pe9 ||
6 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ambapiṇḍiyā vaṇṭacchinnāya10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B vassamāsāni
2 S1-3 pariyodātāya
3 B adds na
4 B omits ya
5 B -ppavuṭṭhāni
6 B samūhanati omitting the preceding pariyādiyati
7 S1-3 kassako . . . kassanto
8 B nicchoṭeti
9 This and the following paragraphs end in B by sabbam asṃiṃmānaṃ
samūhanati
10 S3 -chiṇṇāya; B vaṇḍacindāya
[page 156]
156 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 102. 7
yāni tatra ambāni vaṇṭapaṭibaddhāni sabbāni tāni tadan-
vayāni1 bhavanti || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā
bhāvitā || pa ||
7 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave kūṭāgārassa yā kāci gopānasiyo
sabbā tā kūṭaṅgamā kūṭaninnā kūṭasamosaraṇā kūṭaṃ
tāsam2 aggam akkhāyati || || evam eva kho bhikkhave
aniccasaññā bhāvitā || pa || ||
8 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci mūlagandhā kāḷānusārī3
tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave anic-
casaññā || pa ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci sāragandhā lohitacanda-
naṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
aniccasaññā || pa ||
10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci pupphagandhā
vassikaṃ tesam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho
bhikkhave aniccasaññā || pa ||
11 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave ye keci kuḍḍarājāno4 sabbe
te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti || rājā tesaṃ
cakkavatti aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
aniccasaññā || pe ||
12 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave yā kāci tārakarūpānam pabhā
sabbā tā candimapabhāya5 kalaṃ nāgghanti6 solasiṃ
candappabhā tāsam aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhik-
khave aniccasaññā || pa || ||
13 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave saradasamaye viddhe vigata-
valāhake deve ādicco nabham abbhussukkamāno7 sabbam
ākāsagatam tamagatam abhivihacca bhāsate ca tapate ca
virocati8 ca || evam eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā
bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ
rūparāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samū-
hanti || ||
14 Katham bhavitā ca bhikkhave aniccasaññā katham
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B tadamanvayāni
2 B tesaṃ
3 B kālānusarigandho
4 So S3; S1 khuḍḍha-; B kuṭṭarājāne
5 S1-3 candiyāpabhāya (S3 yaṃ)
6 B nagghanti
7 B abbhusākkamāno
8 B virocate
[page 157]
XXII. 103. 3] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 157
bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || pe || sabbam
asmimānam samūhanti || ||
15 Iti rūpam iti rūpassa samudayo iti rūpassa attha-
gamo || || Iti vedanā || || Iti saññā || || Iti saṅkhāra || || Iti
viññāṇam iti viññāṇassa samudayo iti viññāṇassa attha-
gamo ti || ||
16 Evam bhāvitā kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā evam
bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgam pariyādiyati || sabbaṃ rūpa-
rāgam pariyādiyati || sabbam bhavarāgam pariyādiyati ||
sabbam avijjam pariyādiyati || sabbam asmimānaṃ samū-
hantīti || ||
Pupphavaggo samatto1 ||
Tatra uddānaṃ2 ||
Nadī || Pupphañ ca3 Pheṇaṃ ca ||
Gomayañ ca Nakhāsikhaṃ4 ||
Suddhikam dve ca5 gaddulā6 ||
Vāsijaṭam Aniccatā ti7 ||
Vaggo8 Majjhimapaññāsako samatto || ||
Tassa Majjhimapaññāsakassa vagguddānaṃ9 ||
Upāyo Arahanto ca Khajjanī Therasambhayaṃ
Pupphavaggena paññāsadutiyo tena vuccati || ||
SECTION III UPARIPAÑÑĀSAKA
CHAPTER I ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,22(1).103 (1) Ante
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Cattāro me bhikkhave antā || || Katame cattāro ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Buddhavaggo pañcamo
2 Missing in B
3 B vaddhañ ca
4 S3 -sikhā
5 S1-3 sa (S3 sā-) muddakaṃ ceva
6 S1-3 gaddulaṃ; B bhaddulā
7 S1-3 nāva saññā te dasāti
8 Missing in S1-3
9 This uddānam is to be found in S1-3 only
[page 158]
158 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 108. 4
Sakkāyanto sakkāyasamudayanto sakkāyanirodhanto sak-
kāyanirodhagāminipatipadanto1 || ||
4 Katamo bhikkhave sakkāyanto || || Pañcupādānak-
khandhātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || seyyathīdaṃ
rūpupādānakkhandho vedanupādānakkhandho saññupādā-
nakkhandho saṅkhārupādānakkhandho viññāṇupādānak-
khandho || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanto || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayanto || || Yāyam
taṇhā ponabbhavikā nandi rāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhi-
nandinī || seyyathīdaṃ kāmataṇhā bhavataṇhā vibhava-
taṇhā ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayanto || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhanto || || Yo tassā-
yeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti
anālayo || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhanto || ||
7 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminipaṭipa-
danto || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdam
sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhik-
khave sakkāyanirodhagāminipaṭipadanto || ||
8 Ime kho bhikkhave cattāro antā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).104 (2) Dukkham
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Dukkhañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi dukkhasamu-
dayañ cā dukkhanirodhañ ca dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭi-
padañ2 ca || tam sunātha || ||
4 Katamañ ca3 bhikkhave dukkham || || Pañcupādanak-
khandhātissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || seyyathīdaṃ
rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
Idaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhasamudayo || || Yāyam
taṇhā ponabbhavikā || pa || vibhavataṇhā || || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave dukkhasamudayo || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave dukkhanirodho || || Yo tassāyeva
taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anā-
layo || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave dukkhanirodho || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -gaminī- always
2 S1-3 -gāminiñca paṭipadaṃ
3 B kathañca
[page 159]
XXII. 106. 4] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 159
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave dukkhanirodhagāminipatipadā || ||
Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdam sammā-
diṭṭhi || pe || sammāsamādhi || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).105 (3) Sakkāyo
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca || ||
3 Sakkāyañ ca vo bhikkhave desissāmi sakkāyasamu-
dayañ ca sakkāyanirodhañca sakkāyanirodhagāminiñ ca
paṭipadaṃ taṃ1 suṇātha || ||
4 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyo || || Pañcupādānak-
khandhā tissa vacanīyaṃ || || Katame pañca || || Seyyathi-
daṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe ||2 viññāṇupādānakkhandho || ||
Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyo || ||
5 Katamo ca bhikkhave sakkāyasamudayo || || Yāyaṃ
taṇhā ponabbhavikā || pa || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkā-
yasamudayo || ||
6 Katamo ca sakkāyanirodho || || Yo tassāyeva taṇhāya ||
pa || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodho || ||
7 Katamā ca bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭi-
padā || || Ayam eva ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo || seyyathīdaṃ
sammādiṭṭhi || pa || sammāsamādhi || ||
8 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave sakkāyanirodhagāminī paṭi-
padā ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).106 (4) Pariññeyyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pariññeye ca bhikkhave dhamme desissāmi pariññā ca
pariññātāviñca3 puggalaṃ || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame4 ca bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || ||5 Rū-
pam bhikkhave pariññeyyo dhammo || Vedanā || pa || Saññā ||
Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime vuc-
canti bhikkhave pariññeyyā dhammā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by B and S1
2 Complete in B
3 S1 -ñātapīca; S3 -ñātapica
4 S1-3 katamo
5 S1-3 -ñeyyo dhammo
[page 160]
160 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 106. 5
5 Katamā ca bhikkhave pariññā || ||1 Rāgakkhayo dosak-
khayo mohakkhayo || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave pariññā || ||
6 Katamo ca bhikkhave pariññātāvī puggalo || || Arahā-
tissa vacanīyaṃ || Yo yam āyasmā {evaṃnāmo} evaṃgotto ||
ayam vuccati bhikkhave pariññātāvī puggalo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).107 (5) Samaṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame
pañca || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || Viññāṇu-
pādānakkhandho || ||
4-5 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca ādī-
navañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam na pajānanti || pe2 ||
pajānanti || sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viha-
rantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).108 (6) Samaṇā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame
pañca || Seyyathīdam {rūpūpādānakkhandho} || pe3 ||
4-5 Ye hi keci bhikkhave samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānanti || pe || pajānanti || sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).109 (7) Sotāpanno
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame
pañca || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇu-
pādānakkhandho || ||
4 Yato ca4 kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako imesam pañcan-
nam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 insert yo bhikkhave
2 S1-3 na me te- (complete)
3 Complete in B
4 Missing in S1-3 always
[page 161]
XXII. 112. 3] ANTAVAGGO PATHAMO 161
assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipā-
tadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).110 (8) Arahaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Pañcime bhikkhave upādānakkhandhā || || Katame
pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ || rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññā-
ṇupādānakkhandho || ||
4 Yato ca kho bhikkhave bhikkhu imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam viditvā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu
arahaṃ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anup-
pattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaññojano sammadaññā
vimutto ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).111 (9) Chandarāgī (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
tam pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati
ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakataṃ āyatim
anuppādadhammaṃ ||
4-6 Vedanāya || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu1 ||
7 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam
pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati
ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvakatam āyatim
anuppādadhamman ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).112 (10) Chandarāgī (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Rūpe bhikkhave yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
ye upāyupādānā2 cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B upayu- always
[page 162]
162 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 112. 4-5
pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ rūpaṃ pahīnaṃ bhavissati ucchinna-
mūlam || la || pe1 ||
4-5 Vedanāya || Saññāya || ||
6 Saṅkhāresu yo chando || pa || evaṃ te saṅkhārā pahīnā
bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
7 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye
upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te paja-
hatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇaṃ pahīnam bhavissati ucchin-
namūlam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppā-
dadhamman ti || ||
Antavaggo samatto2 ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Ante3 Dukkhañca Sakkāyo ||
Pariññeyyā Samaṇā dve4 ||
Sotāpanno Arahañca ||
Dve ca Chandarāgiyo ti5 || ||
CHAPTER II DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.
SN_3,22(1).113 (1) Avijjā, or Bhikkhu (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme6 || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupa-
saṅkami || pa || ||
3 Nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Avijjā avijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante avijjā
kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano rūpaṃ na pajānāti
rūpasamudayaṃ na pajānāti rūpanirodhaṃ na pajānāti
rūpanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanaṃ na pajānāti || Saññam || {Saṅkhāre} na
pajānāti || pa || Viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ na pa-
jānāti7 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So in B, complete in S1-3
2 In S3 only
3 S1-3 antam
4 S1-3 Samaṇe; B duve
5 B duve ca chandorāginoti
6 In S1-3 only
7 More complete in S1-3
[page 163]
XXII. 115. 8] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO. 163
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato
hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).114 (2) Vijjā, or Bhikkhu (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||1 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4 Vijjā vijjāti bhante vuccati || || Katamā nu kho bhante
vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako rūpam pajānāti ||
rūpasamudayaṃ || rūpanirodhaṃ || rūpanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre pajānāti || la || Viññā-
ṇanirodhagāminim paṭipadaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato
hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).115 (3) Kathika (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti
bhante vuccati || || Kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhamma-
kathiko hotīti ||
4 Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhū ti alaṃ
vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno
bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā
virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhamme
nibbānappatto bhikkhū ti alaṃ vacanāya || ||
5-7 Vedanāya ce bhikkhu || pe || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ
ce bhikkhu || ||
8 Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vaca-
nāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya niro-
dhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhik-
khūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3 in this and the following suttas till 9
[page 164]
164 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 116. 1
virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhamme
nibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).116 (4) Kathika (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Dhammakathiko dhammakathiko ti bhante
vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho bhante dhammakathiko hoti ||
kittāvatā dhammānudhammapaṭipanno hoti || kittāvatā
diṭṭhadhammanibbānapatto hotīti || ||
3 Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alam vaca-
nāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno bhikkhūti
alam vacanāya || || Rūpassa ce bhikkhu nibbidā virāgā
nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhammanibbānapatto
bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanaya || ||
4-6 Vedanāya ce bhikkhu || pe || Saññāya ce bhikkhu || ||
Saṅkhārānaṃ ce bhikkhu || ||
7 Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya
dhammaṃ deseti Dhammakathiko bhikkhūti alaṃ vaca-
naya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nibbidāya virāgāya
nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti Dhammānudhammapaṭipanno
bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāya || || Viññāṇassa ce bhikkhu nib-
bidā virāgā nirodhā anupādā vimutto hoti Diṭṭhadhamma-
nibbānappatto bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).117 (5) Bandhanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Idha bhikkhave1 assutavā puthujjano ariyānam
adassāvī || pe || sappurisadhammesu avinīto rūpam attato
samanupassati rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ attani vā rūpaṃ
rūpasmiṃ vā attānaṃ || || Ayam vuccati bhikkhave assu-
tavā puthujjano rūpabandhanabaddho sāntarabāhiraban-
dhanabaddho2 atīradassī apāradassī baddho jāyati3 baddho
mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit idha bhikkhave
2 B santara- always
3 B jiyati
[page 165]
XXII. 118. 3-5] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 165
4 Vedanam attato samanupassati || pe || vedanāya vā
attānaṃ || || Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano
vedanābandhanabaddho sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho atī-
radassī apāradassī baddho jāyati baddho mīyati baddho
asmā lokā paraṃ lokaṃ gacchatī || ||
5-6 Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre1 || ||
7 Viññāṇam attato samanupassatī || pa || || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave assutavā puthujjano viññāṇabandhanabaddho
sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho atīradassī apāradassī
baddho jāyati baddho mīyati baddho asmā lokā paraṃ
lokaṃ gacchati || ||
8 Sutavā ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvako ariyānam
dassāvī || la2 || sappurisadhammesu vinīto na rūpam attato
samanupassati || na rūpavantaṃ vā attānaṃ na attani vā
rūpaṃ na rūpasmiṃ vā attānanaṃ || || Ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako na rūpabandhanabaddho na
sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho tīradassī pāradassī || pari-
mutto so3 dukkhasmā ti vadāmi || ||
9 Na vedanam attato || la || ||
10 Na saññam attato || la || ||
11 Na saṅkhāre attato || la ||
12 Na viññāṇam attato samanupassati || pa || || Ayaṃ
vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako na viññāṇabandhanabaddho
na sāntarabāhirabandhanabaddho tīradassī pāradassī ||
parimutto so3 dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).118 (6) Parimucchita
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpam etam mama
eso ham asmi eso me attāti samanupassathāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Rūpam bhikkhave netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
3-5 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 ari--pe-- instead of || la ||
3 MIssing in S1-3
[page 166]
166 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 118. 6
6 Viññānam etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti
samanupassathāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || viññāṇam bhikkhave netam mama
neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ1 || ||
7 Evam passaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).119 (7) Parimucchita (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ netam mama
neso ham asmi na me so attāti samanupassathāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Rūpam bhikkhave netam mama neso
ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sam-
mappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
3-5 Vedanaṃ || Saññaṃ || Saṅkhāre || ||
6 Viññāṇaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti samanupassathāti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
Sādhu bhikkhave || Viññāṇam bhikkhave netam mama
neso hamasmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ
sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
7 Evaṃ || la || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).120 (8) Saññojanam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Saññojanīye ca bhikkhave dhamme
desissāmi saññojānaṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
3 Katame ca bhikkhave saññojaniyādhammā katamaṃ
ca {saññojanaṃ} || ||
4 Rūpaṃ bhikkhave saññojaniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taṃ tattha saññojanaṃ || ||
5-7 Vedanā || pa || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds || la ||
[page 167]
XXII. 122. 6] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO. 167
8 Viññāṇaṃ saññojanīyo dhammo || yo tattha chandarāgo
taṃ tattha saññojanaṃ || ||
9 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave saññojanīyā dhammā || idaṃ
saññojananti || ||
SN_3,22(1).121 (9) Upādānam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Upādāniye ce bhikkhave dhamme desis-
sāmi upādānaṃ ca || taṃ suṇātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || katamam
upādānaṃ || ||
5 Rūpam bhikkhave upādāniyo dhammo || yo tattha
chandarāgo taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanā || pa || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || ||
9 Viññāṇam upādāniyo dhammo || yo1 tattha chandarāgo
taṃ tattha upādānaṃ || ||
10 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave upādāniyā dhammā || idam
upādānan ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).122 (10) Sīlam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā ca Sāriputto āyasmā ca
Mahā-Koṭṭhito2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Miga-
dāye || ||
2-3 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito sāyaṇhasamayam
paṭisallāṇā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenupasaṅkami ||
pa || etad avoca || || Sīlavatāvuso Sāriputta bhikkhunā-
katame dhammā yoniso manasi kattabbāti || ||
4 Sīlāvatāvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā pañcupādānak-
khandā aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato
ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi
kattabbā || ||
5 Katame pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ rūpupādāpakkhando || ||
viññāṇupādānakkhandho || || Sīlavatāvuso Koṭṭhita bhik-
khunā ime pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato dukkhato || pe ||
anattato yoniso manasi kattabbā || ||
6 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sīlavā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 ye
2 B Koṭṭhiko-ka always
[page 168]
168 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 122. 7
bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato dukkhato ||
pe || anattato yoniso manasi karonto sotāpattiphalam
sacchikareyyāti || ||
7 Sotāpannena panāvūso Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame
dhammā yoniso manasikattabbāti || ||
8 Sotāpannena pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime
pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato manasi
kattabbā || ||
9 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sotāpanno
bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato
yoniso manasi karonto sakadāgāmiphalaṃ sacchikareyyā-
ti || ||
10 Sakadāgāminā panāvuso1 Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame
ca2 dhammā yoniso kattabbāti || ||
11 Sakadāgāminā pi kho3 āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime
pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato manasi
kattabbā || ||
12 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yaṃ sakadāgāmi
bhikkhu pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato
yoniso manasi karonto anāgāmiphalaṃ sacchikareyyāti || ||
13 Anāgāminā panāvuso Sāriputta bhikkhunā katame
dhammā yoniso manasi kattabbā ti || ||
14 Anāgāminā pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita bhikkhunā ime4
pañcupādānakkhandhā aniccato || pe || anattato yoniso
manasi kattabbā || ||
15 Ṭhānaṃ kho panetam āvuso vijjati || yam anāgāmi
bhikkhu ime pañcupādānakkhandhe aniccato || pe || anattato
yoniso manasi karonto arahattaphalaṃ5 sacchikareyyāti || ||
16 Arahatā6 panāvuso Sāriputta katame dhammā yoniso
manasi kattabbāti || ||
17 Arahatā pi kho āvuso Koṭṭhita ime pañcupādānak-
khande aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato sallato aghato
ābādhato parato palokato suññato anattato yoniso manasi
kattabbā || ||
18 Natthi khvāvuso arahato uttarikaraṇīyaṃ katassa vā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits pan
2 Missing in B
3 S1-3 sakadāgāmino kho
4 S1-3 insert ca
5 B arahattaṃ
6 S1-3 insert pi
[page 169]
XXII. 124. 9] DHAMMAKATHIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO 169
paṭiccayo1 || api ca kho ime2 dhammā bhāvitā bahulīkatā
diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāya ceva saṃvattanti satisampa-
jaññāya3 cāti || ||
SN_3,22(1).123 (11) Sutavā
1 Bārāṇasi-nidānaṃ4 || ||
SN_3,22(1).124 (12) Kappo (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Kappo yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami5 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kappo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante janato katham
passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabba-
nimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontī ti || ||
4 Yaṃ kiñci Kappa rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannam
ajjhattam vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnam
vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti evam etaṃ yathā-
bhutaṃ sammāppaññāya passati || ||
5-7 Yā kāci vedanā || pe || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci
saṅkhārā || ||
8 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāgatapaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na me so attāti evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati || ||
9 Evaṃ kho Kappa jānato evam passato imasmiṃ ca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāramānānusayā na hontīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 paticayo here and in the next sutta
2 S1-3 apicame
3 S1-3 omit ya
4 Complete in B.-- This sutta is exactly the same as the preceding;
the word sutavatā being only put instead of sīlavatā
5 Complete in S1-3
[page 170]
170 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 125. 1
SN_3,22(1).125 (13) Kappo (2)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Kappo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Kathaṃ nu kho bhante jānato katham
passato imasmiṃ ca saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabba-
nimittesu ahaṃkāramamaṃkāramānāpagataṃ1 mānasaṃ
hoti vidhāsamatikkantam2 santam3 suvimuttan ti || ||
3 Yaṃ kiñci Kappa rūpam atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
la || sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na meso
attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā
anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
4-6 Yā kāci vedanā || || Yā kāci saññā || || Ye keci saṅ-
khārā || ||
7 Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇam atītānāga apaccuppannam ajjhat-
taṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā
paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ netam
mama neso ham asmi na meso attāti || evam etaṃ yathā-
bhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti || ||
8 Evaṃ kho Kappa jānato evam passato imasmiñ ca
saviññāṇake kāye bahiddhā ca sabbanimittesu ahaṃkāra-
mamaṃkāramānāpagatam mānasaṃ hoti vidhāsamatik-
kantam santaṃ suvimuttan ti || ||
Dhammakathikavaggo samatto4 || ||
Avijjā Vijjā5 dve Kathikā ||
Bandhanā Parimuccitā duve6 ||
Saññojānaṃ Upādānaṃ7 ||
Sīlaṃ Sutavā8 dve ca Kappenā ti9 || ||
CHAPTER III AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO
SN_3,22(1).126 (1) Samudayadhamma (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -pagata- always
2 S1-3 vidhāya- further on vidhā-
3 Omitted by S1-3 always
4 In S1-3 only
5 S1-3 Dve bhikkū
6 S1-3 Parimucchā dve
7 S1-3 -dānā
8 S1 Sīla; S3 Sīlavā and omits Sutavā
9 S1-3 Kappināti
[page 171]
XXII. 126. 11] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 171
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu
kho bhante avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammaṃ
rūpaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathādhammaṃ na
pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ Vayadhammam rūpanti
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || samudayavayadhammaṃ rupaṃ
Samudayavayadhammaṃ1 rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajā-
nāti ||
5 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ Samudayadhammā
vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ
Vayadhammā vedanā ti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānati || samu-
dayavayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ Samudayavayadhammā
vedanāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || pe ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre Samudayadhammā saṅ-
khārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhamme saṅkhāre
Vayadhammā saṅkhārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || samu-
dayavayadhamme saṅkhāre Samudayavayadhammā saṅk-
hārāti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
8 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇam Samudayadhammaṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ
viññāṇaṃ Vayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || samudayavayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Samudaya-
vayadhammam viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato
hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte so bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Vijjā vijjāti bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante vijjā
kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
11 Idha bhikkhu sutavā ariyasāvako samudayadhammaṃ
rūpaṃ Samudayarūpanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || vaya-
dhammaṃ rūpam Vayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B and S1 omit vaya in this word here and further on
[page 172]
172 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 126. 12
pajānāti || samudayavayadhammaṃ rupaṃ Samudayavaya-
dhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
12 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ || pe ||
13 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || pe ||
14 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || pe1 ||
15 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ
viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ viñ-
ñāṇaṃ Vayadhammaṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
samudayavayadhammam viññāṇaṃ Samudayavayadham-
maṃ viññāṇanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti
16 Ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu vijjā ettāvatā vijjāgato hotī-
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).127 (2) Samudayadhamma (2)
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmā ca Mahā-
Koṭṭhito2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito sāyaṇhasamayam
patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito || pa ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti āvuso
Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā kittāvatā
ca3 avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano samudayadhammam
rūpam Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || vayadhammaṃ rupaṃ || pe || samudayavayadham-
maṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti ||
5 Samudayadhammam vedanaṃ || pe ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || ||
8 Samudayadhammam viññāṇam || pa4 || vayadhammaṃ
viññāṇam || pa || Samudayavayadhammam5 viññāṇanti
yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso6 ettāvatā ca7 avijjāgato hotīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 12 and 14 are more complete in B
2 S3 omits Mahā
3 Complete in B
4 5-8 are more complete in B
5 B -viya- instead of -vaya-
6 S1-3 vuccatā vuso
7 S1-3 omit ca
[page 173]
XXII. 130. 1-2] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 173
SN_3,22(1).128 (3) Samudayadhammā (3)
1-2 Bārāṇasi nidānaṃ1 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso
Sāriputta vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca
vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako samudayadhammaṃ
rūpaṃ Samudayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
vayadhammaṃ rūpaṃ || pe || samudayavayadhammaṃ
rūpaṃ Samudayavayadhammaṃ rūpanti yathābhūtaṃ
pajānāti || ||
5 Samudayadhammaṃ vedanaṃ || pe ||
6 Samudayadhammaṃ saññaṃ || ||
7 Samudayadhamme saṅkhāre || ||
8 Samudayadhammaṃ viññāṇaṃ || samudayavayadham-
maṃ viññāṇanti yathābhutaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).129 (4) Assāda (1)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye2 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti
āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || Katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā
kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca
ādīnavañca {nissaraṇañca} yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānam || ||
8 Viññāṇassa assādañca {ādīnavañca} nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī-
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).130 (5) Assāda (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ Isipatane Migadāye || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 S1-3 taññeva nidānam--Ekam antaṃ nisidi-- and so on,
more or less complete in the following suttas
[page 174]
174 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 130. 3
3 Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu
kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca ādīna-
vañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || pe || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
8 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtam pajānāti1 ||
9 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).131 (6) Samudaya (1)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || pa || ||
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu
kho āvuso avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānam || || Viññā-
ṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī-
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).132 (7) Samudaya (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Mahā-Koṭṭhito
āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti avuso
Sāriputta vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā
ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañca2 nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārāṇaṃ || || Viññā-
ṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca2 nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatāca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The numbers 5-7-8 are repeated in S1-3 (S3 omitting saññāya)
2 B inserts here assādañca ādīnavañca
[page 175]
XXII. 134. 8] AVIJJĀVAGGO TATIYO 175
SN_3,22(1).133 (8) Koṭṭhita (1)
1 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
2 Atha kho Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ1 || pe ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
tam Mahā-Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjā ti āvuso
Koṭṭhita vuccati || Katamā nu kho āvuso Koṭṭhita avijjā
vuccati || kittavatā ca avijjāgato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || || Viññā-
ṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na
pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī-
ti2 || ||
10 Evam vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-
Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuc-
cati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato hotī
ti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti ||
12-14 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
15 Viññāṇassa assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca
yathābhūtam pajānāti || ||
16 Ayaṃ vuccati āvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotī-
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).134 (9) Koṭṭhita (2)
1-2 Bārāṇasiyaṃ viharanti Isipatane Migadāye || ||
3 Avijjā avijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita avijjā kittāvatā ca avijjā-
gato hotīti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādinavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
8 Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 patisallāṇā vuṭṭhito- upasaṅkami- -nisīdi
2 B hoti
[page 176]
176 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 134. 9
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī-
ti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-
Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita
vuccati || katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato
hotīti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpassa samudayañca
atthagamañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathā-
bhūtam pajānāti || ||
12-14 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || Saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
15 Viññāṇassa samudayañca atthagamañca assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānāti || ayam
vuccatāvuso1 vijjāgato hotīti1 ||
SN_3,22(1).135 (10) Koṭṭhita (3)
1-2 Taññeva nidānaṃ || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Sāriputto āyasman-
taṃ Mahā-Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Avijjā avijjāti āvuso
Koṭṭhita vuccati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso avijjā hoti
kittāvatā ca avijjāgato hotī ti || ||
4 Idhāvuso assutavā puthujjano rūpam na pajānāti ||
rūpasamudayam na pajānāti || rūpanirodham na pajānāti ||
rūpanirodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam na pajānāti || ||
5-7 Vedanaṃ na pajānāti || pe || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
8 Viññāṇaṃ na pajānāti viññāṇasamudayaṃ na pajā-
nāti viññāṇanirodhaṃ na pajānāti vinnāṇanirodhagāminim
paṭipadaṃ na pajānāti || ||
9 Ayaṃ vuccatāvuso avijjā ettāvatā avijjāgato hotīti || ||
10 Evaṃ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto āyasmantam Mahā-
Koṭṭhitam etad avoca || || Vijjā vijjāti āvuso Koṭṭhita vuc-
cati || || Katamā nu kho āvuso vijjā kittāvatā ca vijjāgato
hotīti || ||
11 Idhāvuso sutavā ariyasāvako rūpam pajānāti rūpa-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The second part (Nos. 10-15) of this suttta and the first part
of the next (Nos. 1-9) are omitted in B
[page 177]
XXII. 137. 2] KUKKUḶA VAGGO CATUTTHO 177
samudayam1 pajānāti || rūpanirodham pajānāti rūpani-
rodhagāminiṃ paṭipadam pajānāti || ||
12-14 Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || || Saṅkhāre || ||
15 Viññānaṃ pajānāti viññāṇassa samudayam pajānāti
viññāṇanirodham pajānāti viññāṇanirodhagāminim paṭi-
padam pajānāti || ||
16 Ayam vuccatāvuso vijjā ettāvatā ca vijjāgato hotīti || ||
Avijjāvaggo || ||
Tatruddānam || ||
Samudayadhammena tīṇi2 ||
Assāda apare duve3 ||
Samudayena dve vuttā4
Koṭṭhitena5 apare tayoti || ||
CHAPTER IV KUKKUḶA-VAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,22(1).136 (1) Kukkuḷa
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra-voca || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave kukkuḷam || vedanā kukkuḷā6 ||
saññā kukkuḷā7 || saṅkhārā kukkuḷā6 || viññāṇaṃ kukku-
ḷām || ||
4 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim
pi nibbindati || vedanāya pi || saññāya pi || saṅkhāresu pi ||
viññāṇasmim pi nibbindati || ||
5 Nibbindaṃ virajjati || ||8 nāparam itthattāyāti pajānā-
tīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).137 (2) Aniccena (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B rūpassa sam-
2 S1-3 cetaso
3 S1-3 assādo- -dve
4 B samudayeca; S1-3 vutto
5 B koṭṭhike
6 S1-3 kukkuḷaṃ
7 Missing in S1-3
8 Complete in B
[page 178]
178 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 137. 3
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ || tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || ||
4-6 Vedanā aniccā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
7 Viññāṇam aniccaṃ || tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chando pahātabbo
ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).138 (3) Aniccena (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Yam bhikkhave aniccam tatra vo rāgo
pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
4-7 Vedanā || || Saññā || || {Saṅkhārā} || || Viññāṇaṃ anic-
caṃ || tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo rāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).139 (4) Aniccena (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo
chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Kiñca bhikkhave aniccaṃ || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo || ||
4-7 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || || Viññāṇam anic-
caṃ || tatra vo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yam bhikkhave aniccaṃ tatra vo chandarāgo pahā-
tabbo ti || ||
SN_3,22(1).140-142 (5-7) Dukkhena (1-3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3-8 Yam bhikkhave dukkhaṃ tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || pa ||
3-8 rāgo pahātabbo || ||
3-8 chandarāgo pahātabbo ti1 || ||
SN_3,22(1).143-145 (8-10) Anattena (1-3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
2 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
[page 179]
XXII. 147. 3] KUKKUḶA VAGGO CATUTTHO 179
rāgo pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca bhik-
khave anattā || ||
3 Rūpam bhikkhave anattā || tatra vo chando pahā-
tabbo || || rāgo pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
4-6 Vedanā anattā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
7 Viññānam anattā1 tatra vo chando pahātabbo || || rāgo
pahātabbo || || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
8 Yo bhikkhave anattā tatra vo chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti2 || ||
SN_3,22(1).146 (11) Kulaputtena dukkhā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhāpabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam
anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe nibbidā bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe nibbidā
bahulaṃ vihareyya || ||
4 So3 rūpe nibbidā bahulaṃ viharanto || || Vedanāya || ||
Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe nibbidā bahulaṃ viha-
ranto rūpam parijānāti || || Vedanaṃ || || Saññaṃ || Saṅ-
khāre || Viññāṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ || vedanaṃ || || saññaṃ || saṅ-
khāre || viññāṇam parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā pari-
muccati vedanāya parimuccati vedanāya parimuccati
saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi parimuccati viññāṇamhā
parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena sokehi paridevehi
dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi parimuccati dukkhasmā
ti vadāmīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).147 (12) Kulaputtena dukkhā (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhāpabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam
anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe aniccānupassī vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe anic-
cānupassī vihareyya || || pa || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anattaṃ
2 So S1-3 where the three suttas are united: but divided in B
3 B Yo
[page 180]
180 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 147. 4-5
4-5 -parimuccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti1 || ||
SN_3,22(1).148 (13) Kulaputtena dukkhā (3)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Saddhā pabbajitassa bhikkhave kulaputtassa ayam
anudhammo hoti || yaṃ rūpe anattānupassī vihareyya || ||
Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || || Viññāṇe anattā-
nupassī vihareyya || ||
4 So rūpe anattānupassī viharanto || vedanāya || sañ-
ñāya || saṅkhāresu || viññāṇe anattānupassī viharanto
rūpam parijānati || vedanaṃ || saññaṃ || saṅkhāre || viññā-
ṇam parijānāti || ||
5 So rūpam parijānaṃ vedanaṃ || saññam || saṅkhāre ||
viññāṇam parijānaṃ parimuccati rūpamhā parimuccati
vedanāya pārimuccati saññāya parimuccati saṅkhārehi
parimuccati viññāṇamhā parimuccati jātiyā jarāmaraṇena
sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi pari-
muccati dukkhasmā ti vadāmīti || ||
Kukkuḷavaggo2 catuttho || ||
Tassuddānam3 || ||
Kukkuḷā tayo Aniccena4 || ||
Dukkhena apare tayo ||
Anattena tayo vuttā ||
Kulaputtena dve5 dukkhā ti || ||
CHAPTER V DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO
SN_3,22(1).149 (1) Ajjhattikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || Tatra-voca || ||
3 Kisminnu bhikkhave sati kim upādāya uppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhanti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3; as in the preceding and the next
2 S3 kukkula-
3 S1-3 tatrud-
4 S1-3 aniccatā
5 So all the MSS.; it ought to be tayo
[page 181]
XXII. 150. 5-9] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 181
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya uppajjati
ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
6-8 Vedanāya sati || pa || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati1 || ||
9 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya uppajjati ajjhattaṃ2
sukhadukkhaṃ || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhanti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-13 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
14 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya uppajjeyya ajjhattaṃ sukhadukkhan
ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evampassaṃ || pa || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānā-
tīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).150 (2) Etam mama
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim
abhinivissa Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti
samanupassatīti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5-9 Rūpe3 kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3; S1 adding vabahiddhaṃ vā to ajjhattam
2 S1-3 add vā
3 S1-3 Rūpaṃ
[page 182]
182 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 150. 10
abhinivissa ||1 la || || Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya
viññāṇam abhinivissa Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti samanupassati2 || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccam vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || vipariṇāmadhammam api me tam
anupādāya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti
samanupasseyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-13 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
14 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti samanupasseyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānatīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).151 (3) Eso attā3
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā
so loko so pecca4 bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipari-
ṇāmadhammoti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa evaṃ ditthi uppajjati || So attā so loko so pecca
bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya || Saññāya || Saṅkhāresu || Viññāṇe sati
viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat Etaṃ- samanupassati ti and subjoin:
bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpamabhinivissa evam diṭṭhiṃ
(further on diṭṭhi) uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā
na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti
2 Instead of Etam mama S1-3 have Evam diṭṭhi uppajjati no
cassaṃ (S3 omit no cassaṃ) no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi
na me bhavissatī ti
3 This sutta, the third in B, is the fifth in S1-3
4 B pacca always
[page 183]
XXII. 152. 5-7] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 183
uppajjati || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco
dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
10 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yampanāniccam dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || So attā so loko
so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadham-
moti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || {Saṅkhārā} || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || So attā so loko
so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāma-
dhammoti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || || pe || || nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).152 (4) No ca me siyā1
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || No
cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi2 na me bhavissatī
ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pe || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || No cassaṃ no ca me
siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This sutta, the fourth in B, is the sixth in S1-3
2 B nābhavissaṃ always
[page 184]
184 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 152. 8
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhini-
vissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na
bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || || Rūpaṃ niccam vā
aniccam vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || || No cassaṃ no
me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatī ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam anu-
pādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No cassaṃ no ca me siyā
na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Evam passaṃ || pe || naparam itthattayāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).153 (5) Micchā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa micchādiṭṭhi uppajjatī ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññānaṃ upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
micchādiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya micchā-
diṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 185]
XXII. 155. 5] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 185
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ || api
nu tam anupādāya micchādiṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).154 (6) Sakkāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjatīti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
sakkāyadiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccam
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya sakkāya
diṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ || pe || api nu tam anupādāya sakkāya-
diṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).155 (7) Attānu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa Attānudiṭṭhi uppajjatīti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa attānudiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 186]
186 KHANDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 155. 6-9
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
attānudiṭṭhi uppajjati || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya attānu-
diṭṭhi uppajjeyyā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || {Saṅkhārā} || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya attānu-
diṭṭhi uppajjeyyāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyā ti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,22(1).156 (8) Abhinivesa (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesa-
vinibandhāti1 || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpaṃ
abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam || pa || api nu tam anupādāya uppaj-
jeyyuṃ saññojanābhinivesavinibandhā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || no hetam bhante2 || ||
15 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saññojanavinivesavinibaddhā always
2 In S1-3 only
[page 187]
XXII. 158. 9] DIṬṬHIVAGGO PAÑCAMO 187
SN_3,22(1).157 (9) Abhinivesa (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa uppajjanti saññojanābhinivesa-
vinibandhājjhosānā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe1 || ||
SN_3,22(1).158 (10) Ānandena
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Ānando yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || || upasaṅkamitvā || pa || Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
3 Sādhu me bhante Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ
desetu yam aham Bhagavato dhammam sutvā eko vū-
pakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto vihareyyanti || ||
4 Taṃ kiṃ maññasi Ānanda || Rūpaṃ niccam vā aniccaṃ
vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu tam anupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
5-8 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vāti-sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkhaṃ bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ ||
kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham
asmi eso me attāti || ||
9 Tasmā ti hānanda yaṃ kiñci rūpam atītānāgatapaccup-
pannam2 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This sutta is the same as the preceding with the mere
substitution of -vinibandhājjhosānā to -vinibhandhā
(S1-3 vinibaddhā)
2 This paragraph is to be found in S1-3 only
[page 188]
188 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXII. 158. 10
10 Evam passam || pa || nāparam itthattāyāti pajā-
nātīti1 || ||
Diṭṭhivaggo pañcamo2 || ||
Tassuddānaṃ3 || ||
Ajjhattikam Etam mama Eso me attā No ca me siyā ||
Micchā Sakkāya Attānu4 dve || Abhinivesā Ānandenāti5 ||
6 Uparipaññāsakuddānaṃ7 || ||
Antaṃ Vijjā Samudayañ ca ||
Kukkulaṃ Diṭṭhi pañcamaṃ ||
Tatiyo paññāsako vutto
Nipāto ti pavuccatīti8 || ||
Khandhasaṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ9 || ||
BOOK II RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA
CHAPTER I VAGGO PATHAMO
SN_3,23(2).1 (1) Māro
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme10 || ||
2 Attha kho āyasmā Rādho yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B pajanāmīti
2 B omits pañcamo
3 S1-3 uddānam bhavati
4 B sakkāyattānu; S1-3 sakkāya attānaṃ
5 S1-3 vinivesā apare dve Ānandena pūrito vaggo
6 S1-3 Cullapaññāsako samatto-tassa vagguddānam
7 This mention is to be found in S1-3 only
8 S1-3 Antādhammā tatovijjā kukkḷo diṭṭhipañcamaṃ gatiyo
paññāsako vutto nipāto tena (S1 tona) vuccati
9 S1-3 Khandhavaggassa nipātaṃkelatīṇi (-ṇi being erased
in S1) paññāsakaṃ samattaṃ
10 In S1-3 only, which omits even Sāvatthi in the sequel
[page 189]
XXIII. 2. 3] VAGGO PATHAMO 189
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Māro Māro ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho
bhante Māro ti1 || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha sati Māro vā assa māretā vā yo vā
pana mīyati || tasmāti ha tvaṃ Rādha rūpam Māro ti passa
māretā ti passa mīyatīti passa rogoti passa gaṇḍo ti passa
sallanti passa aghanti passa aghabhūtanti passa || || Ye
nam evam passanti te sammāpassanti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || ||2 Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati2 || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati Māro vā assa māretā vā yo vā pana
mīyati || tasmāti ha tvaṃ Rādha viññāṇam Māro ti passa
māretā ti passa mīyatīti passa rāgo ti passa gaṇḍo ti passa
sallanti passa aghanti passa aghabhūtanti passa || || Ye
nam evam passanti te sammāpassantī ti || ||
9 Sammādassanam pana bhante kimatthiyanti3 || ||
Sammādassanaṃ kho Rādha nibbidatthaṃ || ||
10 Nibbidā pana bhante kimatthiyā ti || ||
Nibbidā kho Rādha virāgatthā || ||
11 Virāgo pana bhante kimatthiyoti || ||
Virāgo kho Rādha vimuttattho4 || ||
12 Vimutti5 pana bhante kimatthiyāti || ||
Vimutti kho Rādha nibbānatthā4 || ||
13 Nibbānam pana bhante kimatthiyanti || ||
Assa6 Rādha pañhaṃ nāsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ
gahetuṃ || || Nibbānogadhaṃ hi Rādha brahmacariyaṃ
vussati nibbānaparāyanaṃ nibbānapariyosānan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).2 (2) Satto
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavantam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit bhante and add vuccati
2 More complete in S1-3
3 B kimatthaṃ
4 B -atthaṃ
5 S1-3 vimuttiṃ
6 B accayā; S3 aḍḍha corrected to assa
[page 190]
190 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 2. 4
etad avoca || || Satto satto ti vuccati || kittāvatā nu kho
bhante satto ti vuccatīti1 || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
tatra satto tatra visatto tasmā satto ti vuccati || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tatra
satto tatra visatto tasmā satto ti vuccati || ||
9 Seyyathāpi Rādha kumārakā vā kumāriyo2 vā paṃsvā-
gārakehi kīḷanti || ||3 Yāva kīvañca tesu paṃsvāgārakesu
avītarāgā honti avigatachandā avigatapemā avigatapipāsā
avigatapariḷāhā avigatataṇhā || tāva tāni paṃsvāgārakāni
ālayanti keḷāyanti4 manāyanti5 mamāyanti || ||
10 Yato ca kho Rādha kumārakā vā kumāriyo vā tesu
paṃsvāgārakesu vigatarāgā honti vigatachandā vigata-
pemā vigatapipāsā vigatapariḷāhā vigatataṇhā || atha kho6
tāni paṃsvāgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti
vidhamanti viddhaṃsenti vikīḷanikaṃ7 karonti || ||
11 Evam eva kho Rādha tumhe rūpaṃ vikiratha
vidhamatha viddhaṃsetha vikīḷanikaṃ karotha taṇhak-
khayāya paṭipajjatha || ||
12-14 Vedanaṃ vikiratha || || Saññam vikiratha || ||
Saṅkhāre vikiratha || ||
15 Viññāṇaṃ vikiratha vidhamatha8 viddhaṃsetha
vikiḷanikaṃ karotha taṇhakkhayāya paṭipajjatha || || Taṇ-
hakkhayo hi Rādha nibbānan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).3 (3) Bhavanetti
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Bhavanetti9 bhavanettīnirodho10 ti
bhante vuccati || katamā nu kho bhante bhavanettī katamo
bhavanettīnirodho ti11 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 vuccati
2 B kumārikāyo always 3S1-3 -āgārakesuhi kīḷantā
4 S1-3 allīyanti kelāyanti
5 S1-3 vanāyanti
6 S1-3 omit kho
7 B vikiḷaniyaṃ always
8 Omitted by S1-3
9 B adds nirodho
10 S1-3 omit nirodho
11 S1-3 kasmā nu kho bhante bhavanettī ti nirodhoti
[page 191]
XXIII. 5. 5] VAGGO PATHAMO 191
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
ya upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusāyā || ayaṃ
vuccati bhavanettī tesaṃ nirodhā1 bhavanettīnirodho || ||
5-7 Vedanāya || || Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu || ||
8 Viññāne yo chando || pa || adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā ||
ayaṃ vuccati bhavanettī tesaṃ nirodhā bhavanettīnirodho
ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).4 (4) Pariññeyyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Pariññeye ca dhamme desissāmi
pariññañ ca2 pariññātāvim puggalaṃ ca taṃ suṇohi3 ||
pe ||
4 Bhagavā etad avoca || || Katame ca Rādha pariññeyyā
dhammā || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha pariññeyyo dhammo ||
Vedanā pariññeyyo dhammo || Sañña || Saṅkhārā pariññeyyo
dhammo || Viññāṇaṃ pariññeyyo dhammo || || Ime vuccanti
Rādha pariññeyyā dhammā || ||
5 Katamā ca Rādha pariññā || || Yo kho Rādha rāgak-
khayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo ayaṃ vuccati Rādha
pariññā || ||
6 Katamo ca Rādha pariññātāvī4 puggalo || || Arahātissa
vacanīyaṃ || yoyam āyasmā evaṃnāmo evaṃgotto ayam
vuccati Rādha pariññātāvī4 puggalo ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).5 (5) Samaṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ Rādham
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca ||
seyyathīdam rūpūpādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānak-
khandho || ||
5 Ye hi keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B nirodho
2 B pariññā ca
3 S1-3 -pariññātavīca puggalaṃ taṃ suṇatha
4 S1-3 -nātāvi
[page 192]
192 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 5. 6
pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca ādīnavañca
nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ na pajānanti || na me te Rādha
samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu vā samaṇasammatā
brāhmaṇesu vā brāhmaṇasammatā || na ca pana te āyas-
manto sāmaññattham vā brahmaññatthaṃ vā diṭṭheva
dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viha-
ranti || ||
6 Ye ca kho keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā
imesam pañcannam upādānakkhandhānam assādañca
ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam pajānanti || te kho1
Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā samaṇesu ceva samaṇa-
sammatā brāhmaṇesu ca brāhmaṇā sammatā || te ca
panāyasmanto sāmaññatthañca brahmaññatthañca diṭṭheva
dhamme sayam abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viha-
rantīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).6 (6) Samaṇā (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ
Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || ||
Seyyathīdam rūpūpādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇūpādānak-
khandho || ||
5-6 Ye hi keci Rādha samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā imesam
pañcannam upādānakkhandhānaṃ samudayañca atthaga-
mañca assādañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtam
na2 pajānanti || || pe || || sayam abhiññā sacchi katvā
upasampajja viharantīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).7 (7) Sotāpanno
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasman-
tam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame
pañca || || Seyyathīdaṃ {rūpūpādānakkhandho} || pe || viññā-
ṇūpādānakkhandho || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add te
2 S3 omit na. Somewhat seems to be wanted in the MSS
-- napajānanti in S3; pajānanti in B
[page 193]
XXIII. 9. 6-7] VAGGO PATHAMO 193
5 Yato ca kho Rādha ariyasāvako imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañcā yathābhūtam pajānāti ||
ayam vuccati Rādha ariyasāvako Sotāpanno avinipāta-
dhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).8 (8) Arahā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasman-
taṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Pañcime Rādha upādānakkhandhā || || Katame pañca || ||
Seyyathidaṃ rūpupādānakkhandho || pe || viññāṇupādānak-
khandho || ||
5 Yato ca kho Rādha bhikkhu imesam pañcannam
upādānakkhandhānam samudayañca atthagamañca assā-
dañca ādīnavañca nissaraṇañca yathābhūtaṃ viditvā
anupādā1 vimutto hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhu {Arahaṃ}
khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppatta-
sadattho parikkhīṇa bhava saññojano sammad aññāvi-
mutto ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).9 (9) Chandarāga (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasman-
tam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chande yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
tam pajahatha || || evaṃ taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati
ucchinnamūlaṃ tālāvatthukataṃ anabhāvakatam āyatim
anuppādadhammaṃ || ||
5 Vedanāya yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam
pajahatha || evaṃ sā vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinna-
mūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā āyatim anuppāda-
dhammā || ||
6-7 Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi yā taṇhā taṃ pajahatha || evante saṅkhārā pahīnā
bhavissanti ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvakatā
āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anupādāya
[page 194]
194 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 9. 8
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā tam
pajahatha || evaṃ taṃ viññāṇam bhavissati || pa || dhamman
ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).10 (10) Chandarāga (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasman-
tam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Rūpe kho Rādha yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā
ye upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭānābhinivesānusayā te paja-
hatha || evan taṃ rūpam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinnamū-
lam tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakataṃ āyatim anuppāda-
dhammaṃ || ||
5 Vedanāya yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā tanhā ye
upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te paja-
hatha || evaṃ sā vedanā pahīnā bhavissati ucchinnamūlā
tālāvatthukatā || pa || āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
6-7 Saññāya || || Saṅkhāresu yo chando yo rāgo yā
nandi yā taṇhā ya upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinive-
sānusayā te pajahatha || evante saṅkhārā pahīnā bhavissanti
ucchinnamūlā || pa || āyatim anuppādadhammā || ||
8 Viññāṇe yo chando yo rāgo yā nandi yā taṇhā ye
upāyupādānā cetaso adhiṭṭhānābhinivesānusayā te paja-
hatha || evantaṃ viññāṇam pahīnam bhavissati ucchinna-
mūlaṃ tālāvatthukatam anabhāvakatam āyatim anuppāda-
dhamman ti || ||
Rādhasaṃyuttassa pathamo vaggo1 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ1 || ||
Māro Satto Bhavanettī || ||
Pariññeyyā Samaṇā duve2 ||
Sotāpanno Arahā ca ||
Chandarāgā apare duve ti3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B has only vaggo tassudānaṃ
2 S1-3 -ññeyyaṃ samaṇena dve
3 S1-3 dve chandarāgiyāti
[page 195]
XXIII. 14. 4] DUTIYO VAGGO 195
CHAPTER II DUTIYO VAGGO
SN_3,23(2).11 (1) Māro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māro Māro ti bhante1
vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante Māroti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māro vedanā Māro saññā Māro
saṅkhārā Māro viññānam Māro || ||
5 Evam passaṃ Rādha sutavā ariyasāvako rūpasmim pi
nibbindati || pe ||2 nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).12 (2) Māradhammo
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Māradhammo Māra-
dhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante
Māradhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māradhammo vedanā Māradhammo
saññā Māradhammo saṅkhārā Māradhammo viññāṇam
Māradhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ Rādha || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti
pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).13 (3) Anicca (1)
1-3 Aniccam aniccanti bhante vuccati || katamannu kho
bhante aniccanti3 || ||
4 Rupaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ || vedanā aniccā || sañña
aniccā || saṅkhārā aniccā || viññāṇam aniccaṃ || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).14 (4) Anicca (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Aniccadhammo anic-
cadhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante
aniccadhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha aniccadhammo || vedanā anicca-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kho panetam instead of bhante
2 Complete in B
3 So S1-3; more complete in B
[page 196]
196 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 14. 5
dhammo || saññā || saṅkharā aniccadhammo || viññāṇam
aniccadhammo || ||
5 Evam passam || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).15 (5) Dukkha (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dukkhaṃ dukkhanti
bhante vuccati || || Katamannu kho bhante dukkhanti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || vedanā dukkhā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā dukkhā || viññānaṃ dukkhaṃ || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).16 (6) Dukkha (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Dukkhadhammo
dukkhadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho
bhante dukkhadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho bhante dukkhadhammo || vedanā dukkha-
dhammo saññā || saṅkhārā dukkhadhammo || viññāṇaṃ
dukkhadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).17 (7) Anatta (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Anattā anattā ti bhante
vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante anattāti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha anattā || vedanā anattā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā anattā || viññāṇam anattāti || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).18 (8) Anatta (2)
1-3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā Rādho Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Anattadhammo anattadhammoti
bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante anattadham-
moti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha anattadhammo || vedanā anatta-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 197]
XXIII. 22. 1-3] DUTIYO VAGGO 197
dhammo || saññā || saṅkhārā anattadhammo || viññāṇam
anattadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).19 (9) Khaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Khayadhammo khaya-
dhammo ti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante
khayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha khayadhammo || vedanā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā khayadhammo || viññāṇaṃ khayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).20 (10) Vaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Vayadhammo vaya-
dhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho bhante
vayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha vayadhammo || vedanā vaya-
dhammo || saññā || saṅkhārā vayadhammo || viññāṇaṃ
vayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).21 (11) Samudaya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Samudayadhammo
samudayadhammoti bhante vuccati || || Katamo nu kho
bhante samudayadhammoti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha samudayadhammo || vedanā
samudayadhammo || saññā || saṅkhārasamudayadhammo ||
viññāṇaṃ samudayadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,23(2).22 (12) Nirodhadhamma
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Nirodhadhammo
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 198]
198 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 22. 4
nirodhadhammoti || || Katamo nu kho bhante nirodha-
dhammo ti || ||
4 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || vedanā || saññā ||
saṅkhārā nirodhadhammo || viññāṇaṃ nirodhadhammo || ||
5 Evam passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyāti pajānātīti || ||
Vaggo dutiyo || ||
Uddānam1 || ||
Māro ca Māradhammo ca || ||
Aniccehi pare duve2 ||
Dukkhehi ca3 dve vuttā ||
Anattehi tatheva ca4 || ||
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ5 ||
Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
CHAPTER III ĀYĀCANA-VAGGO TATIYO
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante
Bhagavā saṅkhittena dhammaṃ desetu || pe ||6 pahitatto
vihareyyan ti || ||
SN_3,23(2).23 (1) Māro
4 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahātabbo || ko ca
Rādha Māro || || Rūpam kho Rādha Māro || tatra te chando
pahātabbo || || Vedanā Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
Saññā || || Saṅkhārā Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
Viññāṇam Māro || tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).24 (2) Māradhammo
4 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo
rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Vaggassudānaṃ ; omitting Vaggo dutiyo
2 S1-3 aniccehiapare dve
3 S1-3 dukkhena
4 S1-3 apare dve instead of tatheva ca ; S3 puts anattā before
anattehi
5 S1-3 Khayadhammo vayadhammosamudayadhammo ca
6 Complete in B
[page 199]
XXIII. 34. 5] ĀYĀCANA-VAGGO TATIYO 199
SN_3,23(2).25-26 (3-4) Anicca (1-2)
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ ||
4 Yo kho Rādha aniccadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).27-28 (5-6) Dukkham (1-2)
4 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha dukkhadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).29-30 (7-8) Anatta (1-2)
4 Yo kho Rādha anattā ||
4 Yo kho Rādha anattadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).31-32 (9-10) Khaya-Vaya
4 Yo kho Rādha khayadhammo ||
4 Yo kho Rādha vayadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).33 (11) Samudaya
4 Yo kho Rādha samudayadhammo tatra te chando
pahātabbo rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).34 (12) Nirodhadhammo
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā
Rādho Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Sādhu me bhante ||
pe || vihareyyan ti || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando
pahātabbo rāgo pahātabbo chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko
ca Rādha nirodhadhammo || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodha-
dhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || Vedanā nirodha-
dhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā
nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Viññāṇaṃ
nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo tatra te chando
pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
Āyācanavaggo tatiyo1 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3 (S1 Āyātana-) ; B vaggo udānam ; no title is given
[page 200]
200 RĀDHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIII. 35. 1-3
Māro ca Māradhammo ca ||
Aniccena apare duve1 ||
Dukkhehi ca2 dve vuttā ||
Anattehi apare dve3
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ4 ||
Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
CHAPTER IV UPANISINNAVAGGO CATUTTHO
SN_3,23(2).35 (1) Māro
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||5 Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyas-
mantam Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahātabbo || || Ko
ca Rādha Māro || || Rūpaṃ kho Rādha Māro || tatra te
chando pahātabbo || pa || Viññāṇam Māro || tatra te chando
pahātabbo || || Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo ti || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || pe ||
6 Yo kho Rādha Māro tatra te chandarāgo pahātabbo ||
SN_3,23(2).36 (2) Māradhammo
4 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chando pahā-
tabbo || ||
5 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || ||
6 Yo kho Rādha Māradhammo tatra te chandarāgo
pahātabbo || ||
SN_3,23(2).37-38 (3-4) Aniccam (1-2)
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha aniccaṃ || ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha aniccadhammo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 aniccehi- -dve
2 Omitted by S1-3
3 B anattāhi tatheva ca
4 S1-3 add dhammo after khaya, vaya, omitting samuayam
5 More complete in S1-3
[page 201]
XXIII. 46. 7] UPANISINNAVAGGO CATUTTHO 201
SN_3,23(2).39-40 (5-6) Dukkhaṃ (1-2)
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhaṃ || ||
4-6 Yaṃ kho Rādha dukkhadhammaṃ ||
SN_3,23(2).41-42 (7-8) Anatta (1-2)
4-6 Yo kho Rādha anattā ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha anattadhammo ||
SN_3,23(2).43-45 (9-11) Khaya-Vaya-Samudaya
4-6 Yo kho Rādha khayadhammo ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha vayadhammo ||
4-6 Yo kho Rādha samudayadhammo tatra te chando
pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabboti ||
SN_3,23(2).46 (12) Nirodhadhamma
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasman-
taṃ Rādham Bhagavā etad avoca || || Yo kho Rādha
nirodhadhammo tatra te chando pahātabbo || rāgo pahā-
tabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Ko ca Rādha nirodha-
dhammo || ||
4-6 Rūpaṃ kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || tatra te
chando pahātabbo || tatra te rāgo pahātabbo || tatra te
chandarāgo pahātabbo || || Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
Viññāṇaṃ nirodhadhammo || tatra te chando pahātabbo ||
rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo || ||
7 Yo kho Rādha nirodhadhammo || tatra te chando
pahātabbo || rāgo pahātabbo || chandarāgo pahātabbo ti || ||
Upanisinnavaggo catuttho || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Māro ca Māradhammo ca || Aniccā aparena dve ||
Dukkhaṃ ca dve vuttā || dve Anattehi aṭṭhamaṃ ||
Khaya-Vaya-Samudayaṃ || Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti || ||
Rādha-Saṃyuttam1 ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B. In S1-3 the end is thus : Evam Mārosuttāni
vitthāretabbāni-Evaṃ nirodhadhammena chattiṃsaveyyākaraṇāni
vitthāretabbāni--Evaṃ Rādhasaṃyutta (S1--aṃ) piṇḍite
catunavuti veyyākaraṇāni honti--Rādhasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ--
Tatruddānaṃ-- Māro ca Māradhammo ca Aniccehi apare
dve Dukkhena dve vuttā Anattehi ca apare dve Khayadhammo
Vayadhammo Samudayadhammo Nirodhadhammena dvādasāti--
Upanisinnavaggo samatto
[page 202]
202 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 1. 1-2
BOOK III DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM
CHAPTER I SOTĀPATTIVAGGO
SN_3,24(3).1 (1) Vātam
1-2 Sāvatthi1 || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi upajjati || Na vātā
vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na can-
dimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante || pe1 || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na
najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā
udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāyasati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || {Na} vātā vāyanti na najjo sandanti
na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti
vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkham vā taṃ sukhaṃ vāti ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti na
najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo pi jāyanti na candimasūriyā
udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
[page 203]
XXIV. 2. 3] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 203
No hetam bhante || ||
10-12 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
13 Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Na vātā vāyanti ||
na najjo sandanti || na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasū-
riyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidam diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccam vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeya || Na vātā vāyanti na
najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā
udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu1
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā
hoti || dukkhasamudaye pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkha-
nirodhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā
paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti ||2 ayaṃ vuccati
bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti ||
SN_3,24(3).2 (2) Etam mamam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B ca instead of chasu, always
2 S1-3 hotīti
[page 204]
204 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 2. 4
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam mama eso ham asmi
eso me attāti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me
attāti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || la || ||
10-12 Vedanā || || Saññā || || Saṅkhārā || ||
13 Viññāṇam niccam aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa ||
Api nu tam upādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Etam
mama eso ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ1 diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutam viññātam pat-
tam pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va
aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukkhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Etam mama eso
ham asmi eso me attāti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho2 bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā
hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotā-
panno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).3 (3) So attā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho sati kim upādāya kim
abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā so loko so pecca
bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammoti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B pi here and in the next sutta
2 MIssing in S1-3
[page 205]
XXIV. 4. 4] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 205
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati So attā so loko so pecca
bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || So attā so loko so pecca bhavissāmi
nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo || ||
9-13 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante1 || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya So attā ||
la || avipariṇāmadhammo ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante1 || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya So attā
so loko so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇā-
madhammoti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa
kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako
sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāya-
noti || ||
SN_3,24(3).4 (4) No ca me siyā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho sati kim upādāya kim
abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me
siyā na bhavissāmi2 na me bhavissatīti || ||
3 Bhagavaṃ-mūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 B nābhavissaṃ always
[page 206]
206 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 4. 5-7
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na
bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati No cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bha-
vissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No cassaṃ
no ca me siyā na bhavissāmi na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇam1 || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuviracitam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya No
cassaṃ no ca me siyā na bhavissami na me bhavissatīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkha pahīnā
hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipādāya pissa kaṅ-
khā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako
sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).5 (5) Natthi
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Natthi
dinnam natthi yiṭṭhaṃ natthi hutaṃ natthi sukaṭadukka-
ṭānaṃ kammānam phalaṃ vipāko natthi ayaṃ loko natthi
paraloko natthi mātā natthi pitā natthi sattā opapātikā
natthi loke samaṇa-brāhmaṇā sammaggatā2 sammā paṭi-
pannā ye imañca lokam paraṃ ca lokaṃ sayam abhiññā
sacchikatvā pavedenti || || Catummahābhūtiko ayam3 puriso
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in B
2 S1-3 samagga (S3 ṃ) tā
3 B yaṃ
[page 207]
XXIV. 5. 10-13] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 207
yadā kālaṃ karoti pathavīpathavīkāyam anupeti anupa-
gacchati ||1 āpoāpokāyam anupeti anupagacchati || tejo
tejokāyam anupeti anupagacchati || vāyovāyokāyam anu-
peti anupagacchati || ākāsam indriyāni saṅkamanti āyanti2
pañcamā3 purisā matam ādāya gacchanti yāvā āḷāhanāpā-
dāni paññāyanti kāpotakāni atthīni bhavanti bhasmantā-
hūtiyo4 dattupaññattam idaṃ dānaṃ nāma tesaṃ tucchaṃ
musāvilāpo ye keci atthikavādaṃ vadanti bāle ca paṇḍite
ca kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param
maraṇā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi upajjati || Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭ-
ṭhaṃ || pe || kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti
param maraṇā || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pe ||
Kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param
maraṇā || ||
9 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya natthi
dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pa || kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti
vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti5 || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pe ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 anupigacchati always
2 So S1-3; further on āsanti; B āsandi
3 S1 pañcavā here only
4 B bhasmantā āhutiyo
5 Missing in S1-3 from Taṃ kiṃ maññatha-
[page 208]
208 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 5. 14
kāyassa bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param
maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante1 || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ || pa2 ||
ye keci atthikavādaṃ vadanti bāle ca paṇḍite ca kāyassa
bhedā ucchijjanti vinassanti na honti param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti3 || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā
hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotā-
panno avinipātadhammo sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).6 (6) Karoto
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Karato4
kārayato5 chindato chedāpayato vadhato vadhāpayato6
socato7 socayato kilamato8 kilamapāyato phandato
phandāpayato pāṇam atimāpayato adinnam ādiyato9 san-
dhiṃ chindato10 nillopam harato ekāgārikaṃ karonto pari-
panthe tiṭṭhato paradāraṃ gacchato musābhaṇato karato
na kariyati11 pāpaṃ || || Khurapariyantena ce pi cakkena yo
imissā pathaviyā pāṇe ekaṃ maṃsakhalam ekam maṃsa-
puñjam kareyya || natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pā-
passa āgamo || || Dakkhiṇam ce pi Gaṅgāya tīraṃ gaccheyya
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat here Vedanā-sañña-saṅkhārā-viññāṇam
niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā
2 Complete in S1-3
3 B honti
4 So B always; S1-3 here only, further on karoto
5 Omitted by S1-3
6 S1-3 pacato (S3 pañcato) pācayato instead of vadhato-
7 Omitted by S1-3 always
8 S1-3 kilamayato
9 B omits adinnam ādiyāto
10 S1-3 chindayato
11 S1-3 kareyyati
[page 209]
XXIV. 6. 16] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 209
hananto ghātento chindanto chedāpento pacanto pācento ||
natthi tato nidānam pāpaṃ natthi pāpassa1 āgamo || ||
Uttaraṃ ce pi Gaṅgāya2 tīraṃ gaccheyya dadanto dāpento
yajanto yājento3 || natthi tato nidānam puññaṃ natthi
puññassa āgamo || dānena damena saṃyamena saccavajjena
natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Karato kārayato || pa || natthi
puññaṃ natthi puññāssa āgamo || ||
6-8 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || ||
9 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Karato kārayato || pe || natthi
puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ va ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Karato
kārayato || pe || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo
ti || ||
No hetam bhante ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ4 || ||
15 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭham sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccam vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Karato
kārayato || pa || natthi puññaṃ natthi puññassa āgamo ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
16 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhā-
nesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti ||
pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotā-
panno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 pāpassāpi
2 S1-3 Gaṅgā
3 B yajāpento
4 Complete in B
[page 210]
210 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 7. 1-2
SN_3,24(3).7 (7) Hetu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Natthi
hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ saṅkilesāya || ahetu-apaccayā
sattā saṃkilissanti || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo sattānaṃ
vissuddhiyā || ahetu-apaccayā sattā visujjhanti || || Natthi
balam natthi viriyaṃ natthi purisathāmo natthi purisapa-
rakkamo || sabbe sattā sabbe pāṇā sabbe bhūtā sabbe jīvā
avasā abalā aviriyā niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatā chasvevā-
bhijātisu1 sukhadukkham {paṭisaṃvedentīti} || ||
3 {Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Natthi hetu natthi paccayo
la || sukhadukkhaṃ {patiaṃventīti} || ||
5-7 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || ||
8 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Natthi hetu natthi paccayo || pe ||
sukhadukkham paṭisaṃvedentīti || ||
9 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam
anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Natthi hetu natthi
paccayo || pe || sukhadukkham paṭisaṃvedentīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhāra || Viññāṇaṃ2 || ||
14 Yam pidam diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || dukkham vipariṇāmadham-
mam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya ||
natthi hetu natthi paccayo || pa || sukhadukkham paṭisaṃ-
vedentīti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
thānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B chaḷevābhi-
2 More complete in B
[page 211]
XXIV. 8. 5] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 211
hoti || pe || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako || pe ||
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).8 (8) (Mahā) Diṭṭhena
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Sattime
kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā animmitā animmātā1 vañjhā
kuṭaṭṭhā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā te na iñjanti na vipariṇāmenti2
na aññamaññam vyābādhenti || nālam aññamaññassa su-
khāya vā dukkhāya vā sukhadukkhāya vā3 || ||
3 Katame satta || || Pathavīkāyo apokāyo tejokāyo vāyo-
kāyo || sukhe dukkhe jīve || || Sattime4 kāyā akaṭā akaṭa-
vidhā animmitā animmātā vañjhā kuṭaṭṭhā esikaṭṭhāyiṭ-
ṭhitā te na iñjanti na vipariṇāmenti na aññamaññaṃ vyā-
bādhenti || nālam aññamaññāssa sukhāya vā dukkhāya vā
sukhadukkhāya vā || ||
4 Yo pi tiṇhena satthena sīsaṃ chindati na koci taṃ5
jīvitā voropeti || sattannaṃ tveva kāyānam antarena
sattham vivaram anupavisati6 || ||
5 Cuddasa kho7 panimāni yonipamukhasatasahassāni8
saṭṭhi ca satāni cha ca satāni || pañca kammasatāni9 pañca
ca kammāni tīni ca kammāni kamme ca aḍḍhakamme ca
dvaṭṭhipaṭipadā dvaṭṭhantarakappā chaḷābhijātiyo aṭṭha-
purisabhūmiyo ekūnapaññāsa ājīvakasate ekūnapaññāsa
paribbājakasate ekūnapaññāsanāgavāsasate vīse indriya-
sate tiṃse niriyasate chattiṃsa10 rajodhātuyo satta sañ-
ñīgabbhā satta asaññīgabbhā satta nigaṇṭhigabbhā11 satta
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits animmātā always
2 S1-3 -ṇāmanti always
3 B omits sukhadukkhāya vā always
4 S1 inserts ime satta; S3 satta only
5 S1 omit taṃ; S3 has kimi
6 S1 anupatti; S3 anupatita-- perhaps both to be read anupatati
7 S1-3 mo
8 B yonimukha-
9 S1-3 kammunosatāni
10 S1-3 chattiṃsā
11 B nigandhi-
[page 212]
212 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 8. 6
dibbā1 satta mānusā satta pesācā2 satta sarā3 satta pavu-
dhā4 satta papātā satta ca papātasatāni satta supinā satta
ca supinasatāni cullāsīti mahākappuno5 satasahassāni6
bāle ca paṇḍite ca sandhāvitvā saṃsaritvā dukkhassan-
taṃ karissanti || ||
6 Tattha natthi Imināhaṃ7 sīlena vā vatena vā tapena vā
brahmacariyena vā aparipakkaṃ vā kammam paripāces-
sami paripakkaṃ vā kammam phussa8 phussa vyanti-
karissamīti hevam natthi || doṇamite sukhadukkhe pariyan-
takate saṃsāre natthi hāyanavaḍḍhane9 natthi ukkhaṃ-
sāvakaṃse || ||
7 Seyyathāpi nāma suttaguḷe khitte nibbeṭhiyamānam
eva paleti10 evam evam bāle ca paṇḍite ca nibbeṭhiyamānā11
sukhadukkham palentīti10 || ||
8 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
9 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpaṃ upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭa-
vidhā ||pe || || sukhadukkham palentīti || ||
10-16 Vedanāya sati || ||
17-22 Saññāya sati || ||
23-28 Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
29-34 Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Sattime kāyā akaṭā akaṭa-
vidhā || pe || || sukhadukkham palenti || ||
35-40 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave || Rūpaṃ niccaṃ
vā aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ12 dukkhaṃ viparināmadhammam api
nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sattime kāyā
akaṭā akaṭavidhā || pa13 || sukhaṃ dukkham palentīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B devā
2 B pisācā; S1 posāvā
3 S1-3 saññā
4 B sapuṭā
5 B -kappīno
6 B inserts yāni
7 S1-3 omit haṃ
8 S1 passa phassa
9 S1-3 gāyanā, the last ā being erased in S3
10 B nibbedhi-; S1-3 phaleti phalenti both always
11 So S1-3; B -mānameva, further on -mānā
12 S1-3 omit yam panāniccaṃ
13 S1-3 rehearse here all the preceding development
[page 213]
XXIV. 9. 14] SOTĀPATTIVAGGO 213
No hetam bhante || ||
41-46 Yam pi diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sattime
kāyā akaṭā akaṭavidhā || la1 || nibbeṭhiyamānā2 sukhaduk-
kham palentīti || ||
47 Yato3 kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhapissa kaṅkhā pahīnā
hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ariyasāvako sotā-
panno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).9 (9) Sassato loko
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato
loko ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato loko ti || ||
5-8 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu
sati || || Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhini-
vissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Sassato loko ti || ||
9 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evam diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ4 || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭham sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || || pe || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 repeat here once more the same development
2 S3 māna here only
3 S1-3 insert ca
4 More complete in S1-3
[page 214]
214 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 9. 15
Dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ api nu tam anupādāya
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Sassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu
ṭhānesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā
pahīnā hoti || la || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya
pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave ari-
yasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhi-
parāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).10 (10) Asassato loko
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Asassato
loko ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
4-13 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati || pa || Viññāṇaṃ niccam
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || ||
Api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Asassato
loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
14 Yam pi diṭṭhaṃ sutam mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicaritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ va anic-
caṃ vāti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Asassato loko ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa || || pe1 || ||
niyato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).11 (11) Antavā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Antavā
loko ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in B
[page 215]
XXIV. 17. 1-2] SOTĀPITTIVAGGO 215
SN_3,24(3).12 (12) Anantavā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim ābhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Anantavā
loko ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || la || niyato
samparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).13 (13) Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīram
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Taṃ jīvaṃ
taṃ sariranti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || || pa || ni-
yato sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).14 (14) Aññam jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīsaṃ
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Aññaṃ
jīvaṃ aññaṃ sarīranti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || la || niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).15 (15) Hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃdiṭṭhi uppajjati Hoti Tathā-
gato param maranā ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).16 (16) Na hoti Tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃditthi uppajjati Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).17 (17) Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 216]
216 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 17. 3-15
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Hoti ca na
ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
3-15 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pa || niyato
saṃbodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).18 (18) Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
3 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
4-8 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam
abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇa ti || pa || ||
9 Tam kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccam vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe ||
Dukkham vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
paraṃ maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
10-13 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇaṃ || ||
14 Yam pidaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātam pattam
pariyesitam anuvicāritam manasā tam pi niccaṃ vā anic-
caṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || ||
Yam panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā tam sukhaṃ vā ti || ||
Dukkham bhante || ||
Yam panāniccam dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammam api nu
tam anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Neva hoti na na
hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Yato ca kho bhikkhave ariyasāvakassa imesu chasu ṭhā-
nesu kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhe pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti ||
dukkhasamudaye pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhe
pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭi-
padāya pissa kaṅkhā pahīnā hoti || ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave
ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhi-
parāyano ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 217]
XXIV. 19. 10-15] PURIMAGAMANAM 217
Sotāpanno ariyasāvakābhavayoni-aṭṭhārasasuttantaṃ
niṭṭhitam1 || ||
Uddānam bhavati || ||
Vātam Etammamaṃ
So attā No ca me siyā
Natthi Karoto Hetu ca
Mahādiṭṭhena ca aṭṭhamaṃ || ||
Sassato loko ca Assato ca Antavā ca
Anantavā ca Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti
Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sariranti ca
Hoti tathāgato parammaraṇā ti
Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇāti2
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
CHAPTER II,1 PURIMAGAMANAM (aṭṭhārasa-veyyākaraṇāni)
SN_3,24(3).19 (1) Vātā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca || ||
3 Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kiṃ upādāya kim
abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo
sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasūriyā udenti
vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitāti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pa || esikaṭ-
ṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || || Saññāya sati || || Saṅkhāresu sati || ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evam
diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
10-15 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B Sotāpattivaggo aṭṭhārasa-veyyākaraṇaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ || ||
and nothing more; the overplus is to be found in S1-3
2 The title Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
is omitted in the MSS. and ought to be restored
[page 218]
218 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 19. 16
Aniccam bhante || pe1 || ||
Vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā
ti || ||
No hetam bhante
16 Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya
dukkham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati2 Na vātā
vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na
candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).20-35 (2-17)
Purimagamanāhi aṭṭhārasaveyyākaraṇāni vitthārānīti3 || ||
SN_3,24(3).36 (18) Neva hoti na na hoti
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kiṃ abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti || ||
4 {Bhagavaṃmūlakā} no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Neva hoti tathāgato na na hoti tathā-
gato param maraṇā ti || || pe4 || ||
CAHPTER II,2 DUTIYAGAMANAM (or Dutiyavāro)
SN_3,24(3).37 (19) Rūpī attā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More abridged in S1-3 than in B
2 B uppajjeyya
3 So B; S1-3 --pe-- kismiṃ nu bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim
abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati evaṃ (S3 etaṃ) taṃ
mama eso haṃ asmi eso (me) attāti Bhagavaṃmūlakā no
bhante dhammā --pe-- yathā purimadasasuttantam evam
vitthāretabbaṃ so attā- so loko; and repeat the beginning
of each sutta
4 So S3; more complete in B less in S1
[page 219]
XXIV. 41. 3] DUTIYAGAMANAM 219
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Rūpī attā
hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Rūpī attā hoti arogo param
maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || pe || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Rūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā
ti || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pa || ||
Vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Rūpī attā {hoti} arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || pa || No hetam bhante || ||
15 Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya duk-
kham abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Rūpī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).38 (20) Arūpī attā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Arūpī attā
hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || || peyyālo1 || ||
SN_3,24(3).39 (21) Rūpī ca arūpī ca
3 Rūpī ca arūpī ca attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti2 || ||
SN_3,24(3).40 (22) Neva rūpī nārūpī
3 Neva rūpī nārūpī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).41 (23) Ekantasukhī
3 Ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add soyeva before and vitthāretabbo after peyyālo
2 B puts forward Sāvatthi
3 This phrase is omitted in B
[page 220]
220 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 42. 3
SN_3,24(3).42 (24) Ekantadukkhī
3 Ekantadukkhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).43 (25) Sukhadukkhī
3 Sukkhadukkhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).44 (26) Adukkhamasukhī
3 Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjati adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param
maraṇā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anu-
pādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya duk-
kham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkham asukhī
attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu taṃ anupā-
dāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Iti kho bhikkhave dukkhe sati dukkham upādāya
dukkham abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkham
asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || || Dutiya-pey-
yālo || ||
Uddānaṃ || ||
Vātaṃ Etammamaṃ So attā No ca me siyā Natthi
Karoto1 Hetuyā2 Mahādiṭṭhena aṭṭhamaṃ -- Sassato
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 kāroto
2 S1 hetuyo; S3 hetuṃyā
[page 221]
XXIV. 46-69] TATIYAGAMANAM 221
Asassato ceva Antānantā ca vuccati -- Taṃjīvam Aññaṃ-
jīvañca Tathāgatena cattāro Rūpī attā hoti Arūpī ca1 attā
hoti Rūpī cā arūpī ca attā hoti Neva rūpī nārūpī attā hoti
Ekantasukhī attā hoti Ekantadukkhī attā hoti Sukha-
dukkhī attā hoti Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo2 param
maranā ti -- Ime chabbīsati suttā dutiyavārena desitā3 || ||
CHAPTER II,3 TATIYAGAMANAM
SN_3,24(3).45 (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā
vāyanti na najjo sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti || na
candimasūriyā udenti vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti || pe || || esi-
kaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam upādāya viññā-
ṇam abhinivissa evam diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti ||
pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || pe || ||4 vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam
anupādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Na vātā vāyanti || pe ||
esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ tasmiṃ
sati tad upādāya evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Na vātā vāyanti ||
pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
SN_3,24(3).46-69 (2-25)
Evaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1
2 S3 ārogo always
3 This uddānam is not be found in B
4 Complete in B
5 B chabbisaṃvitthāretabbāni
[page 222]
222 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 70. 1-3
SN_3,24(3).70 (26)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkha-
masukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo
param maraṇā ti || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāya
evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjeyya || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || tasmiṃ
sati tad upādāya tam abhinivissa1 evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati ||
Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā
ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammam api nu tam anupādāyā evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjeyya Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param
maraṇā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
Iti kho bhikkhave yad aniccaṃ taṃ dukkhaṃ || tasmiṃ
sati tad upādāya tam abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati ||
Adukkham asukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti2 || ||
Tatiyo peyyālo || || Chabbīsati suttantā vitthāretabbā3 || ||
CHAPTER II,4 CATUTTHAGAMANAM
SN_3,24(3).71 (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||
Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim upādāya kim abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vātā vāyanti na najjo
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omit taṃ abhinivissa always
2 11-14 are missing in S1
3 B omits cha- -vitthāretabbā
[page 223]
XXIV. 96. 6-9] CATUTTHAGAMANAM 223
sandanti na gabbhiniyo vijāyanti na candimasuriyā udenti
vā apenti vā esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā ti || ||
4 Bhagavaṃmūlakā no bhante dhammā || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Na vātā vāyanti || pa || esi-
kaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjati || Na vāta vāyanti || pe || esikaṭṭhāyiṭṭhitā || ||
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vāti || pe ||1 vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu taṃ
samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkharā || Viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || pe ||1 vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam
samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃkiñci rūpam atītānāgata-
paccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇitaṃ vā yam dūre santike vā
sabbaṃ rūpaṃ Netaṃ mama neso ham asmi na meso attā ti ||
evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammapaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ3 || ||
16 Evaṃ passaṃ || pe || nāparam itthattāyati pajānātīti || ||
SN_3,24(3).96 (26)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Kismiṃ nu kho bhikkhave sati kim
upādāya kim abhinivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || || Aduk-
khamasukhī attā hoti arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
4 Bhagavammūlakā no bhante dhammā || pe || ||
5 Rūpe kho bhikkhave sati rūpam upādāya rūpam abhi-
nivissa evaṃ diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti
arogo param maraṇā ti || ||
6-9 Vedanāya sati || Saññāya sati || Saṅkhāresu sati ||
Viññāṇe sati viññāṇam upādāya viññāṇam abhinivissa evaṃ
diṭṭhi uppajjati || Adukkhamasukhī attā hoti arogo param
maraṇā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 This number is abbreviated in S1-3
[page 224]
224 DIṬṬHI-SAṂYUTTAM [XXIV. 96. 10
10 Taṃ kim maññatha bhikkhave Rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || ||
Aniccam bhante || pe || ||1 vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ
nu taṃ samanupassituṃ Etam mama eso ham asmi eso
me attā ti || ||
No hetam bhante || ||
11-14 Vedanā || Saññā || Saṅkhārā || Viññāṇam niccaṃ vā
aniccaṃ vā ti || pe || vipariṇāmadhammaṃ kallaṃ nu tam
samanupassitum Etam mama eso ham asmi eso me attā
ti || ||
No etam bhante || ||
15 Tasmātiha bhikkhave yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgata-
paccuppannam ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā
sukhumaṃ vā pahīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā || yaṃ dūre santike
vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ netam mama neso ham asmi na me so
attāti || evam etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhab-
bam2 ||
16-19 Yā kāci vedanā || Yā kāci saññā || Ye keci saṅ-
khārā || Yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītanāgatapaccuppannaṃ ||
pe ||1 sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ || ||
20 Evam passam bhikkhave sutavā ariyasāvako rūpas-
miṃ3 nibbindati vedanāya nibbindati saññāya nibbindati
saṅkhāresu nibbindati viññāṇasmiṃ nibbindati || || Nibbin-
daṃ virajjati virāgā vimuccati vumuttasmi vimuttam iti
ñāṇaṃ hoti || || Khīṇā jāti vusitam brahmacariyaṃ kataṃ
karanīyam nāparam itthattāyāti pajānāmīti || ||
Purimagamanaṃ aṭṭhārasa veyyākaraṇā [ni] ||
Dutiyagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni ||
Tatiyagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni ||
Catutthagamanaṃ chabbīsaṃ vitthāretabbāni4 || ||
Diṭṭhi-saṃyuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 Abbreviated in S1-3
3 S3 adds pi
4 These four lines are to be found in B only
5 So B: S1-3 have so: Catutthakapeyyale chabbīsati suttantā hi
te parivaṭṭavitthārāti--Diṭṭhi saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ--Vātā etam
mama - (as above) adukkhamasukhī sahāti
[page 225]
XXV. 2. 1-3] OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA 225
BOOK IV OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,25(4).1 Cakkhu
1-2 Sāvatthi || pe || || Tatra || pe || voca ||
3 Cakkhum bhikkhave aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathā-
bhāvi1 || Sotam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathābhāvi || Ghā-
nam aniccaṃ vipariṇāmim aññathābhāvi || Jivhā aniccā vi-
pariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Kāyo anicco vipariṇāmī aññathā-
bhāvī || Mano anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuc-
cati || ayaṃ vuccati saddhānusārī okkanto sammattaniyā-
maṃ sappurisabhūmim okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhū-
miṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā
nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayonim vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjey-
ya || abhabbo ca2 tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattipha-
laṃ sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhammā evam paññāya
mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti3 || ayaṃ vuccati dhammānu-
sārī okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmim okkanto
vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātum
yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pet-
tivisayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ
yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ jānāti4 passati ayaṃ
vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparā-
yano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).2 Rūpa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇāmino añ-
ñathābhāvino || saddā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino ||
gandhā aniccā vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || rasā aniccā
vipariṇāmino aññathābhāvino || phoṭṭhabbā aniccā vipari-
ṇāmino aññāthābhāvino || dhammā aniccā vipariṇāmino
aññathābhāvino || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B -ṇāmī -bhāvī always; S1-3 -nāmiṃ, -bhāvi; sometimes
-nāmi -bhāviṃ
2 S1-3 va always
3 B nijjhānakkhamanti
4 B pajānāti
[page 226]
226 OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA [XXV. 2. 4
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhi-
muccati || ayaṃ vuccati saddānusārī okkanto sammat-
taniyāmaṃ sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto vītivatto puthuj-
janabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ
katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchāyoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppaj-
jeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattipha-
laṃ sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhammā || -yāva na sotapat-
tiphalaṃ sacchi karoti1 || ||
6 Yo2 bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ jānāti evam3 pas-
sati || ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato
sambodhiparāyano ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).3 Viññāṇam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhuviññāṇam bhikkhave aniccam
vipariṇāmiṃ aññathābhāvi || || Sotaviññāṇam || || Ghāna-
viññāṇaṃ || || Jivhāviññāṇaṃ || || Kāyaviññāṇaṃ || Mano-
viññāṇaṃ aniccam vipariṇāmiṃ aññathābhāvi || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave || la || sambodhiparāyano ti ||
SN_3,25(4).4 Phasso
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhusamphasso bhikkhave anicco
vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Sotasamphasso || || Ghāna-
samphasso || || Jivhāsamphasso || || Kāyasamphasso || || Mano-
samphasso anicco vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano
ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).5 Vedanāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cakkhusamphassajā bhikkhave vedanā4
aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || Sotasamphassajā vedanā ||
pa || || Jivhāsamphassajā vedanā || pa || Manosamphassajā
vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano
ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This paragraph is complete in B, missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 add hi
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S1-3 vedanā bhikkhave
[page 227]
XXV. 10. 4] OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA 227
SN_3,25(4).6 Saññā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpasaññā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇā-
mī aññathābhāvī || || Saddasaññā || || Gandhasaññā || || Rasa-
saññā || || Poṭṭhabbasaññā || || Dhammasaññā aniccā vi-
pariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano
ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).7 Cetanā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpasañcetanā bhikkhave1 aniccā vi-
pariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Saddasañcetanā || Gandhasañ-
cetanā || Rasasañcetanā || Poṭṭhabbasañcetanā || Dham-
masañcetanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano
ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).8 Taṇhā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpataṇhā bhikkhave aniccā vipariṇā-
mi aññathābhāvī || || Saddataṇhā || Gandhataṇhā || || Rasa-
taṇhā || Phoṭṭhabbataṇhā || Dhammataṇhā aniccā viparināmī
aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || saṃbodhiparāyano
ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).9 Dhātu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Pathavīdhātu bhikkhave aniccā vipari-
ṇāmī aññathābhāvī || || Āpodhātu || || Tejodhātu || || Vāyo-
dhātu || || Ākāsadhātu2 aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī || ||
4-6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme || pe || sambodhiparāyano
ti || ||
SN_3,25(4).10 Khandhena
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Rūpaṃ bhikkhave aniccaṃ vipariṇāmi
aññathābhāvi || || Vedanā aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathābhāvī ||
Sañña aniccā vipariṇāmī aññathabhāvī || Viññāṇam aniccam
vipariṇāmi aññathābhāvi || ||
4 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuc-
cuti ayaṃ vuccati saddhānusārī okkanto sammattaniyā-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 B adds viññāṇadhātu
[page 228]
228 OKKANTIKA-SAṂYUTTA [XXV. 10. 5
maṃ sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto vītivatto puthujjanabhū-
miṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ yaṃ kammaṃ katvā
nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ1 vā pettivisayaṃ vā uppajjey-
ya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sotāpattiphalaṃ
sacchikaroti || ||
5 Yassa kho bhikkhave ime dhamme evaṃ paññāya
mattaso nijjhānaṃ khamanti || ayaṃ vuccati dhammānu-
sārī okkanto sammattaniyāmam sappurisabhumiṃ okkanto
vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ || abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ
yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchayoniṃ vā pettivi-
sayaṃ vā uppajjeyya || abhabbo ca tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva
na sotāpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti || ||
6 Yo bhikkhave ime dhamme evam jānāti evam passati
ayaṃ vuccati sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambo-
dhiparāyano ti || ||
Okkantika-saṃyuttaṃ2 || ||
Tassuddānaṃ3 || ||
Cakkhu Rūpañca4 Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso Vedanāya ca ||
Saññā Cetanā Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena5 te dasā ti || ||
BOOK V UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,26(5).1 Cakkhu
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhussa uppādo ṭhiti
abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ
ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
4-7 Yo sotassa || Yo ghānassa || Yo jivhāya || Yo kāyas-
sa || ||
8 Yo manassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -yoniyaṃ
2 S1-3 okkanta-
3 Omitted by B
4 B rūpāca
5 S1-3 rūpena
[page 229]
XXVI. 3. 9-14] UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA 229
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhā-
vo || ||
9 Yo ca bhikkhave cakkhussa nirodho vūpasamo attha-
gamo || dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmara-
ṇassa atthagamo || ||
10-13 Yo sotassa nirodho || || Yo ghānassa nirodho || || Yo
jivhāya nirodho || Yo kāyassa nirodho || ||
14 Yo manassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa attha-
gamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).2 Rūpam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpānam uppādo ṭhiti
abhinibbatti pātubhāvo || dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ
ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo ||
4-8 Yo saddānaṃ || || Yo gandhānaṃ || Yo rasānaṃ || ||
Yo phoṭṭhabbānaṃ || || Yo dhammānam uppādo ṭhiti abhi-
nibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti
jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9 Yo bhikkhave rūpānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo
dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa
atthagamo || ||
10-13 Yo saddānaṃ || || Yo gandhānaṃ || Yo rasānaṃ ||
Yo poṭṭhabbānaṃ || ||
14 Yo dhammānaṃ nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa at-
thagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).3 Viññāṇam
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇassa uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || Yo manoviññānassa uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmara-
ṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇassa nirodho ||
pe || Yo1 manoviññāṇassa nirodho || pe || jarāmaraṇassa
atthagamo ti2 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add ca
2 This sutta and the following ones are more abridged in S1-3
than in B; I give the shortest text, but in the last sutta
[page 230]
230 UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVI. 4. 1-8
SN_3,26(5).4 Phasso
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassassa
uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo manosamphassassa uppādo ṭhiti
jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhusamphassassa nirodho ||
pe || Yo manosamphassassa nirodho || pe || jarāmaraṇassa
atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).5 Vedanāya
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo1 bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya
vedanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || Yo manasamphassajāya
vedanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya veda-
nāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || Yo manosamphassajāya
vedanāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo
ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).6 Saññāya
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasaññāya uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammasaññāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarā-
maraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpasaññāya nirodho || pe ||
Yo dhammasaññāya nirodho vūpasamo || pe || jarāmaraṇassa
atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).7 Cetanā
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammasañcetanāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarā-
{maraṇassa} pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya nirodho
vūpasamo || pe || Yo dhammasañcetanāya nirodho vūpasamo ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).8 Taṇhā
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || Yo dhammataṇhāya uppādo ṭhiti || pe || jarā-
maraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds kho here and in 6, 7
[page 231]
XXVI. 10. 12] UPPĀDA-SAṂYUTTA 231
9-14 Yo ca kho1 bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya nirodho vūpa-
samo || pe || || Yo dhammataṇhāya nirodho vūpasamo || ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).9 Dhātu
1-8 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave pathavīdhātuyā uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || || Yo āpodhātuyā || || Yo tejodhātuyā || || Yo
vāyodhātuyā || Yo ākāsadhātuyā || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā uppādo
ṭhiti || pe || jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
9-14 Yo ca kho bhikkhave paṭhavīdhātuyā nirodho vūpa-
samo || pe || || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā nirodho vūpasamo || pe ||
jarāmaraṇassa atthagamo ti || ||
SN_3,26(5).10 Khandhena
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo kho bhikkhave rūpassa uppādo ṭhiti
abhinibbatti pātubhāvo dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti
jarāmaraṇassa pātubhāvo || ||
4-6 Yo vedanāya || Yo saññāya || Yo saṅkhārānaṃ || ||
7 Yo viññāṇassa uppādo ṭhiti abhinibbatti pātubhāvo
dukkhasseso uppādo rogānaṃ ṭhiti jarāmaraṇassa pātu-
bhāvo || ||
8 Yo ca2 bhikkhave rūpassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo
dukkhasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa
atthagamo || ||
9-11 Yo vedanāya || || Yo saññāya || || Yo saṅkhārā-
naṃ || ||
12 Yo viññāṇassa nirodho vūpasamo atthagamo || duk-
khasseso nirodho rogānaṃ vūpasamo jarāmaraṇassa at-
thagamo ti || ||
Uppāda-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Cakkhu {Rūpañca} Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso ca3 Vedanāya ca ||
Saññāya || Cetanā || Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena te dasā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit kho
2 B adds kho
3 S1-3 omit ca
[page 232]
232 KILESA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVII. 1. 1-2
BOOK VI KILESA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,27(6).1 Cakkhu
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || pe || etad avoca || ||
3 Yo bhikkhave cakkhusmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso
upakkileso || ||
4-7 Yo sotasmiṃ chandarāgo || || Yo ghānasmiṃ chan-
darāgo || Yo jivhāya chandarāgo || Yo kāyasmiṃ chandarāgo ||
8 Yo manasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu
cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnam cassa
cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittam kammaniyam
khāyati abhiññā sacchikaraṇiyesu1 dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).2 Rūpam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpesu chandarāgo cit-
tasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddesu || || Yo gandhesu || || Yo rasesu || || Yo
poṭṭhabbesu || || Yo dhammesu chandarāgo cittasseso upak-
kileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu
cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa
cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittam kammaniyaṃ
khāyati abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyesu2 dhammesū ti || ||
SN_3,27(6).3 Viññāṇam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhuviññāṇasmiṃ
chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotaviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo ghānaviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo
jivhāviññāṇasmiṃ || Yo kāyaviññānasmiṃ || Yo manoviñ-
ñāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu
cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S3 abhiññāyacasacchi-
2 S1 abhiññāyasacchi-
[page 233]
XXVII. 7. 4-8] KILESA-SAṂYUTTA 233
cittaṃ hoti nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃkammaniyaṃ
khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti1 || ||
SN_3,27(6).4 Phasso
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassasmiṃ
chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotasamphassasmiṃ || Yo ghānasamphassasmiṃ ||
Yo jivhāsamphassasmiṃ || Yo kāyasamphassasmiṃ || Yo
manosamphassasmiṃ chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe ||2 abhiññāsac-
chikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).5 Vedanāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave cakkhusamphassajāya
vedanāya chandarāgo citasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo sotasamphassajāya vedanāya || || Yo ghānasam-
phassajāya vedanāya || Yo jivhāsamphassajāya vedanāya ||
Yo kāyasamphassajāya vedanāya || Yo manasamphassajāya
vedanāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchi-
karaṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).6 Saññāya
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasaññāya chandarāgo
citasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddasaññāya || || Yo gandhasaññāya || || Yo
rasasaññāya || || Yo poṭṭhabbasaññāya || Yo dhammasañ-
ñāya chandarāgo citasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchi-
karaṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).7 Cetanā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasañcetanāya chan-
darāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddasañcetanāya || || Yo gandhasañcetanāya ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This sutta is missing in B
2 B ||so yeva peyyālo ||
[page 234]
234 KILESA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVII. 7. 9
Yo rasasañcetanāya || || Yo phoṭṭhabbasañcetanāya || Yo
dhammasañcetanāya chandarāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchi-
karaṇīyesu1 dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).8 Taṇhā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpataṇhāya chandarāgo
cittasseso upakkileso || ||
4-8 Yo saddataṇhāya || Yo gandhataṇhāya || Yo rasataṇ-
hāya || Yo phoṭṭhabbataṇhāya || Yo dhammataṇhāya chan-
darāgo cittasseso upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno || pe || abhiññāsacchi-
karaṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).9 Dhātu.
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave pathavidhātuyā chan-
darāgo cittasseso upakkileso ||
4-8 Yo āpodhātuya || Yo tejodhātuyā || Yo vāyodhātuya ||
Yo ākāsadhātuyā || Yo viññāṇadhātuyā chandarāgo cittasseso
upakkileso || ||
9 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu chasu ṭhānesu
cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa
cittaṃ hoti nekkhamma paribhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ
khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu dhammesūti || ||
SN_3,27(6).10 Khandena
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Yo bhikkhave rūpasmiṃ chandarāgo
cittasseso uppakileso || la || Yo viññāṇasmiṃ chandarāgo
cittasseso upakkileso || ||
8 Yato kho bhikkhave bhikkhuno imesu pañcasu ṭhānesu
cetaso upakkileso pahīno hoti || nekkhammaninnaṃ cassa
cittaṃ hoti || nekkhammaparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ kammaniyaṃ
khāyati abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyesu2 dhammesūti || ||
Kilesa-saṃyuttam3 || ||
Tassuddānaṃ4 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 abhiññāyasacchi-
2 S1 abhiññāyasacchi-
3 S1-3 add pañcamaṃ, S3 inserting samattaṃ
4 B omits tass
[page 235]
XXVIII. 1. 7] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 235
Cakkhu Rūpañca Viññāṇaṃ ||
Phasso1 ca Vedanāya ca ||
Saññāya Cetanā Taṇhā ||
Dhātu Khandhena2 te dasā ti || ||
BOOK VII SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,28(7).1 Vivekam
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaṃ viha-
rati Jetavane Anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Sāvatthim3 piṇḍāya pāvisi || ||
3 Sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattam piṇḍa-
pātapaṭikkhanto yena andhavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami divā-
vihārāya || ||
4 Andhavanam ajjhogahetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle
divāvihāram nisīdi || ||
5 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto sāyaṇhasamayaṃ paṭisal-
lāṇā vuṭṭhito yena Jetavanam Ānāthapiṇḍikassa ārāmo
tenupasaṅkami || ||
6 Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ
durato va āgacchantam || disvāna āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
etad avoca || || Vippasannāṇi kho te āvuso Sāriputta indri-
yāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā
Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso vivicceva4 kāmehi vivicca akusalehi
dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajam pītisukham
pathamajjhānam5 upasampajja viharāmi || tassa mayham
āvuso na evaṃ hoti Aham pathamajjhānaṃ samāpajjāmīti
vā Aham pathamajjhānam samāpanno ti vā Aham patha-
majjhānā6 vuṭṭhito ti vā ti7 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 saṃphasso
2 S1-3 dhātukkhandena
3 S1-3 sāvatthiyaṃ
4 S1 viviccehi
5 B pathamaṃ jhānam, and further on pathamā jhānā always.
Likewise in the following suttas
6 S1-3 -jhānaṃ, S1 having paṭhamaṃ
7 S1-3 omit iti
[page 236]
236 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 1. 8
8 Tathā hi panāyasmato1 Sāriputtassa dīgharattaṃ
ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā
āyasmato Sāriputtassa na evaṃ hoti Aham pathamajjhā-
naṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Aham pathamajjhānaṃ samāpanno
ti vā. Ahaṃ pathamajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).2 Avitakkam
1-5 Sāvatthi2 || || Taṃ yeva nidānaṃ3 ||
6 Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtaṃ
dūrato va āgacchantaṃ || disvāna āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
etad avoca || || Vippasannāni kho te avuso Sāriputta indri-
yāni parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā
Sāriputto ajja vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso vitakkavicārānam vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ
sampasādānaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvam avitakkam avicāraṃ
samādhijam pītisukhaṃ dutiyajjhānam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || tassa mayham āvuso na evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ dutiyaj-
jhānam samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpanno
ti vā Aham dutiyajjhānā4 vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
8 Tathā hi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattam
ahaṃkāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā
āyasmato Sāriputtassa na evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ
samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānaṃ samāpannoti vā
Ahaṃ dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).3 Pīti
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe ||
vippasannāni kho te āvuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho
mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā5 Sāriputto ajja
vihārena vihāsīti || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca
viharāmi6 sato ca sampajāno sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃ-
vedemi yantaṃ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā sukha-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 tathā pahīnāyasmato
2 In B only
3 In S1-3 only
4 S1 -jhānam; S3 -jhānaṃ corrected to -jhānā here and further on
5 S1-3 katamenapanā-
6 B vihāsiṃ
[page 237]
XXVIII. 7. 7-8] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 237
vihārīti tatiyajjhānaṃ upasampajja viharāmi || so yeva pey-
yālo1 || ||
SN_3,28(7).4 Upekkhā
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe ||
Vippasannāni kho te āvuso Sāriputta indriyāni parisuddho
mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto || katamenāyasmā Sāriputto ajja
vihārena2 vihāsīti || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca
pahānā pubbeva somanassa-domanassānam atthagamā
adukkham asukham upekkhā satipārisuddhim catutthaṃ
jhānam upasampajja viharāmi || ||
8 Tassa mayham || pe || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti3 || ||
SN_3,28(7).5 Ākāsa
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe4 || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā
paṭighasaññānam atthagamā nānattasaññānam amanasi-
kārā Ananto ākāso ti ākāsañcāyatanam upasampajja vihā-
rāmi || pa5 || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).6 Viññāṇaṃ
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Addasā kho āyasmā Ānando || pe6 || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ sama-
tikkamma Anantaṃ viññāṇanti7 viññāṇañcāyatanam upa-
sampajja viharāmi || || pa ||8 vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).7 Akiñcañña
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ sama-
tikkamma Natthi kiñcīti ākiñcaññāyatanam upasampajja
viharāmi || pe || vuṭṭhito ti9 vā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; complete in B
2 B inserts na
3 Complete in B
4 More complete in S1-3
5 So B; S1-3 soyevapeyyālo
6 S1-3 Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto || pe || ||
7 B omits Anantaṃ viññaṇanti
8 S1-3 soyevapeyyālo
9 S1-3 omit ti
[page 238]
238 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 8. 1-6
SN_3,28(7).8 Saññī
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || ||
7-8 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso1 ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ sama-
tikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanam upasampajja viha-
rāmi || || pe || || vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,28(7).9 Nirodho
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto || pa || ||
7 Idhāham āvuso sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ
samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodham upasampajja viha-
rāmi || tassa mayhaṃ āvuso na evaṃ hoti Aham sañña-
vedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajjāmīti vā Aham saññāveda-
yitanirodhaṃ samāpanno ti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhā
vuṭṭhito ti vā ti || ||
8 Tathāhi panāyasmato Sāriputtassa dīgharattam ahaṃ-
kāra-mamaṃkāra-mānānusayā susamūhatā || tasmā āyas-
mato Sāriputtassa evaṃ hoti Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ
samāpajjāmīti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno
ti vā Ahaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhā vuṭṭhito hoti vā ti2 || ||
SN_3,28(7).10 Sucimukhī
1 Ekaṃ samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Rājagahe viharati
Veḷuvane Kalandakanivāpe || ||
2 Atha kho āyasmā Sāriputto pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivā-
setvā pattacīvaram ādāya Rājagahe piṇḍāya pāvisi || Rāja-
gahe sapadānaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā taṃ piṇḍapātam añña-
taraṃ kuḍḍam3 nissāya paribhuñjati || ||
3 Atha kho Sucimukhī paribbājikā yenāyasmā Sāriputto
tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ Sāriputtam
etad avoca || ||
4 Kiṃ nu kho samaṇa adhomukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini adhomukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
5 Tena hi samaṇa ubbhamukho bhuñjāsīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini ubbhamukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 8 is missing in S1-3
3 B kuṭṭa (or kuṭṭu ?) mūlaṃ
[page 239]
XXVIII. 10. 13] SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA 239
6 Tena hi samaṇa disāmukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini disāmukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
7 Tenahi samaṇa vidisāmukho bhuñjasīti || ||
Na khvāham bhagini vidisāmukho bhuñjāmīti || ||
8 Kiṃ nu samaṇa Adhomukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho
samāno Na khvāhaṃ bhagini adhomukho bhuñjāmīti
vadesi || tena hi samaṇa Ubbhamukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho
samāno Na khvāham bhagini ubbhamukho bhuñjāmīti
vadesi ||tena hi samaṇa Disāmukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho
samāno Na khvāham bhagini disāmukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi ||
tena hi samaṇa Vidisāmukho bhuñjasīti iti puṭṭho samāno
Na khvāham bhagini vidisāmukho bhuñjāmīti vadesi || ||
Kathañcarahi samaṇa1 bhuñjasīti || ||
9 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā2 vatthuvijjā
tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikam3 kappenti || ime
vuccanti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā adhomukhā bhuñjan-
tīti4 || ||
10 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā nakkhattavijjā
tiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikam kappenti || ime vuc-
canti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā ubbhamukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
11 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā dūteyyapahīṇa-
gamanānuyogā micchājīvena5 jīvikaṃ kappenti || ime vuc-
canti bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā disāmukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
12 Ye hi keci bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā aṅgavijjātirac-
chānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappenti || ime vuccanti
bhagini samaṇabrāhmaṇā vidisāmukhā bhuñjantīti || ||
13 So khvāhaṃ bhagini na vatthuvijjātiracchānavijjāya
micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na nakkhattavijjātiracchā-
navijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na dūteyyapa-
hiṇagamanānuyogamicchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || na aṅ-
gavijjātiracchānavijjāya micchājīvena jīvikaṃ kappemi || ||
Dhammena bhikkham pariyesāmi dhammena bhikkham
pariyesitvā bhuñjāmīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 samaṇehi
2 S1-3 samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā va
3 B jīvitaṃ always
4 S1-3 bhuñjanti always
5 S3 duteyya- always, S1 B here only; S3 -gamaṇā- always;
B -yogāya- always; S3 -yoga always; S1 further on
[page 240]
240 SĀRIPUTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXVIII. 10. 14
14 Atha kho Sucimukhī paribbājikā Rājagahe rathiyāya
rathiyaṃ siṅghāṭakena1 siṅghāṭakam upasaṅkamitvā evam
ārocesi || Dhammikaṃ samaṇā sakyaputtiyā āhāram āhā-
renti anavajjaṃ2 samaṇā sakyaputtiyā āhāram āhārenti ||
detha samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyāṇam piṇḍan ti || ||
Sāriputta-saṃyuttaṃ3 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Vivekam Avitakkaṃ ca ||
Pīti Upekkhā catutthakaṃ ||
Ākāsam ceva Viññāṇaṃ ||
Akiñcaññeva Saññinā ||
Nirodhenagahe vutto ||
Dasamaṃ Sucimudhī cāti4 || ||
BOOK VIII NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA
SN_3,29(8).1 (1) Suddhikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra -- voca -- ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave nāgayoniyo || || Katamā ca-
tasso || || Aṇḍajā nāgā jalābujā nāgā saṃsedajā nāgā opapā-
tikā nāgā || || Imā kho bhikkhave catasso nāgayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,29(8).2 (2) Paṇitataraṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi- -opapātikā nāgā5 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B inserts vā
2 B anavajjena
3 S1-3 add chaṭṭhaṃ
4 S1-3 Vivekajaṃ Avitakkam
Pīti Upekhāya ca Ākāsaṃ
Viññāṇaṃ ceva Akiñcaññā
Neva saññā ca Nirodho
Sucimukhī navāti (S3 -na cāti)
5 In B only
[page 241]
XXIX. 3. 7] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 241
4 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi nāgehi jalābujā ca1 saṃ-
sedajā ca1 opapātikā ca1 nāgā paṇītatarā || ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi ca jalābujehi ca nāgehi
saṃsedajā ca opapātikā ca nāgā paṇītatarā || ||
6 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajehi ca jalābujehi ca saṃsedajehi
ca nāgehi opapātikā nāgā2 paṇītatarā || ||
7 Imā kho bhikkhave catasso nāgayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,29(8).3 (3) Uposatha
1 Ekaṃ samayaṃ- Sāvatthiyaṃ- ārāme3 || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅ-
kami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
midhekacce aṇḍajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭha-
kāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekaccānam aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ evaṃ
hoti || || Mayaṃ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino ahumha
vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino || te mayaṃ kāyena
dvayakārino vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ saha-
vyatam upapannā4 || ||
5 Sacajja mayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ careyyāma vācāya
sucaritaṃ careyyāma manasā sucaritaṃ careyyāma || evaṃ
mayaṃ kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ
lokaṃ upapajjeyyāma5 || ||
6 Handa mayam etarahi kāyena sucaritaṃ carāma
vācāya sucaritaṃ carāma manasā sucaritaṃ carāmāti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacce aṇḍajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā ca
bhavantīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit ca
2 S1-3 omit nāgā
3 In B only
4 S1-3 uppannā always
5 S1-3 uppajj- always
[page 242]
242 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX. 4. 1-2
SN_3,29(8).4 (4) Uposatha (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bha-
gavā || pa1 || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
midhekacce jalābujā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭha-
kāya ca bhavantīti || ||
4-6 Sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ2 || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacce jalābujā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā
ca bhavantīti.
SN_3,29(8).5 (5) Uposatha (3)
12 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
midhekacce saṃsedajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭ-
ṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4-6 Sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo || yenamidhe-
kacce saṃsedajā nāgā uposatham upavasanti ossaṭṭhakāyā
ca bhavantīti.
SN_3,29(8).6 (6) Uposatha (4)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
midhekacce opapātikā nāgā uposatham upavasanti os-
saṭṭhakāyā ca bhavantīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekaccānam opapātikānaṃ nāgānam
evaṃ hoti || || Mayaṃ kho pubbe kāyena dvayakārino
ahumha vācāya dvayakārino manasā dvayakārino || te
mayaṃ kāyena dvayakārino vācāya dvayakārino manasā
dvayakārino kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā opapātikānaṃ
nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapannā || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1-2 are missing in S1-3
2 S1-3 So yeva peyyālo
[page 243]
XXIX. 8. 4-6] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 243
5 Sacajja mayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ careyyāma vācāya
sucaritaṃ careyyāma1 manasā sucaritaṃ careyyāma ||
evam {mayaṃ} kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā sugatiṃ
saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjeyāma || ||
6 Handa mayam etarahi kāyena sucaritaṃ carāma
vācāya sucaritaṃ carāma1 manasā sucaritaṃ carāmāti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
midhekacce opapātikā nāgā uposathaṃ upavasanti ossaṭ-
ṭhakāyā bhavantīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).7 (7) Tassa sutam (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ saha-
vyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī hoti manasā dvayakārī hoti || tassa sutaṃ hoti
Aṇḍajā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānam sahavyataṃ upapajjeyyan-
ti || ||
6 So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ
sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgā-
naṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).8 (8) Tassa sutam (2)
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā jalābujānaṃ nāgā-
naṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī || So yeva
peyyalo2 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B omits sucaritaṃ ca-
2 B has only ||pa|| after upapajjatīti
[page 244]
244 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX. 8. 7
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā jalābujānaṃ
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).9 (9) Tassa sutam (3)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
saṃsedajānam nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4-6 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti || So
yeva peyyālo || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā saṃsedajānam
nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).10 (10) Tassa sutam (4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā
nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā
parammaraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upa-
pajjeyyanti || ||
6 So kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā opapātikānam nāgā-
nam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenami-
dhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ
nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).11-20 (11) Dānupakāra (1)
1-3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yena-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 245]
XXIX. 21-50. 7] NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA 245
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgā-
naṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā
nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evam hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjeyyan
ti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti ||1 pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ deti || yānaṃ
deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ deti || seyyaṃ
deti || avasatham deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa bhedā
parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ nāgā-
naṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,29(8).21-50 (12-14) Dānupakāra (2,3,4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu
ko paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param-
maraṇā Jalābujānaṃ nāgānam || pa ||
Saṃsedajānam nāgānam ||
Opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti
vācāya dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti
Opapātīkā nāgā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā opapātikānaṃ nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjey-
yan ti ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || la || opapātikānam nāgā-
naṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yena-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 add So kāyassa- -uppajjati and the first words of
the number 7 till paccayo; moreover they repeat So before
pānaṃ vatthaṃ, etc.
[page 246]
246 NĀGA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIX.21-50. 7
midhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapatikānam
nāgānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppapajjatīti1 || ||
Evam2 iminā peyyālena3 dasa suttantā kātabbā4 ||
Evaṃ catusu yonisu cattārīsa veyyākaraṇāni kātab-
bāni5 || ||
Dasa suttantā honti paññāsa suttantā ceti6 || ||
Nāga-saṃyuttaṃ7 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ8 || ||
Suddhikañca Paṇītataraṃ ||
Caturo ca Uposathā ||
Tassasutaṃ caturo ca ||
Dānupakārā caturo ||
Nāgehi supakāsitā ti9 || ||
BOOK IX SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,30(9).1 (1) Suddhakam
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave supaṇṇayoniyo || || Katamā
catasso || || Aṇḍajā supaṇṇā jalābujā supaṇṇā saṃ-
sedajā supaṇṇā opapātikā supaṇṇā || || Imā kho bhik-
khave catasso supaṇṇayoniyo ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 7 is to be found in S1-3 only
2 Omitted by B always
3 B insert saha
4 B vitthārā
5 B veyyakaraṇā kātabbā
6 Instead of this phrase, S1-3 have Evaṃ piṇḍakena nāgasaṃyuttaṃ
paññāsaṃ suttantaṃ hoti
7 S1-3 add samattaṃ
8 S1-3 add bhavati
9 So B; S1-3-- Suddhakaṃ Paṇītataraṃ cattāro
Uposatha (S1 -thaṃ) pucchakā
Tassasutaṃ cattāro
caturo Sucaritena
Danupakāraṃ cattāro
Nāgesu pakāsitāti
[page 247]
XXX.4-6. 1-3] SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTA 247
SN_3,30(9).2 (2) Haranti
1-2 Sāvatthi || ||
3 Catasso imā bhikkhave supaṇṇayoniyo || || Katamā
catasso || || Aṇḍajā || pa || Imā kho bhikkhave catasso
supaṇṇayoniyo || ||
4 Tatra bhikkhave aṇḍajā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje1 nage
haranti || na jalābuje || na saṃsedaje || na opapātike || ||
5 Tatra bhikkhave jalābujā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje
ca nāge haranti || na saṃsedaje na opapātike || ||
6 Tatra bhikkhave saṃsedajā supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje
ca saṃsedaje ca nāge haranti || na opapātike || ||
7 Tatra bhikkhave opapātika supaṇṇā aṇḍaje ca jalābuje
ca saṃsedaje ca opapātike ca nāge haranti || ||
8 Imā kho bhikkhave catasso supaṇṇayoniyo ti || ||
SN_3,30(9).3 (3) Dvayakāri (1)
1 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
2 Atha kho aññataro bhikkhu yena Bhagavā {tenupa-
saṅkami} || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenami-
dhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇ-
ṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā
supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjey-
yanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ
supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānam
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).4-6 (4-6) Dvayakārī (2-4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B adds va
[page 248]
248 SUPAṆṆA-SAṂYUTTA [XXX. 4-6. 4
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
Jalābujānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ || la ||
Saṃsedajānaṃ ||
Opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā
supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulāti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā opapātikānam supaṇṇānam sahavyatam upapajjey-
yanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ
supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).7-16 (7) Dānupakārā (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Aṇḍajā
supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjey-
yan ti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vattham deti || yānaṃ
deti || mālaṃ deti || gandham deti || vilepanaṃ deti || seyyaṃ
deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa bhedā
param maraṇā aṇḍajānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upa-
pajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā aṇḍajānam supaṇṇānaṃ
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,30(9).17-46 (8-10) Dānupakāra (2-4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
[page 249]
XXXI. 1. 1-2] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 249
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
jalābujānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ || pe || saṃsedajānaṃ supaṇṇa-
nām || pe || opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena dvayakārī hoti vācāya
dvayakārī manasā dvayakārī || tassa sutaṃ hoti Opapātikā
supaṇṇā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjey-
yanti || ||
6 So annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || so kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇṇānaṃ sahavya-
tam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā opapātikānaṃ supaṇ-
ṇānam sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
Evaṃ piṇḍakena1 cha cattālīsa suttantā honti2 || ||
Supaṇṇa-saṃyuttaṃ3 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ4 || ||
Suddhakaṃ Haranti5 ceva ||
Dvayakārī6 caturo7 ca ||
Dānupakārā8 ca cattāro ||
Supaṇṇā supakāsitā9 ti || ||
BOOK X GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,31(10).1 (1) Suddhikam
1-2 Sāvatthi || Tatra || voca10 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B piṇḍikena
2 So S3; B suttantam hoti; S1 -cattālīsaṃ suttantā hoti
3 S1-3 add aṭṭhamaṃ
4 S1-3 Uddānaṃ bhavati
5 B harati
6 S1-3 dayakārī
7 B inserts pi
8 S1-3 -kāraṃ
9 S1-3 suppa-
10 More complete in B
[page 250]
250 GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXI. 1. 3
3 Gandhabbakāyike1 vo bhikkhave deve desissāmi || taṃ
suṇātha ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave gandhabbakāyikā devā || ||
Santi bhikkhave mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi
bhikkhave sāragandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave
pheggugandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave tacagandhe
adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave papatikagandhe2 adhi-
vatthā devā || santi bhikkhave pattagandhe adhivatthā
devā || santi bhikkhave pupphagandhe adhivatthā devā ||
santi bhikkhave phalagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi
bhikkhave rasagandhe adhivatthā devā || santi bhikkhave
gandhagandhe adhivatthā devā || ||
5 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave gandhabbakāyikā devā ti || ||
SN_3,31(10).2 (2) Sucaritam
1-3 Sāvatthi || ārāme || ||
4 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko paccayo yenami-
dhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikā-
naṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu3 ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritam carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Gandhabbakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto suk-
habahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upa-
pajjeyyanti || || So kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhab-
bakāyikānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhabbakāyikānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).3 (3) Dātā (1)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kāyiko
2 S1-3 papaṭikā- here only
3 S1-3 bhikkhave
[page 251]
XXXI. 4-12. 6] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 251
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto
sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam
upapajjeyyanti || || So dātā hoti mūlagandhānam || So
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu || pa || yena midhekacco kāyassa
bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ
sakavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).4-12 (4-12) Dātā (2-10)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
sāraghandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti1 || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || || Tassa sutaṃ
hoti Sāragandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto
sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā sāragandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam sahavyatam
upapajjeyyanti || || So dātā hoti sāragandhānaṃ || ||
So yeva peyyalo2 || ||
So dātā hoti pheggugandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti tacagandhānaṃ || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B, instead of sahavyatam upapajjati, has || pa || pheggugandhe-
-gandhagandhe adhivatthānam- -upapajjatīti
2 In S1-3 only; complete in B
[page 252]
252 GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXI. 4-12. 7
So dātā hoti papaṭikagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti pattagandhānaṃ ||
So dātā hoti pupphagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti phalagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti rasagandhānaṃ || ||
So dātā hoti gandhagandhānam || ||
So kāyassa bhedā param maranā gandhagandhe adhi-
vatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhi-
vatthānam devānaṃ sahavyatām upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,31(10).13-22 (13) Dānupakāra (1)
1-4 Sāvatthi || ||1 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapaj-
jatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritam carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Mūlagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto
sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param-
maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ
upapajjeyyanti || || So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ deti ||
yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ deti ||
seyyaṃ deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || || So kā-
yassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjatīti || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu ayam paccayo yenamidhekacco
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā mūlagandhe adhivatthānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 More complete in S1; missing in S3 which omits the end
of the preceding and the beginning of this sutta, owing,
I think, to the leaving out of a line
[page 253]
XXXI. 23-102. 7] GANDHABBAKĀYA-SAṂYUTTA 253
SN_3,31(10).23-112 (14-23) Dānupakārā (2-10)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā
sāragandhe adhivatthānam devānam || pa || pheggugandhe
adhivatthānam devānam ||1 tacagandhe adhivatthānam
devānam || papaṭikagandhe adhivatthānam devānaṃ || patta-
gandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānam || pupphagandhe adhivat-
thānam devānaṃ || phalagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ ||
rasagandhe adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ || gandhagandhe adhi-
vatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjatīti || ||
5 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Gandhagandhe adhivatthā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇa-
vanto sukhabahulā ti || ||
6 Tassa evaṃ hoti Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param-
maraṇā gandhaghande adhivatthānaṃ devānaṃ {sahavya-
tam} uppajjeyanti || || So annaṃ deti || pānaṃ deti || vatthaṃ
deti || yānaṃ deti || mālaṃ deti || gandhaṃ deti || vilepanaṃ
deti || seyyaṃ deti || āvasathaṃ deti || padīpeyyaṃ deti || So
kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhivatthā-
naṃ devānaṃ sahavyataṃ upapajjati || ||
7 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidha-
kacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā gandhagandhe adhi-
vatthānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upappajjatīti || ||
Evampiṇḍakena2 ekasatañ ca dvādasa suttaṃ3 || ||
Gandhabbakāyasaṃyuttam niṭṭhitaṃ4 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ || ||
Suddhikaṃ ca Sucaritaṃ ||
Dātā hi apare dasa5 ||
Dānupakārā dasamā6 ||
Gandhabbā supakāsitā ti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit pheggu-
2 B Ekapiṇḍakena
3 S1-3 ekasatañca bārasañca suttantā bhavanti (S3 suttanto bhavati)
4 S1-3 samattaṃ
5 B tayo
6 S1-3 -kāraṃ dasamaṃ
[page 254]
254 VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXII. 1. 1-2
BOOK XI VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTAM
SN_3,32(11).1 (1) Desanā
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra || voca || ||
3 Valāhakakāyike1 bhikkhave deve desissāmi || taṃ suṇ-
ātha || ||
4 Katame ca bhikkhave valāhakakāyikā devā || || Santi
bhikkhave2 sītavalāhakādevā || santi uṇhavalāhakā devā ||
santi abbhavalāhakā devā || santi vātavalāhakā devā || santi
vassavalāhakā devā || ||
5 Ime vuccanti bhikkhave valāhakakāyikā devā ti || ||
SN_3,32(11).2 (2) Sucaritaṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi || ||3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā param maraṇā
valāhakakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Valāhakakāyikā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhaba-
hutā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā valāhakakāyikānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjey-
yanti || ||4 So kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā valāhakakāyi-
kānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam uppajjatīti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā valāhakakāyikānam
devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).3-22 (3) Dānupakārā (1)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -kāyikā vo; S1 valāha- instead of valāhaka- always
2 S1-3 repeat bhikkhave every time
3 S1-3 omit Sāvatthi, otherwise more complete
4 B inserts here so annaṃ deti- -padīpeyyaṃ deti
[page 255]
XXXII. 23-52. 6] VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA 255
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā
sītavalāhakānaṃ1 devānaṃ sahavyataṃ uppajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Sītavalāhakā devā dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhabahulā
ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || || Ahovatāham kāyassa bhedā paraṃ
maranā sītavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjey-
yanti || so annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || || So kāyassa
bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sītavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavya-
taṃ upapajjati || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā Sītavahālakānaṃ devā-
naṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).23-52 (4-7) Dānupakārā (2-5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenamidhekacco kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā
Uṇhavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ || ||
Abbhavalāhakānam devānam ||
Vātavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ ||
Vassavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
4 Idha bhikkhu ekacco kāyena sucaritaṃ carati vācāya
sucaritaṃ carati manasā sucaritaṃ carati || tassa sutaṃ
hoti Vassavalāhakā deva dīghāyukā vaṇṇavanto sukhaba-
hulā ti || ||
5 Tassa evaṃ hoti || Ahovatāhaṃ kāyassa bhedā param
maraṇā vassavalāhakānaṃ devānam sahavyataṃ uppaj-
jeyyanti || So annaṃ deti || pa || padīpeyyaṃ deti || So
kāyassa bhedā parammaraṇā vāssavalāhakānaṃ devānaṃ
sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
6 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhave hetu ayam paccayo yenamidhe-
kacco kāyassa bhedā paraṃmaraṇā vassavalāhakānaṃ
devānaṃ sahavyatam upapajjatīti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 -valāhakāyikānaṃ here and further on
[page 256]
256 VALĀHA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXII. 53. 1-3
SN_3,32(11).53 (8) Sītam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenekadā sītaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Sītavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ
yadā evaṃ hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyā-
māti1 || || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya sītaṃ hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā sītaṃ
hotīti ||
SN_3,32(11).54 (9) Uṇhaṃ
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenekadā uṇhaṃ hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Uṇhavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ
yadā hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā rameyyāmāti ||
tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya uṇhaṃ hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā
uṇhaṃ hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).55 (10) Abbham
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenekadā abbhaṃ2 hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Abbhavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ
yadā evaṃ hoti || Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā ramey-
yāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya abbhaṃ hotīti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā
abbhaṃ hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).56 (11) Vātā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenekadā vāto3 hotīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Vātavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B vaseyyāmāti always
2 B abbhā always
3 S1-3 vātaṃ here only
[page 257]
XXXIII. 1. 3] VACCHAGOTTA SAṂYUTTA 257
yadā evaṃ hoti || Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā ramey-
yāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya vāto hoti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā
vāto hotīti || ||
SN_3,32(11).57 (12) Vassa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bhante hetu ko
paccayo yenekadā devo vassatīti || ||
4 Santi bhikkhu Vassavalāhakā nāma devā || || Tesaṃ
yadā evaṃ hoti Yaṃ nuna mayaṃ sakāya ratiyā ramey-
yāmāti || tesantaṃ cetopaṇidhim anvāya devo vassati || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho bhikkhu hetu ayam paccayo yenekadā
devo vassatīti || ||
Valāha-saṃyuttaṃ || ||
Vitthārena sattapaññāsa suttantā bhavanti || ||
Tassuddānaṃ1 || ||
Desanā Sucaritañca2 ||
Dānupakārā pañcakaṃ3 ||
Sītaṃ Uṇhañca Abbhañca ||
Vāta-Vassa-valāhakā ti4 || ||
BOOK XII VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_3,33(12).(1)1 (1) Aññāṇā (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi5 || || Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
yena Bhagavā tenupa-saṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā
saddhiṃ sammodi || sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam
vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B valahasaññuttaṃ sattapaññāsasuttantaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ ||
tatrudānaṃ ||
2 S1-3 sucaritāpañca
3 S1-3 -kāripañcamaṃ
4 B vātā-
5 Complete in B
[page 258]
258 VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 1. 4
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu
ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppaj-
janti || || Sassato loko ti va Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā
loko ti vā Anantavā loko ti vā || Taṃ jīvam taṃ sarīranti vā
Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ sariranti va || Hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti vā || Na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā1 ||
Hoti ca1 na ca hoti tathagato param maraṇā ti vā || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇa ti vā ti || ||
4 Rūpe2 kho Vaccha aññāṇā rūpasamudaye aññāṇā
rūpanirodhe aññāṇā rūpanirodhagaminiyā paṭipadāya
aññāṇā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppaj-
janti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathā-
pato paraṃ maraṇāti vā ti || || Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu
ayam paccayo yena anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppaj-
janti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato paraṃ maraṇāti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)2 Aññāṇā (2)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto
paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho
Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhi-
gatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Vedanāya kho Vaccha aññāṇā vedanāsamudaye
aññāṇā vedanānirodhe aññāṇā vedanānirodhagāminiyā
paṭipadāya aññāṇā || || Evam imāni3 anekavihitāni diṭṭhi-
gatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko
ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni ane-
kavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā
Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)3 Aññāṇā (3)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 rūpaṃ
3 S1-3 evimāni here and further on
[page 259]
XXXIII. 1. 1-3] VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA 259
paribbājako Bhagavantaṃ etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho
Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānīmāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhi-
gatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Saññāya kho Vaccha aññāṇā saññāsamudaye aññāṇā
saññānirodhe aññāṇā saññānirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya
aññāṇā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppaj-
janti || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti1 || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho2 Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni
anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || Sassato loko ti
vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato
param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)4 Aññāṇā (4)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto
paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho
Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhiga-
tāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti
na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
4 Saṅkharesu3 kho Vaccha aññāṇā saṅkhārasamudaye
aññāṇā saṅkhāranirodhe aññāṇā saṅkhāranirodhagaminiyā
paṭipadāya aññāṇā evam4 imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni
loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā ||
pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni
anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā
Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva hoti tathāgato na na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(1)5 Aññāṇā (5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto
paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho
Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhiga-
tāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 omit vā ti
2 Omitted by B
3 S1-3 saṅkhāre
4 S1-3 yān
[page 260]
260 VACCHAGOTTA SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 1. 4
vā || pe || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti
vā ti || ||
4 Viññāṇe kho Vaccha aññāṇā viññārasamudaye aññāṇā
viññāṇanirodhe aññāṇā viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā patipa-
dāya aññāṇā evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke
uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || Neva
hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu- -param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
SN_3,33(12).(2)6-10 Adassanā (1-5)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto
paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho bho
Gotama hetu ko paccayo yānimāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhiga-
tāni loke uppajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā ||
pe || || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maranā ti vā
ti || ||
4 (6) Rūpe kho Vaccha adassanā || So yeva peyyālo || ||
(7) Vedanāya || || (8) Saññāya || || (9) Saṅkhāresu || || (10)
Viññāṇe Vaccha adassanā || pa || viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā
patipadāya adassanā || pe || ||
[Yathā purimagamanaṃ evam pañca pi khandhā pañcahi
gamanehi vitthāretabbo] 1 ||
SN_3,33(12).(3)11-15 Anabhisamayā (1-5)
(11) Sāvatthi || ||2 Rūpe kho Vaccha anabhisamayā || pe ||
rūpanirodhagaminiyā patipadāya anabhisamayā || ||
(12) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(13) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(14) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa || ||
(15) Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha anabhisamayā ||
pa3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B; S3 after evam pañca has sikhati na na
hoti tathāgato parammaraṇātivāti
2 So B S3; S1 adds ekamantaṃ- paramaranāti vā ti
3 12-15 are omitted in S1-3
[page 261]
XXXIII. 9. 41-45] VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA 261
SN_3,33(12).(4)16-20 Ananubodhā1 (1-5)
(16)1-4 Sāvatthi || || Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vaccha-
gotto paribbājako Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho
bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo || pa ||
5 Rūpe kho Vaccha ananubodhā || pa || rūpanirodhagā-
miniyā paṭipadāyo ananubodhā || pa || ||
(17) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(18) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(19) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha || pa || ||
(20) Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha ananubodhā || pa ||
viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā patipadāya ananubodhā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(5)21-25 Appativedhā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Ko nu kho bho Gotama hetu ko paccayo ||
pa || ||
Rūpe kho Vaccha appativedhā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha appativedhā || pa ||
SN_3,33(12).(6)26-30 Asallakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha asallakkhaṇā || pa || Viññāṇe
kho Vaccha asallakkhaṇā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(7)31-35 Anupalakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha anupalakkhaṇā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha anupalakkhaṇā || ||
SN_3,33(12).(8)36-40 Apaccupalakkhaṇā (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccupalakkhaṇā || pa || ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccupalakkhaṇā || pa || ||
SN_3,33(12).(9)41-45 Asamapekkhaṇā
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha asamapekkhaṇā || pe ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha asamapekkhaṇā || pa || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 The suttas 16-50 are more abridged in S1-3, which give
only the first phrase Rūpe kho Vaccha- --pe--
[page 262]
262 VACCHAGOTTA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIII. 10. 46-50
SN_3,33(12).(10)46-50 Apaccupekkhaṇā1 (1-5)
Sāvatthi || || Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccupekkhaṇā || pa ||
Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccupekkhaṇā || pe ||
SN_3,33(12).(11)51 Apaccakkhakammaṃ (1)
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Atha kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
yena Bhagavā tenupasaṅkami || upasaṅkamitvā Bhagavatā
saddhiṃ sammodi sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sārāṇīyam
vītisāretvā ekam antaṃ nisīdi || ||
3 Ekam antaṃ nisinno kho Vacchagotto paribbājako
gavantam etad avoca || || Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo yāni-
māni anakavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti Sassato
loko ti vā || pa || || Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti vā ti2 || ||
4 Rūpe kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā3 || rūpasamudaye
apaccakkhakammā rūpanirodhe apaccakkhakammā rūpani-
rodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya apaccakkhakammā yānimāni ||
pe || ||
SN_3,33(12).52-54 Apaccakkhakammam (2-4)
(52) Sāvatthi || || Vedanāya kho Vaccha apaccakkha-
kammā || pe ||
(53) Sāvatthi || || Saññāya kho Vaccha apaccakkha-
kammā || pe || ||
(54) Sāvatthi || || Saṅkhāresu kho Vaccha apaccakkha-
kammā || pe ||
SN_3,33(12).55 Apaccakkhakammam (5)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Viññāṇe kho Vaccha apaccakkhakammā
viññāṇasamudaye apaccakkhakammā viññāṇanirodhe apac-
cakkhakammā viññāṇanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya apac-
cakkhakammā || evam imāni anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 S1-3 omit the numbers 1-2, and put
3 before the sutta 2 (~=52)
3 S1-3 -kammam always
[page 263]
XXXIV. 1. 3] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA. 263
upajjanti Sassato loko ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || pe || ||
Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
5 Ayaṃ kho Vaccha hetu ayam paccayo yānimāni
anekavihitāni diṭṭhigatāni loke uppajjanti || || Sassato loko
ti vā Asassato loko ti vā || Antavā loko ti vā Anantavā loko
ti vā || Taṃ jīvaṃ taṃ sarīranti vā Aññaṃ jīvam aññaṃ
sarīranti vā || Hoti tathāgato param maraṇā ti vā Na hoti
tathāgato param maraṇā ti || Hoti ca na ca hoti tathāgato
param maraṇāti vā Neva hoti na na hoti tathāgato param
maraṇā ti vā ti || ||
Vacchagotta-saṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Ekapiṇḍakena pañcapaññāsasuttantā bhavanti || ||
Tassuddānam1 || ||
Aññāṇā Adassanaṃ ceva ||
Anabhisamayā Ananubodhā2 ||
Appativedhā3 Asallakkhaṇā ||
Anupalakkhaṇena || Apaccupalakkhaṇā ||
Asamapekkhaṇā Apaccupekkhaṇā4 ||
Apaccakkhakamman ti || ||
BOOK XIII JHĀNA-(or SAMĀDHI-) SAṂYUTTAṂ
SN_3,34(13).1 Samādhi-samāpatti
1-2 Sāvatthi || || Tatra kho -- voca || ||
3 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 B pañcapaññasasaññuttantassudānaṃ || (without ekapiṇḍakena)
2 B anusambodhā; but in the text ananubodhā
3 S1-3 appaṭibodho; and between this word and the preceding
they insert asambodhā, which is not to be found in the text
4 Missing in S1-3, in the Uddāna as well as in the text, and
being put, it seems, instead of the above asambodhā, which,
however, as noticed, is in the Uddāna only
[page 264]
264 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 1. 4
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo1 || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo2 || ||
7 Idha pana ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca
hoti samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca3 || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samā-
dhikusalo ca samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca || ayam
imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyinam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca
uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyatthāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi
dadimhā navanītam navanītamha sappi sappimhā sappi-
maṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
yvāyaṃ4 jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca samā-
dhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ
jhāyinam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro
cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).2 Ṭhiti
1-3 Sāvatthi5 || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana6 bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhiti-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyi neva7 samādhis-
miṃ samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra kho6 bhikkhave yvāyaṃ4 jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ayam
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 samāpatti kusalo
2 S1-3 add hoti
3 S1-3 omit ca
4 S1-3 svāyaṃ
5 S1-3 omit Sāvatthi always
6 Omitted by S1-3
7 B na ca
[page 265]
XXXIV. 4. 5] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 265
imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca
uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi
dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sappi-
maṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo ca || pe || pavaro
cāti1 || ||
SN_3,34(13).3 Vuṭṭhāna
1-3 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || Katame cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva2 samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na ca3 samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīyaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca
pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro
cāti4 || ||
SN_3,34(13).4 Kallavā
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallakusalo5 || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ kalla-
kusalo hoti na samādhismim samādhikusalo6 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in B
2 B na
3 Omitted by S1-3
4 S3 has vitthāretabbaṃ instead of pa-, S1 neither
5 B kallavākusalo always
6 The end of this number from hoti na- and the numbers 6,7 are
missing in S1, the copier, I think, having left out a line
[page 266]
266 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXIV. 4. 6
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ kallakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samadhismiṃ kallakusalo1 ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti2 || ||
SN_3,34(13).5 Ārammaṇa
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyi || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ āram-
maṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo ca || ayam ime-
saṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca
uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).6 Gocaro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 kallana(or kallata-)kusalo here only
2 More developed in S1-3
[page 267]
XXIV. 8. 6] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 267
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismim gocarakusalo ca1 || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnam jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca
pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā1 khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).7 Abhinīhāro
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana2 bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana2 bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana2 bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyinaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).8 Sakkacca
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Missing in B
2 Missing in S1-3
[page 268]
268 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 8. 7
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca1 || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhayīnaṃ aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro
cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).9 Sātaccakārī
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe || pavaro cā
ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).10 Sappāyam
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim samādhi-
kusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sap-
pāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ samādhikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
[page 269]
XXXIV. 12. 7] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 269
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samādhikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samādhi-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayaṃ imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca
pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pe ||1 pavaro
cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).11 (Samāpatti-ṭhiti)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpatti-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpat-
tikusalo ca samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).12 (Samāpatti-vuṭṭhāna)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpat-
tikusalo hoti na samādhismim vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭ-
ṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo2 || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Complete in S1-3
2 S1-3 add hoti
[page 270]
270 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 12. 8-9
samāpattikusalo ca1 hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo
ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || la || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).13 Samāpatti-kallita
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpatti-
kusalo hoti na samādhismim kallitakusalo2 || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim
kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ kallilakusalo3 || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).14 (Samāpatti-ārammaṇa)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpatti-
kusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim
ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti na samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo
ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).15 (Samāpatti-gocara)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpat-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 or kallina-; B kallavā as above, always
3 S1 omit the number 5, 6
[page 271]
XXXIV. 19. 1-3] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 271
tikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || catukoṭikaṃ
vitthāretabbaṃ1 || || -samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ
gocarakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).16 (Samāpatti-abhinīhāra)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismim samāpat-
tikusalo hoti na samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || ||2 [catu-
kotikaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ] || || samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo
ca hoti samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).17 (Samāpatti-Sakkacca)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpat-
tikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || || [catukoṭi-
kaṃ vitthāritabbaṃ] -samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo hoti
samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).18 (Samāpatti-Sātaccakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4-7 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpat-
tikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || || [catukoṭikaṃ
vitthāretabbaṃ] || samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti
samādhismiṃ sākaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra || pa || pavaro cāti ||
SN_3,34(13).19 (Samāpatti-sappāyakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So S1-3; complete in B
2 Ending here in S1-3; complete in B; and so on in the
following suttas
[page 272]
272 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 19. 4
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ samāpatti
kusalo hoti na samādhismim sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sap-
pāyakārī hoti || na samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
samāpattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ samā-
pattikusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam
imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca siṭṭho ca mokkho ca
uttamo ca pavaro ca || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi
dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sappi-
maṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || || Evam eva kho bhikkhave
yvāyaṃ samādhismiṃ samāpattikusalo ca hoti samā-
dhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyīnam
aggo ca settho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti || ||
Imehi paṭṭhāya upari aṭṭhavārā itaṇḍuvaṇṇiyato vaṭṭa-
vitthārena kira1 || ||
SN_3,34(13).20 (Ṭhiti-vuṭṭhāna)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo
hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhiti-
kusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || la || uttamo ca pavaro
cāti || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 This phrase is to be found in B only and the sutta 19
is much more abbreviated in S1-3 which after jhāyīnaṃ
puts only vitthāretabbaṃ
[page 273]
XXXIV. 28. 4] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 273
SN_3,34(13).21-27 (Ṭhiti-āramamṇa --)
(21) Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī1 || || Katame cattaro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti
na samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || || Vitthāretabbam || ||
(22) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim
ārammaṇakusalo || ||
(23) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim
gocarakusalo || ||
(24) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim
abhinīhārakusalo || ||
(25) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī2 || ||
(26) Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī || ||
(27)1-4 Samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismim
sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
sappāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ ṭhitikusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
ṭhitikusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ ṭhiti-
kusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismim ṭhiti-
kusalo ca samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ catun-
naṃ jhāyīnaṃ aggo ca || pe3 || ||
SN_3,34(13).28 (Vuṭṭhāna-kallita-)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhāna-
kusalo hoti na4 samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1-3 jhāyino
2 Between 25 and 26 the MSS. insert samādhismim ṭhitikusalo hoti
na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo-which I think to be a blunder
3 21-28 are to be found in S1-3 only
4 S1-3 omits na
[page 274]
274 {JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA} [XXXIV. 28. 5-7
5-7 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
Neva samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhanakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
kallitakusalo || ||
Samādhismim vuṭṭhānakusalo ca hoti samādhismiṃ
kallitakusalo ca1 || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī || pa || uttamo ca
pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).29-34 (Vuṭṭhana --)
(29) Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame cattāro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo
hoti na samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo hoti || ||
Vitthāretabbaṃ || ||
30 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
gocara kusalo || ||
31 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismim
abhinīhārakusalo || ||
32 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī || ||
33 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī || ||
34.4 Samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhis-
miṃ sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī {samādhismiṃ} sappā-
yakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ vuṭṭhānakusalo || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ
vuṭṭhānakusalo samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnaṃ || ||
Vitthāretabbaṃ2 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Less abbreviated in S1-3
2 So S1-3; 29-34 are missing in B
[page 275]
XXXIV. 41. 7-9] {JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA} 275
SN_3,34(13).35 Kallita -- ārammaṇa)
1-4 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na
samādhismiṃ ārammaṇakusalo || ||
5 Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
kallitakusalo || ||
6 Neva samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
ārammaṇakusalo || ||
7 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti samādhismim āram-
maṇakusalo ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo ca
pavaro cā ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).36-40 (Kallita --)
36 Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || katame cattāro || ||
Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo
hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || pe ||
37 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismim
abhinīhārakusalo || pe || ||
38 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī || ||
39 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī || pe1 ||
40 Samādhismiṃ kallitakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sappāyakārī || pe2 ||
SN_3,34(13).41 (Ārammaṇa --)
1-6 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca hoti
na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || Samādhismiṃ gocara-
kusalo hoti na samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo || || Neva
samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti || na samādhismiṃ
gocarakusalo || || Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo ca hoti
samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca || ||
7-9 Tatrayvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo pavaro cāti3 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 S1 omits 39
2 36-40 are missing in B
3 So B; little otherwise arranged in S1-3
[page 276]
276 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 41. 42
(42) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhis-
mim abhinīhārakusalo || pe1 ||
(43) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhis-
miṃ sakkaccakārī || pe ||
(44) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhis-
miṃ sātaccakārī || pe ||
(45) Samādhismim ārammaṇakusalo hoti na samādhis-
miṃ sappāyakārī2 || ||
SN_3,34(13).46 (Gocara-Abhinīhāra)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na
samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo || ||3 Samādhismim ab-
hinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo || ||
Neva samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismim
abhinīhārakusalo || || Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca hoti
samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo ca || ||
9-10 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ || khīramhā
dadhi || dadimhā navanītaṃ || navanītamhā sappi || sappimhā
sappimaṇḍo || tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho
bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo ca
samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ
jhāyīnaṃ || pa || uttamo pavaro cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).47-49 (Gocara --)
(47) Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī || pe ||
(48) Samādhismim gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī || pe ||
(49) Samādhismiṃ gocarakusalo hoti na samādhismiṃ
sappāyakārī || pe4 || ||
SN_3,34(13).50 (Abhinīhāra --)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo hoti
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Preceded in the MSS. by cattāro me || katame cattāro --pe--
2 42-45 are to be found in S1-3 only
3 S1-3 have this first phrase only
4 47-49 are missing in B
[page 277]
XXXIV. 55. 6] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 277
na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || || Samādhismiṃ sakkac-
cakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo || || Neva
samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhismim
sakkaccakārī || || Samādhismim abhinīhārakusalo ca hoti
samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ jhāyī || pa || uttamo pavaro
cā ti || ||
SN_3,34(13).51-52
(51) Samādhismiṃ abhinīhārakusalo hoti na samādhis-
mim sātaccakārī || pe ||
(52) Samādhismim {abhinīhārakusalo} hoti na samādhis-
miṃ sappāyakārī || pe1 || ||
SN_3,34(13).53 (Sakkaccakārī-Sātaccakārī)
1-7 Sāvatthi || || Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī hoti na
samādhismim sātaccakārī || || Samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī
hoti na samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī || || Neva samādhismiṃ
sakkaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || || Samā-
dhismiṃ sakkaccakārī ca hoti samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī
ca || ||
8-9 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyaṃ || pa || pa || uttamo ca pavaro
cāti || ||
SN_3,34(13).54 (Sakkaccakārī-Sappāyakārī)
Samādhismiṃ sakkaccakārī na samādhismiṃ sappāya-
kārī || pe2 || ||
SN_3,34(13).55 (Sātaccakārī-sappāyakārī)
1-3 Sāvatthi || || Cattāro me bhikkhave jhāyī || || Katame
cattāro || ||
4 Idha bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī
hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
5 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sap-
pāyakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī || ||
6 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī neva samādhismiṃ
sātaccakārī hoti na samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 51, 52 are missing in B
2 54 is missing in B
[page 278]
278 JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA [XXXIV. 55. 7
7 Idha pana bhikkhave ekacco jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātac-
cakārī ca hoti samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ||
8 Tatra bhikkhave yvāyam jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātacca-
kārī ca hoti1 samādhismiṃ sappāyakārī ca || ayam imesaṃ
catunnaṃ jhāyīnam aggo ca seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo
ca pavaro cā ti || ||
9 Seyyathāpi bhikkhave gavā khīraṃ khīramhā dadhi
dadhimhā navanītaṃ navanītamhā sappi sappimhā sap-
pimaṇḍo tatra aggam akkhāyati || evam eva kho bhikkhave
yvāyaṃ jhāyī samādhismiṃ sātaccakārī ca samādhismiṃ
sappāyakārī ca ayam imesaṃ catunnaṃ jhāyī aggo ca
seṭṭho ca mokkho ca uttamo ca pavaro cāti2 || ||
10 Idam avoca Bhagavā attamanā te bhikkhū bhāsitam
abhinandun ti || ||
Evan taṃ peyyālamukhāni pañcapaññāsa veyyākaraṇāni
vitthāretabbāni || ||
Jhāna-saṃyuttaṃ4 || ||
Tatruddānaṃ5 || ||
Samādhi Samāpatti Ṭhiti ca Vuṭṭhānaṃ ||
Kallitārammaṇena6 ca Gocaro7 Abhinīhāro7
Sakkacca Sātaccakārī || atho pi Sappāyanti8 || ||
Khandhavaggasaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
Tassuddānaṃ || ||
Khandha-Rādha-saṃyuttañca || ||
Diṭṭhi Okkanti Uppādā ||
Kilesa-Sāriputtā ca ||
Nāgā Supaṇṇa-Gandhabbā ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Omitted by S1-3
2 9 is missing in B
3 B has Aññāni veyyākaraṇāni vitthāretabbāni ||
4 S1-3 Samādhisaṃyuttaṃ samattaṃ || ||
5 S1-3 Tesaṃ nidānāni sabbāni Jetavane bhaṇitāni--
Tatruddānaṃ bhavati--
6 B kallavā-
7 S1-3 --ra -ra
8 S1-3 sappāyāti
[page 279]
XXXIV. 55. 15] JHĀNA-SAṂYUTTA 279
Valāha-Vaccha-Jhānanti ||
Khandha-vaggamhi terasā ti1 || ||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 So B-- Instead of Khandhavagga- S1-3 have Tatra vagguddānaṃ--
Nakulapitā Aniccahāram (S3 -hāreṇa) Natumhākena ca
Attā Dīpena paññāso paṭhamo ti vuccati-- Upādāyo Araha
(S3 -haṃ) Khajjanīyo Theraṃ Pupphena pañcamaṃ majjhepaṇṇāsako
sambuddhena {pakāsitaṃ} Antam Avijjā Samudayañca Kukkulam
Diṭṭhi pañcamaṃ tatiyo paṇṇāsako vutto nipāto (S3 pa--)
vuccati-- Rādha Diṭṭhi ca Okkanti Uppādo Kīlesena ca
Sāriputto ca Nāgo ca Dijā Gandhabbakāyikā Valāhako ca
Vacchagotto ca Jhāyī bhavati dvādasāti-- Khandhavaggo--